summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-22 16:37:58 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-22 16:37:58 -0800
commit121050c1630c00108b7567abe7887b0924da4b76 (patch)
treec65545fb3a42092109f0f2f05d1538711507e056
parentb4c98771fa3d93deb151643edf5c1aaeb4c973ac (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/66332-0.txt4049
-rw-r--r--old/66332-0.zipbin84104 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/66332-h.zipbin463044 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/66332-h/66332-h.htm5686
-rw-r--r--old/66332-h/images/cover.jpgbin219041 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/66332-h/images/orig_page.jpgbin66635 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/66332-h/images/plimap.jpgbin93937 -> 0 bytes
10 files changed, 17 insertions, 9735 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72b2ab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #66332 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/66332)
diff --git a/old/66332-0.txt b/old/66332-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c932a2c..0000000
--- a/old/66332-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4049 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of Good Newes from New England, by Edward
-Winslow
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: Good Newes from New England
- A true relation of things very remarkable at the plantation of
- plimoth in New England
-
-Author: Edward Winslow
-
-Editor: Alexander Young
-
-Release Date: September 17, 2021 [eBook #66332]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-Produced by: Steve Mattern, John Campbell and the Online Distributed
- Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GOOD NEWES FROM NEW ENGLAND ***
-
-
-
-
- TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE
-
- This book was published in 1841, and is a reprint of the original book
- by Edward Winslow published in 1624, with many footnotes added by the
- 1841 editor. The editor has occasionally inserted in brackets [] a
- word missing from the 1624 text, for example [which] on page 9.
-
- The footnote anchors are denoted by [number], and the footnotes remain
- at the end of the main text, as they were in the original (1841) book.
- They have been renumbered from 1 to 127. Some references to a ‘note’
- have therefore been renumbered accordingly, for example the reference
- to ‘note 2 on page 77’ has been changed to ‘note [35] on page 77’.
-
- Italic text is denoted by _underscores_.
-
- Some other minor changes to the text are noted at the end of the book.
-
-
-
-
- “GOOD NEWES FROM NEW ENGLAND: or a true Relation of things very
- remarkable at the Plantation of _Plimoth_ in New-England.
-
- Shewing the wondrous providence and goodness of GOD, in their
- preservation and continuance, being delivered from many apparent
- deaths and dangers.
-
- Together with a Relation of such religious and civill Lawes and
- Customes, as are in practise amongst the _Indians_, adjoyning to
- them at this day. As also what Commodities are there to be raysed
- for the maintenance of that and other Plantations in the said
- Country.
-
- Written by _E. W._ who hath borne a part in the forenamed
- troubles, and there lived since their first Arrivall.
-
- Whereunto is added by him a briefe Relation of a credible
- intelligence of the present Estate of _Virginia_.
-
- LONDON. Printed by _I. D._ for _William Bladen_ and _John
- Bellamie_, and are to be sold at their Shops, at the _Bible_ in
- _Paul’s_ Churchyard, and at the three Golden Lyons in Corn-hill,
- neere the _Royall Exchange_. 1624.” pp. 66, sm. 4to.
-
-
-[Illustration: Map of Plymouth from Young’s _Chronicles_]
-
-
-
-
-DEDICATION
-
-_To all well-willers and furtherers of Plantations in New England,
-especially to such as ever have or desire to assist the people of
-Plymouth in their just proceedings, grace and peace be multiplied._
-
-
- RIGHT HONORABLE AND WORSHIPFUL
- GENTLEMEN, OR WHATSOEVER,
-
-Since it hath pleased God to stir you up to be instruments of
-his glory in so honorable an enterprise as the enlarging of his
-Majesty’s dominions by planting his loyal subjects in so healthful
-and hopeful a country as New-England is, where the church of God
-being seated in sincerity, there is no less hope of convincing
-the heathen of their evil ways, and converting them to the true
-knowledge and worship of the living God, and so consequently the
-salvation of their souls by the merits of Jesus Christ, than
-elsewhere, though it be much talked on and lightly or lamely
-prosecuted,--I therefore think it but my duty to offer the view
-of our proceedings to your worthy considerations, having to that
-end composed them together thus briefly, as you see; wherein, to
-your great encouragement, you may behold the good providence of
-God working with you in our preservation from so many dangerous
-plots and treacheries as have been intended against us, as also
-in giving his blessing so powerfully upon the weak means we had,
-enabling us with health and ability beyond expectation in our
-greatest scarcities, and possessing the hearts of the salvages
-with astonishment and fear of us; whereas if God had let them
-loose, they might easily have swallowed us up, scarce being a
-handful in comparison of those forces they might have gathered
-together against us; which now, by God’s blessing, will be more
-hard and difficult, in regard our number of men is increased, our
-town better fortified, and our store better victualled. Blessed
-therefore be his name, that hath done so great things for us and
-hath wrought so great a change amongst us.
-
-Accept, I pray you, my weak endeavours, pardon my unskilfulness,
-and bear with my plainness in the things I have handled. Be not
-discouraged by our former necessities, but rather encouraged with
-us, hoping that God hath wrought with us in our beginning of this
-worthy work, undertaken in his name and fear, so he will by us
-accomplish the same to his glory and our comfort, if we neglect
-not the means. I confess it hath not been much less chargeable to
-some of you[1] than hard and difficult to us, that have endured the
-brunt of the battle, and yet small profits returned. Only, by God’s
-mercy, we are safely seated, housed, and fortified, by which means
-a great step is made unto gain, and a more direct course taken for
-the same, than if at first we had rashly and covetously fallen upon
-it.
-
-Indeed three things are the overthrow and bane, as I may term it,
-of plantations.
-
-1. The vain expectation of present profit, which too commonly
-taketh a principal seat in the heart and affection, though God’s
-glory, &c. is preferred before it in the mouth with protestation.
-
-2. Ambition in their governors and commanders, seeking only to
-make themselves great, and slaves of all that are under them, to
-maintain a transitory base honor in themselves, which God oft
-punisheth with contempt.
-
-3. The carelessness of those that send over supplies of men
-unto them, not caring how they be qualified; so that ofttimes
-they are rather the image of men endued with bestial, yea,
-diabolical affections, than the image of God, endued with reason,
-understanding, and holiness. I praise God I speak not these things
-experimentally, by way of complaint of our own condition, but
-having great cause on the contrary part to be thankful to God for
-his mercies towards us; but rather, if there be any too desirous of
-gain, to entreat them to moderate their affections, and consider
-that no man expecteth fruit before the tree be grown; advising all
-men, that as they tender their own welfare, so to make choice of
-such to manage and govern their affairs, as are approved not to be
-seekers of themselves, but the common good of all for whom they are
-employed; and beseeching such as have the care of transporting men
-for the supply and furnishing of plantations, to be truly careful
-in sending such as may further and not hinder so good an action.
-There is no godly, honest man but will be helpful in his kind,
-and adorn his profession with an upright life and conversation;
-which doctrine of manners[2] ought first to be preached by giving
-good example to the poor savage heathens amongst whom they live.
-On the contrary part, what great offence hath been given by many
-profane men, who being but seeming Christians, have made Christ and
-Christianity stink in the nostrils of the poor infidels, and so
-laid a stumbling-block before them. But woe be to them by whom such
-offences come.
-
-These things I offer to your Christian considerations, beseeching
-you to make a good construction of my simple meaning, and take in
-good part this ensuing Relation, dedicating myself and it evermore
-unto your service; beseeching God to crown our Christian and
-faithful endeavours with his blessings temporal and eternal.
-
- Yours in this service,
- Ever to be commanded,
- E. W.[3]
-
-
-
-
-TO THE READER.
-
-
-GOOD READER,
-
-When I first penned this Discourse, I intended it chiefly for
-the satisfaction of my private friends; but since that time have
-been persuaded to publish the same. And the rather, because of a
-disorderly colony[4] that are dispersed, and most of them returned,
-to the great prejudice and damage of him[5] that set them forth;
-who, as they were a stain to Old England that bred them, in respect
-of their lives and manners amongst the Indians, so, it is to be
-feared, will be no less to New England, in their vile and clamorous
-reports, because she would not foster them in their desired idle
-courses. I would not be understood to think there were no well
-deserving persons amongst them; for of mine knowledge it was a
-grief to some that they were so yoked; whose deserts, as they were
-then suitable to their honest protestations, so I desire still may
-be in respect of their just and true Relations.
-
-Peradventure thou wilt rather marvel that I deal so plainly, than
-any way doubt of the truth of this my Relation; yea, it may be, tax
-me therewith, as seeming rather to discourage men than any way to
-further so noble an action. If any honest mind be discouraged, I
-am sorry. Sure I am I have given no just cause; and am so far from
-being discouraged myself, as I purpose to return forthwith.[6] And
-for other light and vain persons, if they stumble hereat, I have my
-desire, accounting it better for them and us that they keep where
-they are, as being unfit and unable to perform so great a task.
-
-Some faults have escaped because I could not attend on the
-press,[7] which I pray thee correct, as thou findest, and I shall
-account it as a favor unto me.
-
- Thine,
- E. W.
-
-
-
-
-_Chapter 1_
-
-A BRIEF RELATION OF A CREDIBLE INTELLIGENCE OF THE PRESENT ESTATE
-OF VIRGINIA.
-
-
-At the earnest entreaty of some of my much respected friends, I
-have added to the former Discourse a Relation of such things as
-were credibly reported at Plymouth, in New England, in September
-last past, concerning the present estate of Virginia. And because
-men may doubt how we should have intelligence of their affairs,
-being we are so far distant, I will therefore satisfy the doubtful
-therein. Captain Francis West[8] being in New England about the
-latter end of May past, sailed from thence to Virginia, and
-returned in August. In September the same ship and company being
-discharged by him at Damarin’s Cove,[9] came to New Plymouth,
-where, upon our earnest inquiry after the state of Virginia since
-that bloody slaughter committed by the Indians upon our friends
-and countrymen,[10] the whole ship’s company agreed in this,
-viz. that upon all occasions they chased the Indians to and fro,
-insomuch as they sued daily unto the English for peace, who for
-the present would not admit of any; that Sir George Early, &c. was
-at that present employed upon service against them; that amongst
-many other, Opachancano,[11] the chief emperor, was supposed to
-be slain; his son also was killed at the same time. And though,
-by reason of these forenamed broils in the fore part of the year,
-the English had undergone great want of food, yet, through God’s
-mercy, there never was more show of plenty, having as much and as
-good corn on the ground as ever they had. Neither was the hopes
-of their tobacco crop inferior to that of their corn; so that the
-planters were never more full of encouragement; which I pray God
-long to continue, and so to direct both them and us, as his glory
-may be the principal aim and end of all our actions, and that for
-his mercy’s sake. Amen.
-
-
-
-
-_Chapter 2_
-
-OF THEIR BEING MENACED BY THE NARRAGANSETTS, AND THEIR SECOND
-VOYAGE TO THE MASSACHUSETTS.
-
-
-[Sidenote: 1622]
-
-The good ship called the FORTUNE, which, in the month of November,
-1621, (blessed be God,) brought us a new supply of thirty-five
-persons, was not long departed our coast, ere the great people of
-Nanohigganset,[12] which are reported to be many thousands strong,
-began to breathe forth many threats against us, notwithstanding
-their desired and obtained peace with us in the foregoing summer;
-insomuch as the common talk of our neighbour Indians on all sides
-was of the preparation they made to come against us. In reason a
-man would think they should have now more cause to fear us than
-before our supply came. But though none of them were present, yet
-understanding by others that they neither brought arms, nor other
-provisions with them, but wholly relied on us, it occasioned them
-to slight and brave us with so many threats as they did.[13] At
-length came one of them to us, who was sent by Conanacus,[14] their
-chief sachim or king, accompanied with one Tokamahamon, a friendly
-Indian. This messenger inquired for Tisquantum, our interpreter,
-who not being at home, seemed rather to be glad than sorry, and
-leaving for him a bundle of new arrows, lapped in a rattlesnake’s
-skin, desired to depart with all expedition. But our governors not
-knowing what to make of this strange carriage, and comparing it
-with that we had formerly heard, committed him to the custody of
-Captain Standish, hoping now to know some certainty of that we so
-often heard, either by his own relation to us, or to Tisquantum,
-at his return, desiring myself, having special familiarity with
-the other forenamed Indian, to see if I could learn any thing from
-him; whose answer was sparingly to this effect, that he could not
-certainly tell us, but thought they were enemies to us.
-
-[Sidenote: _Jan. 1622_]
-
-That night Captain Standish gave me and another[15] charge of him,
-and gave us order to use him kindly, and that he should not want
-any thing he desired, and to take all occasions to talk and inquire
-of the reasons of those reports we heard, and withal to signify
-that upon his true relation he should be sure of his own freedom.
-At first, fear so possessed him that he could scarce say any thing;
-but in the end became more familiar, and told us that the messenger
-which his master sent in summer to treat of peace, at his return
-persuaded him rather to war; and to the end he might provoke him
-thereunto, (as appeared to him by our reports,) detained many of
-the things [which] were sent him by or Governor, scorning the
-meanness of them both in respect of what himself had formerly sent,
-and also of the greatness of his own person; so that he much blamed
-the former messenger, saying, that upon the knowledge of this his
-false carriage, it would cost him his life, but assured us that
-upon his relation of our speech then with him to his master, he
-would be friends with us. Of this we informed the Governor and
-his Assistant[16] and Captain Standish, who, after consultation,
-considered him howsoever but in the state of a messenger; and it
-being as well against the law of arms amongst them as us in Europe
-to lay violent hands on any such, set him at liberty; the Governor
-giving him order to certify his master that he had heard of his
-large and many threatenings, at which he was much offended; daring
-him in those respects to the utmost, if he would not be reconciled
-to live peaceably, as other his neighbours; manifesting withal
-(as ever) his desire of peace, but his fearless resolution, if he
-could not so live amongst them. After which he caused meat to be
-offered him; but he refused to eat, making all speed to return, and
-giving many thanks for his liberty, but requesting the other Indian
-again to return. The weather being violent, he used many words to
-persuade him to stay longer, but could not. Whereupon he left him,
-and said he was with his friends, and would not take a journey in
-such extremity.
-
-After this, when Tisquantum returned, and the arrows were
-delivered, and the manner of the messenger’s carriage related,
-he signified to the Governor that to send the rattlesnake’s skin
-in that manner imported enmity, and that it was no better than a
-challenge.[17] Hereupon, after some deliberation, the Governor
-stuffed the skin with powder and shot, and sent it back, returning
-no less defiance to Conanacus, assuring him if he had shipping now
-present, thereby to send his men to Nanohigganset, (the place of
-his abode,) they should not need to come so far by land to us; yet
-withal showing that they should never come unwelcome or unlooked
-for. This message was sent by an Indian, and delivered in such
-sort, as it was no small terror to this savage king; insomuch as he
-would not once touch the powder and shot, or suffer it to stay in
-his house or country. Whereupon the messenger refusing it, another
-took it up; and having been posted from place to place a long time,
-at length came whole back again.
-
-[Sidenote: _Feb. 1622_]
-
-In the mean time, knowing our own weakness, notwithstanding our
-high words and lofty looks towards them, and still lying open to
-all casualty, having as yet (under God) no other defence than our
-arms, we thought it most needful to impale our town; which with all
-expedition we accomplished in the month of February, and some few
-days, taking in the top of the hill under which our town is seated;
-making four bulwarks or jetties without the ordinary circuit of
-the pale, from whence we could defend the whole town; in three
-whereof are gates,[18] and the fourth in time to be. This being
-done, Captain Standish divided our strength into four squadrons or
-companies, appointing whom he thought most fit to have command of
-each; and, at a general muster of training,[19] appointed each his
-place, gave each his company, giving them charge, upon every alarm,
-to resort to their leaders to their appointed place, and, in his
-absence, to be commanded and directed by them. That done according
-to his order, each drew his company to his appointed place for
-defence, and there together discharged their muskets. After which
-they brought their new commanders to their houses, where again they
-graced them with their shot, and so departed.
-
-Fearing, also, lest the enemy at any time should take any advantage
-by firing our houses, Captain Standish appointed a certain company,
-that whensoever they saw or heard fire to be cried in the town,
-should only betake themselves to their arms, and should enclose the
-house or place so endangered, and stand aloof on their guard, with
-their backs towards the fire, to prevent treachery, if any were in
-that kind intended. If the fire were in any of the houses of this
-guard, they were then freed from it; but not otherwise, without
-special command.
-
-[Sidenote: _Mar. 1622_]
-
-Long before this time we promised the people of Massachusets, in
-the beginning of March to come unto them, and trade for their
-furs; which being then come, we began to make preparation for
-that voyage. In the mean time, an Indian, called Hobbamock, who
-still lived in the town, told us that he feared the Massachusets
-or Massachuseucks (for so they called the people of that place,)
-were joined in confederacy with the Nanohigganeucks, or people of
-Nanohigganset, and that they therefore would take this opportunity
-to cut off Captain Standish and his company abroad; but, howsoever,
-in the mean time, it was to be feared that the Nanohigganeucks
-would assault the town at home; giving many reasons for his
-jealousy, as also that Tisquantum was in the confederacy, who,
-we should find, would use many persuasions to draw us from our
-shallops to the Indians’ houses, for their better advantage. To
-confirm this his jealousy, he told us of many secret passages that
-passed between him and others, having their meetings ordinarily
-abroad, in the woods; but if at home, howsoever, he was excluded
-from their secrecy; saying it was the manner of the Indians, when
-they meant plainly, to deal openly; but in this his practice there
-was no show of honesty.
-
-Hereupon the Governor, together with his Assistant and Captain
-Standish, called together such as by them were thought most meet
-for advice in so weighty a business; who, after consideration
-hereof, came to this resolution; that as hitherto, upon all
-occasions between them and us, we had ever manifested undaunted
-courage and resolution, so it would not now stand with our safety
-to mew up ourselves in our new-enclosed town; partly because our
-store was almost empty, and therefore must seek out for our daily
-food, without which we could not long subsist; but especially
-for that thereby they would see us dismayed, and be encouraged
-to prosecute their malicious purposes with more eagerness than
-ever they intended. Whereas, on the contrary, by the blessing of
-God, our fearless carriage might be a means to discourage and
-weaken their proceedings. And therefore thought best to proceed
-in our trading voyage, making this use of that we heard, to go
-the better provided, and use the more carefulness both at home
-and abroad, leaving the event to the disposing of the Almighty;
-whose providence, as it had hitherto been over us for good, so
-we had now no cause (save our sins) to despair of his mercy in
-our preservation and continuance, where we desired rather to be
-instruments of good to the heathens about us than to give them the
-least measure of just offence.
-
-[Sidenote: _April. 1622_]
-
-All things being now in readiness, the forenamed Captain, with ten
-men, accompanied with Tisquantum and Hobbamock, set forwards for
-the Massachusets. But we[20] had no sooner turned the point of the
-harbour, called the Gurnet’s Nose,[21] (where, being becalmed, we
-let fall our grapnel to set things to right and prepare to row,)
-but there came an Indian of Tisquantum’s family running to certain
-of our people that were from home with all eagerness, having his
-face wounded, and the blood still fresh on the same, calling to
-them to repair home, oft looking behind him, as if some others had
-him in chase; saying that at Namaschet (a town some fifteen miles
-from us,) there were many of the Nanohiggansets, Massassowat[22]
-our supposed friend, and Conbatant,[23] our feared enemy, with
-many others, with a resolution to take advantage on the present
-opportunity to assault the town in the Captain’s absence; affirming
-that he received the wound in his face for speaking in our behalf,
-and by sleight escaped; looking oft backward, as if he suspected
-them to be at hand. This he affirmed again to the Governor;
-whereupon he gave command that three pieces of ordnance should be
-made ready and discharged, to the end that if we were not out of
-hearing, we might return thereat; which we no sooner heard, but
-we repaired homeward with all convenient speed, arming ourselves,
-and making all in readiness to fight. When we entered the harbour,
-we saw the town likewise on their guard, whither we hasted with
-all convenient speed. The news being made known unto us, Hobbamock
-said flatly that it was false, assuring us of Massassowat’s
-faithfulness. Howsoever, he presumed he would never have undertaken
-any such act without his privity, himself being a pinse,[24] that
-is, one of his chiefest champions or men of valor; it being the
-manner amongst them not to undertake such enterprises without the
-advice and furtherance of men of that rank. To this the Governor
-answered, he should be sorry that any just and necessary occasions
-of war should arise between him and any [of] the savages, but
-especially Massassowat; not that he feared him more than the rest,
-but because his love more exceeded towards him than any. Whereunto
-Hobbamock replied, there was no cause wherefore he should distrust
-him, and therefore should do well to continue his affections.
-
-But to the end things might be made more manifest, the Governor
-caused Hobbamock to send his wife with all privacy to Puckanokick,
-the chief place of Massassowat’s residence, (pretending other
-occasions,) there to inform herself, and so us, of the right
-state of things. When she came thither, and saw all things
-quiet, and that no such matter was or had been intended, [she]
-told Massassowat what had happened at Plymouth, (by them called
-Patuxet;) which, when he understood, he was much offended at the
-carriage of Tisquantum, returning many thanks to the Governor for
-his good thoughts of him, and assuring him that, according to their
-first Articles of Peace, he would send word and give warning when
-any such business was towards.
-
-Thus by degrees we began to discover Tisquantum, whose ends were
-only to make himself great in the eyes of his countrymen, by means
-of his nearness and favor with us; not caring who fell, so he
-stood. In the general, his course was to persuade them he could
-lead us to peace or war at his pleasure, and would oft threaten the
-Indians, sending them word in a private manner we were intended
-shortly to kill them, that thereby he might get gifts to himself,
-to work their peace; insomuch as they had him in greater esteem
-than many of their sachims; yea, they themselves sought to him, who
-promised them peace in respect of us, yea, and protection also, so
-as they would resort to him; so that whereas divers were wont to
-rely on Massassowat for protection, and resort to this abode, now
-they began to leave him and seek after Tisquantum. Now, though he
-could not make good these his large promises, especially because of
-the continued peace between Massassowat and us, he therefore raised
-this false alarm; hoping, whilst things were hot in the heat of
-blood, to provoke us to march into his country against him, whereby
-he hoped to kindle such a flame as would not easily be quenched;
-and hoping if that block were once removed, there were not other
-between him and honor, which he loved as his life, and preferred
-before his peace. For these and the like abuses the Governor
-sharply reproved him; yet was he so necessary and profitable an
-instrument, as at that time we could not miss him. But when we
-understood his dealings, we certified all the Indians of our
-ignorance and innocency therein; assuring them, till they begun
-with us, they should have no cause to fear; and if any hereafter
-should raise any such reports, they should punish them as liars and
-seekers of their and our disturbance; which gave the Indians good
-satisfaction on all sides.
-
-[Sidenote: _May. 1622_]
-
-After this we proceeded in our voyage to the Massachusets; where
-we had good store of trade,[25] and (blessed be God) returned in
-safety, though driven from before our town in great danger and
-extremity of weather.
-
-At our return we found Massassowat at the Plantation; who made his
-seeming just apology for all former matters of accusation, being
-much offended and enraged against Tisquantum; whom the Governor
-pacified as much as he could for the present. But not long after
-his departure, he sent a messenger to the Governor, entreating him
-to give way to the death of Tisquantum, who had so much abused him.
-But the Governor answered, although he had deserved to die, both in
-respect of him and us, yet for our sakes he desired he would spare
-him; and the rather, because without him he knew not well how to
-understand himself or any other the Indians. With this answer the
-messenger returned, but came again not long after, accompanied with
-divers others, demanding him from[26] Massassowat, their master, as
-being one of his subjects, whom, by our first Articles of Peace, we
-could not retain. Yet because he would not willingly do it without
-the Governor’s approbation, offered him many beavers’ skins for
-his consent thereto, saying that, according to their manner, their
-sachim had sent his own knife, and them therewith, to cut off
-his head and hands, and bring them to him. To which the Governor
-answered, It was not the manner of the English to sell men’s lives
-at a price, but when they had deserved justly to die, to give
-them their reward; and therefore refused their beavers as a gift;
-but sent for Tisquantum, who, though he knew their intent, yet
-offered not to fly, but came and accused Hobbamock as the author
-and worker of his overthrow, yielding himself to the Governor to
-be sent or not according as he thought meet. But at the instant
-when our Governor was ready to deliver him into the hands of his
-executioners, a boat was seen at sea to cross before our town, and
-fall behind a headland[27] not far off. Whereupon, having heard
-many rumors of the French, and not knowing whether there were any
-combination between the savages and them, the Governor told the
-Indians he would first know what boat that was ere he would deliver
-them into their custody. But being mad with rage, and impatient at
-delay, they departed in great heat.
-
-Here let me not omit one notable, though wicked practice of this
-Tisquantum; who, to the end he might possess his countrymen with
-the greater fear of us, and so consequently of himself, told
-them we had the plague buried in our store-house; which, at our
-pleasure, we could send forth to what place or people we would, and
-destroy them therewith, though we stirred not from home. Being,
-upon the forenamed brabbles,[28] sent for by the Governor to this
-place, where Hobbamock was and some other of us, the ground being
-broke in the midst of the house, whereunder certain barrels of
-powder were buried, though unknown to him, Hobbamock asked him what
-it meant. To whom he readily answered, That was the place wherein
-the plague was buried, whereof he formerly told him and others.
-After this Hobbamock asked one of our people, whether such a thing
-were, and whether we had such command of it; who answered, No; but
-the God of the English had it in store, and could send it at his
-pleasure to the destruction of his and our enemies.
-
-This was, as I take it, about the end of May, 1622; at which
-time our store of victuals was wholly spent, having lived long
-before with a bare and short allowance. The reason was, that
-supply of men, before mentioned,[29] which came so unprovided,
-not landing so much as a barrel of bread or meal for their whole
-company, but contrariwise received from us for their ship’s store
-homeward. Neither were the setters forth thereof altogether to be
-blamed therein, but rather certain amongst ourselves, who were
-too prodigal in their writing and reporting of that plenty we
-enjoyed.[30] But that I may return.
-
-[Sidenote; _June. 1622_]
-
-This boat proved to be a shallop, that belonged to a fishing
-ship, called the Sparrow, set forth by Master Thomas Weston,
-late merchant and citizen of London, which brought six or seven
-passengers at his charge, that should before have been landed at
-our Plantation;[31] who also brought no more provision for the
-present than served the boat’s gang for their return to the ship;
-which made her voyage at a place called Damarin’s Cove,[32] near
-Munhiggen, some forty leagues from us northeastward; about which
-place there fished about thirty sail of ships, and whither myself
-was employed by our Governor, with orders to take up such victuals
-as the ships could spare; where I found kind entertainment and good
-respect, with a willingness to supply our wants. But being not able
-to spare that quantity I required, by reason of the necessity of
-some amongst themselves, whom they supplied before my coming, would
-not take any bills for the same, but did what they could freely,
-wishing their store had been such as they might in greater measure
-have expressed their own love, and supplied our necessities, for
-which they sorrowed, provoking one another to the utmost of their
-abilities; which, although it were not much amongst so many people
-as were at the Plantation, yet through the provident and discreet
-care of the governors, recovered and preserved strength till our
-own crop on the ground was ready.
-
-Having dispatched there, I returned home with all speed convenient,
-where I found the state of the Colony much weaker than when I left
-it; for till now we were never without some bread, the want whereof
-much abated the strength and flesh of some, and swelled others.
-But here it may be said, if the country abound with fish and fowl
-in such measure as is reported, how could men undergo such measure
-of hardness, except through their own negligence? I answer, every
-thing must be expected in its proper season. No man, as one saith,
-will go into an orchard in the winter to gather cherries; so he
-that looks for fowl there in the summer, will be deceived in his
-expectation. The time they continue in plenty with us, is from the
-beginning of October to the end of March; but these extremities
-befell us in May and June. I confess, that as the fowl decrease,
-so fish increase. And indeed their exceeding abundance was a
-great cause of increasing our wants. For though our bay and creeks
-were full of bass and other fish, yet for want of fit and strong
-seines and other netting, they for the most part brake through,
-and carried all away before them. And though the sea were full of
-cod, yet we had neither tackling nor hawsers for our shallops. And
-indeed had we not been in a place, where divers sort of shellfish
-are, that may be taken with the hand, we must have perished,
-unless God had raised some unknown or extraordinary means for our
-preservation.
-
-In the time of these straits, indeed before my going to Munhiggen,
-the Indians began again to cast forth many insulting speeches,
-glorying in our weakness, and giving out how easy it would be ere
-long to cut us off. Now also Massassowat seemed to frown on us, and
-neither came or sent to us as formerly. These things occasioned
-further thoughts of fortification. And whereas we have a hill
-called the Mount,[33] enclosed within our pale, under which our
-town is seated, we resolved to erect a fort thereon; from whence
-a few might easily secure the town from any assault the Indians
-can make, whilst the rest might be employed as occasion served.
-This work was begun with great eagerness, and with the approbation
-of all men, hoping that this being once finished, and a continual
-guard there kept, it would utterly discourage the savages from
-having any hopes or thoughts of rising against us. And though it
-took the greatest part of our strength from dressing our corn, yet,
-life being continued, we hoped God would raise some means in stead
-thereof for our further preservation.
-
-
-
-
-_Chapter 3_
-
-OF THE PLANTING OF MASTER WESTON’S COLONY AT WESSAGUSSET, AND OF
-SUNDRY EXCURSIONS AFTER CORN.
-
-
-[Sidenote: _July. 1622_]
-
-In the end June or beginning of July, came into our harbour two
-ships of Master Weston’s aforesaid; the one called the Charity,[34]
-the other the Swan; having in them some fifty or sixty men, sent
-over at his own charge to plant for him.[35] These we received into
-our town, affording them whatsoever courtesy our mean condition
-could afford. There the Charity, being the bigger ship, left them,
-having many passengers which she was to land in Virginia. In the
-mean time the body of them refreshed themselves at Plymouth, whilst
-some most fit sought out a place for them. That little store of
-corn we had was exceedingly wasted by the unjust and dishonest
-walking of these strangers; who, though they would sometimes seem
-to help us in our labor about our corn, yet spared not day and
-night to steal the same, it being then eatable and pleasant to
-taste, though green and unprofitable; and though they received much
-kindness, set light both by it and us, not sparing to requite the
-love we showed them, with secret backbitings, revilings, &c., the
-chief of them being forestalled and made against us before then
-came, as after appeared. Nevertheless, for their master’s sake,
-who formerly had deserved well from us, we continued to do them
-whatsoever good or furtherance we could, attributing these things
-to the want of conscience and discretion, expecting each day when
-God in his providence would disburden us of them, sorrowing that
-their overseers were not of more ability and fitness for their
-places, and much fearing what would be the issue of such raw and
-unconscionable beginnings.
-
-At length their coasters returned, having found in their judgment
-a place fit for plantation, within the bay of the Massachusets[36]
-at a place called by the Indians Wichaguscusset.[37] To which place
-the body of them went with all convenient speed, leaving still
-with us such as were sick and lame, by the Governor’s permission,
-though on their parts undeserved; whom our surgeon,[38] by the
-help of God, recovered gratis for them, and they fetched home, as
-occasion served.
-
-They had not been long from us, ere the Indians filled our ears
-with clamors against them, for stealing their corn, and other
-abuses conceived by them. At which we grieved the more, because the
-same men,[39] in mine own hearing, had been earnest in persuading
-Captain Standish, before their coming, to solicit our Governor
-to send some of his men to plant by them, alleging many reasons
-how it might be commodious for us. Be we knew no means to redress
-those abuses, save reproof, and advising them to better walking, as
-occasion served.
-
-[Sidenote: _Aug. 1622_]
-
-In the end of August, came other two ships into our harbour. The
-one, as I take it, was called the Discovery, Captain Jones[40]
-having the command thereof; the other was that ship of Mr.
-Weston’s, called the Sparrow, which had now made her voyage of
-fish, and was consorted with the other, being both bound for
-Virginia.[41] Of Captain Jones we furnished ourselves of such
-provisions as we most needed, and he could best spare; who, as he
-used us kindly, so made us pay largely for the things we had. And
-had not the Almighty, in his all-ordering providence, directed him
-to us, it would have gone worse with us than ever it had been, or
-after was; for as we had now but small store of corn for the year
-following, so, for want of supply, we were worn out of all manner
-of trucking-stuff, not having any means left to help ourselves by
-trade; but, through God’s good mercy towards us, he had wherewith,
-and did supply our wants on that kind competently.[42]
-
-[Sidenote: _Oct. 1622_]
-
-In the end of September, or beginning of October, Mr. Weston’s
-biggest ship, called the Charity, returned for England, and left
-their colony sufficiently victualled, as some of most credit
-amongst them reported. The lesser, called the Swan, remained with
-his colony, for their further help. At which time they desired
-to join in partnership with us, to trade for corn; to which our
-Governor and his Assistant[43] agreed, upon such equal conditions,
-as were drawn and confirmed between them and us. The chief
-places aimed at were to the southward of Cape Cod; and the more,
-because Tisquantum, whose peace before this time was wrought with
-Massassowat, undertook to discover unto us that supposed, and still
-hoped, passage within the shoals.
-
-[Sidenote: _Nov. 1622_]
-
-Both colonies being thus agreed, and their companies fitted and
-joined together, we resolved to set forward, but were oft crossed
-in our purposes. As first Master Richard Greene, brother-in-law
-to master Weston, who from him had a charge in the oversight and
-government of his colony, died suddenly at our Plantation, to whom
-we gave burial befitting his place, in the best manner we could.
-Afterward, having further order to proceed by letter from their
-other Governor at the Massachusets, twice Captain Standish set
-forth with them, but were driven in again by cross and violent
-winds; himself the second time being sick of a violent fever. By
-reason whereof (our own wants being like to be now greater than
-formerly, partly because we were enforced to neglect our corn and
-spend much time in fortification, but especially because such
-havock was made of that little we had, through the unjust and
-dishonest carriage of those people, before mentioned, at our first
-entertainment of them,) our Governor in his own person supplied the
-Captain’s place; and, in the month of November, again set forth,
-having Tisquantum for his interpreter and pilot; who affirmed he
-had twice passed within the shoals of Cape Cod, both with English
-and French. Nevertheless they went so far with him, as the master
-of the ship saw no hope of passage; but being, as he thought, in
-danger, bare up, and according to Tisquantum’s directions, made for
-a harbour not far from them, at a place called Manamoycke; which
-they found, and sounding it with their shallop, found the channel,
-though but narrow and crooked; where at length they harboured the
-ship. Here they perceived that the tide set in and out with more
-violence at some other place more southerly,[44] which they had not
-seen nor could discover, by reason of the violence of the season
-all the time of their abode there. Some judged the entrance thereof
-might be beyond the shoals; but there is no certainty thereof as
-yet known.
-
-That night the Governor, accompanied with others, having Tisquantum
-for his interpreter, went ashore. At first, the inhabitants played
-least in sight, because none of our people had ever been there
-before; but understanding the ends of their coming, at length came
-to them, welcoming our Governor according to their savage manner;
-refreshing them very well with store of venison and other victuals,
-which they brought them in great abundance; promising to trade with
-them, with a seeming gladness of the occasion. Yet their joy was
-mixed with much jealousy, as appeared by their after practices; for
-at first they were loth their dwellings should be known; but when
-they saw our Governor’s resolution to stay on the shore all night,
-they brought him to their houses, having first conveyed all their
-stuff to a remote place, not far from the same; which one of our
-men, walking forth occasionally, espied. Whereupon, on the sudden,
-neither it nor they could be found; and so many times after, upon
-conceived occasions, they would be all gone, bag and baggage. But
-being afterwards, by Tisquantum’s means better persuaded, they
-left their jealousy, and traded with them; where they got eight
-hogsheads of corn and beans, though the people were but few. This
-gave our Governor and the company good encouragement; Tisquantum
-being still confident in the passage, and the inhabitants affirming
-they had seen ships of good burthen pass within the shoals
-aforesaid.
-
-But here, though they had determined to make a second essay, yet
-God had otherways disposed; who struck Tisquantum with sickness,
-insomuch as he there died;[45] which crossed their southward
-trading, and the more, because the master’s sufficiency was much
-doubted, and the season very tempestuous, and not fit to go upon
-discovery, having no guide to direct them.
-
-From thence they departed; and the wind being fair for the
-Massachusets, went thither, and the rather, because the savages,
-upon our motion, had planted much corn for us, which they promised
-not long before that time. When they came thither, they found a
-great sickness to be amongst the Indians, not unlike the plague,
-if not the same. They renewed their complaints to our Governor,
-against the other plantation seated by them, for their injurious
-walking. But indeed the trade both for furs and corn was overthrown
-in that place, they giving as much for a quart of corn as we used
-to do for a beaver’s skin; so that little good could be there done.
-
-From thence they returned into the bottom of the bay of Cape Cod,
-to a place called Nauset; where the sachim[46] used the Governor
-very kindly, and where they bought eight or ten hogsheads of corn
-and beans; also at a place called Mattachiest,[47] where they had
-like kind entertainment and corn also. During the time of their
-trade in these places, there were so great and violent storms,
-as the ship was much endangered, and our shallop cast away; so
-that they had now no means to carry the corn aboard that they had
-bought, the ship riding by their report well near two leagues
-from the same, her own boat being small, and so leaky, (having no
-carpenter with them,) as they durst scarce fetch wood or water in
-her. Hereupon the Governor caused the corn to be made in a round
-stack, and bought mats, and cut sedge, to cover it; and gave charge
-to the Indians not to meddle with it, promising him that dwelt next
-to it a reward, if he would keep vermin also from it; which he
-undertook, and the sachim promised to make good. In the mean time,
-according to the Governor’s request, the sachim sent men to seek
-the shallop; which they found buried almost in sand at a high water
-mark, having many things remaining in her, but unserviceable for
-the present; whereof the Governor gave the sachim special charge,
-that it should not be further broken, promising ere long to fetch
-both it and the corn; assuring them, if neither were diminished, he
-would take it as a sign of their honest and true friendship, which
-they so much made show of; but if they were, they should certainly
-smart for their unjust and dishonest dealing, and further make good
-whatsoever they had so taken. So he did likewise at Mattachiest,
-and took leave of them, being resolved to leave the ship and take
-his journey home by land with our own company, sending word to
-the ship that they should take their first opportunity to go for
-Plymouth, where he determined, by the permission of God, to meet
-them. And having procured a guide, it being no less than fifty
-miles to our Plantation,[48] set forward, receiving all respect
-that could be from the Indians in his journey; and came safely
-home, though weary and surbated;[49] whither some three days after
-the ship[50] also came.
-
-The corn being divided, which they had got, Master Weston’s company
-went to their own plantation; it being further agreed, that they
-should return with all convenient speed, and bring their carpenter,
-that they might fetch the rest of the corn, and save the shallop.
-
-[Sidenote: _Jan. 1623_]
-
-At their return, Captain Standish, being recovered and in health,
-took another shallop, and went with them to the corn, which they
-found in safety as they left it. Also they mended the other
-shallop, and got all their corn aboard the ship. This was in
-January, as I take it, it being very cold and stormy; insomuch as,
-(the harbour being none of the best,) they were constrained to cut
-both the shallops from the ship’s stern; and so lost them both a
-second time. But the storm being over, and seeking out, they found
-them both, not having received any great hurt.
-
-Whilst they were at Nauset, having occasion to lie on the shore,
-laying their shallop in a creek[51] not far from them, an Indian
-came into the same, and stole certain beads, scissors, and other
-trifles, out of the same; which, when the Captain missed, he took
-certain of his company with him and went to the sachim, telling
-him what had happened, and requiring the same again, or the party
-that stole them, (who was known to certain of the Indians,) or
-else he would revenge it on them before his departure; and so took
-leave for that night, being late, refusing whatsoever kindness
-they offered. On the morrow the sachim came to their rendezvous,
-accompanied with many men, in a stately manner, who saluted[52] the
-Captain in this wise. He thrust out his tongue, that one might see
-the root thereof, and therewith licked his hand from the wrist to
-the finger’s end, withal bowing the knee, striving to imitate the
-English gesture, being instructed therein formerly by Tisquantum.
-His men did the like, but in so rude and savage a manner, as our
-men could scarce forbear to break out in open laughter. After
-salutation, he delivered the beads and other things to the Captain,
-saying he had much beaten the party for doing it; causing the women
-to make bread, and bring them, according to their desire; seeming
-to be very sorry for the fact, but glad to be reconciled. So they
-departed and came home in safety; where the corn was equally
-divided, as before.
-
-After this the Governor went to two other inland towns, with
-another company, and bought corn likewise of them. The one is
-called Namasket, the other Manomet.[53] That from Namasket was
-brought home partly by Indian women;[54] but a great sickness
-arising amongst them, our own men were enforced to fetch home the
-rest. That at Manomet the Governor left in the sachim’s custody.
-
-This town lieth from us south, well near twenty miles, and
-stands upon a fresh river, which runneth into the bay of
-Nanohigganset,[55] and cannot be less than sixty miles from thence.
-It will bear a boat of eight or ten tons to this place. Hither the
-Dutch or French, or both, use to come. It is from hence to the bay
-of Cape Cod, about eight miles;[56] out of which bay it floweth
-into a creek some six miles, almost direct towards the town. The
-heads of the river and this creek are not far distant. This river
-yieldeth, thus high, oysters,[57] muscles, clams,[58] and other
-shellfish; one in shape like a bean,[59] another like a clam;
-both good meat, and great 1623 abundance at all times; besides it
-aboundeth with divers sorts of fresh fish in their seasons.[60]
-
-The Governor, or sachim, of this place was called Canacum;[61] who
-had formerly, as well as many others, yea all with whom as yet we
-had to do, acknowledged themselves the subjects of our sovereign
-lord, the King. This sachim used the Governor very kindly; and it
-seemed was of good respect and authority amongst the Indians. For
-whilst the Governor was there, within night, in bitter weather,
-came two men from Manamoick, before spoken of; and having set aside
-their bows and quivers, according to their manner, sat down by the
-fire, and took a pipe of tobacco, not using any words in that time,
-nor any other to them, but all remained silent, expecting when
-they would speak. At length they looked toward Canacum; and one
-of them made a short speech, and delivered a present to him from
-his sachim, which was a basket of tobacco and many beads, which
-the other received thankfully. After which he made a long speech
-to him; the contents hereof was related to us by Hobbamock (who
-then accompanied the Governor for his guide,) to be as followeth.
-It happened that two of their men fell out, as they were in game,
-(for they use gaming as much as any where, and will play away
-all, even their skin from their backs,[62] yea their wives’ skins
-also, though it may be they are many miles distant from them, as
-myself have seen,) and growing to great heat, the one killed the
-other. The actor of this fact was a _powah_,[63] one of special
-note amongst them, and such an one as they could not well miss; yet
-another people greater than themselves threatened them with war, if
-they would not put him to death. The party offending was in hold;
-neither would their sachim do one way or other till their return,
-resting upon him for advice and furtherance in so weighty a matter.
-After this there was silence a short time. At length, men gave
-their judgment what they thought best. Amongst others, he asked
-Hobbamock what he thought; who answered, He was but a stranger
-to them; but thought it was better that one should die than many,
-since he had deserved it, and the rest were innocent. Whereupon he
-passed the sentence of death upon him.
-
-[Sidenote: _Feb. 1623_]
-
-Not long after, having no great quantity of corn left, Captain
-Standish went again with a shallop to Mattachiest, meeting also
-with the like extremity of weather, both of wind, snow, and frost;
-insomuch as they were frozen in the harbour, the first night they
-entered the same. Here they pretended their wonted love, and spared
-them a good quantity of corn to confirm the same. Strangers also
-came to this place, pretending only to see him and his company,
-whom they never saw before that time, but intending to join with
-the rest to kill them, as after appeared. But being forced through
-extremity to lodge in their houses, which they much pressed, God
-possessed the heart of the Captain with just jealousy, giving
-strait command, that as one part of his company slept, the rest
-should wake, declaring some things to them which he understood,
-whereof he could make no good construction.
-
-Some of the Indians, spying a fit opportunity, stole some beads
-also from him; which he no sooner perceived, having not above six
-men with him, drew them all from the boat, and set them on their
-guard about the sachim’s house, where the most of the people
-were; threatening to fall upon them without further delay, if
-they would not forthwith restore them; signifying to the sachim
-especially, and so to them all, that as he would not offer the
-least injury, so he would not receive any at their hands, which
-should escape without punishment or due satisfaction. Hereupon the
-sachim bestirred him to find out the party; which, when he had
-done, caused him to return them again to the shallop, and came to
-the Captain, desiring him to search whether they were not about
-the boat; who, suspecting their knavery, sent one, who found them
-lying openly upon the boat’s cuddy. Yet to appease his anger, they
-brought corn afresh to trade; insomuch as he laded his shallop, and
-so departed. This accident so daunted their courage, as they durst
-not attempt any thing against him. So that, through the good mercy
-and providence of God, they returned in safety. At this place the
-Indians get abundance of bass both summer and winter; for it being
-now February, they abounded with them.
-
-[Sidenote: _Mar. 1623_]
-
-In the beginning of March, having refreshed himself, he took a
-shallop, and went to Manomet, to fetch home that which the Governor
-had formerly bought,[64] hoping also to get more from them; but
-was deceived in his expectation, not finding that entertainment he
-found elsewhere, and the Governor had there received. The reason
-whereof, and of the treachery intended in the place before spoken
-of, was not then known unto us, but afterwards; wherein may be
-observed the abundant mercies of God, working with his providence
-for our good. Captain Standish being now far from the boat, and
-not above two or three of our men with him, and as many with the
-shallop, was not long at Canacum, the sachim’s house, but in came
-two of the Massachuset men. The chief of them was called Wituwamat,
-a notable insulting villain, one who had formerly imbrued his hands
-in the blood of English and French, and had oft boasted of his own
-valour, and derided their weakness, especially because, as he said,
-they died crying, making sour faces, more like children than men.
-
-This villain took a dagger from about his neck, which he had gotten
-of Master Weston’s people, and presented it to the sachim; and
-after made a long speech in an audacious manner, framing it in
-such sort, as the Captain, though he be the best linguist amongst
-us,[65] could not gather any thing from it. The end of it was
-afterwards discovered to be as followeth. The Massacheuseuks had
-formerly concluded to ruinate Master Weston’s colony; and thought
-themselves, being about thirty or forty men, strong enough to
-execute the same. Yet they durst not attempt it, till such time
-as they had gathered more strength to themselves, to make their
-party good against us at Plymouth; concluding, that if we remained,
-though they had no other arguments to use against us, yet we
-would never leave the death of our countrymen unrevenged; and
-therefore their safety could not be without the overthrow of both
-plantations. To this end they had formerly solicited this sachim,
-as also the other, called Ianough,[66] at Mattachiest, and many
-others, to assist them, and now again came to prosecute the same;
-and since there was so fair an opportunity offered by the Captain’s
-presence, they thought best to make sure [of] him and his company.
-
-After this his message was delivered, his entertainment much
-exceeded the Captain’s; insomuch as he scorned at their behaviour,
-and told them of it. After which they would have persuaded him,
-because the weather was cold, to have sent to the boat for the rest
-of his company; but he would not, desiring, according to promise,
-that the corn might be carried down, and he would content the
-women[67] for their labor; which they did. At the same time there
-was a lusty Indian of Paomet,[68] or Cape Cod, then present, who
-had ever demeaned himself well toward us, being in his general
-carriage very affable, courteous, and loving, especially towards
-the Captain. This savage was now entered into confederacy with the
-rest; yet, to avoid suspicion, made many signs of his continued
-affections, and would needs bestow a kettle of some six or seven
-gallons on him, and would not accept of any thing in lieu thereof,
-saying he was rich and could afford to bestow such favors on his
-friends whom he loved. Also he would freely help to carry some
-of the corn, affirming he had never done the like in his life
-before; and the wind being bad, would needs lodge with him at
-their rendezvous, having indeed undertaken to kill him before they
-parted; which done, they intended to fall upon the rest.
-
-The night proved exceeding cold; insomuch as the Captain could not
-take any rest, but either walked, or turned himself to and fro at
-the fire. This the other observed, and asked wherefore he did not
-sleep as at other times; who answered, He knew not well, but had no
-desire at all to rest. So that he then missed his opportunity.
-
-The wind serving on the next day, they returned home, accompanied
-with the other Indian; who used many arguments to persuade them
-to go to Paomet, where himself had much corn, and many other, the
-most whereof he would procure for us, seeming to sorrow for our
-wants. Once the Captain put forth with him, and was forced back by
-contrary wind; which wind serving for the Massachuset, was fitted
-to go thither. But on a sudden it altered again.
-
-
-
-
-_Chapter 4_
-
-WINSLOW’S SECOND JOURNEY TO PACKANOKICK, TO VISIT MASSASOIT IN HIS
-SICKNESS.
-
-
-[Sidenote: _Mar. 1623_]
-
-During the time that the Captain was at Manomet, news came to
-Plymouth that Massassowat was like to die, and that at the
-same time there was a Dutch ship driven so high on the shore
-by stress of weather, right before his dwelling, that till
-the tides increased, she could not be got off. Now it being a
-commendable manner of the Indians, when any, especially of note,
-are dangerously sick, for all that profess friendship to them to
-visit them in their extremity,[69] either in their persons, or
-else to send some acceptable persons to them; therefore it was
-thought meet, being a good and warrantable action, that as we had
-ever professed friendship, so we should now maintain the same,
-by observing this their laudable custom; and the rather, because
-we desired to have some conference with the Dutch, not knowing
-when we should have so fit an opportunity. To that end, myself
-having formerly been there, and understanding in some measure the
-Dutch tongue, the Governor again laid this service upon myself,
-and fitted me with some cordials to administer to him; having one
-Master John Hamden,[70] a gentleman of London, who then wintered
-with us, and desired much to see the country, for my consort, and
-Hobbamock for our guide. So we set forward, and lodged the first
-night at Namasket, where we had friendly entertainment.
-
-The next day, about one of the clock, we came to a ferry[71] in
-Conbatant’s country, where, upon discharge of my piece, divers
-Indians came to us from a house not far off. There they told us
-that Massassowat was dead, and that day buried; and that the
-Dutch would be gone before we could get thither, having hove off
-their ship already. This news struck us blank, but especially
-Hobbamock, who desired we might return with all speed. I told him
-I would first think of it. Considering now, that he being dead,
-Conbatant[72] was the most like to succeed him, and that we were
-not above three miles from Mattapuyst,[73] his dwelling-place,
-although he were but a hollow-hearted friend toward us, I thought
-no time so fit as this to enter into more friendly terms with
-him, and the rest of the sachims thereabout; hoping, through the
-blessing of God, it would be a means, in that unsettled state, to
-settle their affections towards us; and though it were somewhat
-dangerous, in respect of our personal safety, because myself and
-Hobbamock had been employed upon a service against him, which he
-might now fitly revenge; yet esteeming it the best means, leaving
-the event to God in his mercy, I resolved to put it in practice, if
-Master Hamden and Hobbamock durst attempt it with me; whom I found
-willing to that or any other course might tend to the general good.
-So we went towards Mattapuyst.
-
-In the way, Hobbamock, manifesting a troubled spirit, brake forth
-into these speeches: _Neen womasu sagimus, neen womasu sagimus_,
-&c. “My loving sachim, my loving sachim! Many have I known, but
-never any like thee.” And turning him to me, said, whilst I lived,
-I should never see his like amongst the Indians; saying, he was no
-liar, he was not bloody and cruel, like other Indians; in anger
-and passion he was soon reclaimed; easy to be reconciled towards
-such as had offended him; ruled by reason in such measure as he
-would not scorn the advice of mean men; and that he governed his
-men better with few strokes, than others did with many; truly
-loving where he loved; yea, he feared we had not a faithful friend
-left among the Indians; showing, how he ofttimes restrained
-their malice, &c., continuing a long speech, with such signs of
-lamentation and unfeigned sorrow, as it would have made the hardest
-heart relent.
-
-At length we came to Mattapuyst, and went to the _sachimo
-comaco_,[74] for so they call the sachim’s place, though they
-call an ordinary house _witeo_;[75] but Conbatant, the sachim,
-was not at home, but at Puckanokick, which was some five or six
-miles off. The _squasachim_, for so they call the sachim’s wife,
-gave us friendly entertainment. Here we inquired again concerning
-Massassowat; they thought him dead, but knew no certainty.
-Whereupon I hired one to go with all expedition to Puckanokick,
-that we might know the certainty thereof, and withal to acquaint
-Conbatant with our there being. About half an hour before
-sunsetting the messenger returned, and told us that he was not yet
-dead, though there was no hope we should find him living. Upon this
-we were much revived, and set forward with all speed, though it
-was late within night ere we got thither. About two from the clock
-that afternoon, the Dutchmen departed; so that in that respect our
-journey was frustrate.
-
-When we came thither, we found the house so full of men, as we
-could scarce get in, though they used their best diligence to make
-way for us. There were they in the midst of their charms for him,
-making such a hellish noise, as it distempered us that were well,
-and therefore unlike to ease him that was sick.[76] About him were
-six or eight women, who chafed his arms, legs, and thighs, to keep
-heat in him. When they had made an end of their charming, one told
-him that his friends, the English, were come to see him. Having
-understanding left, but his sight was wholly gone, he asked, Who
-was come? They told him Winsnow, for they cannot pronounce the
-letter _l_, but ordinarily _n_ in place thereof.[77] He desired to
-speak with me. When I came to him, and they told him of it, he put
-forth his hand to me, which I took. Then he said twice, though very
-inwardly, _Keen Winsnow_? which is to say, “Art thou Winslow?” I
-answered, _Ahhe_, that is, Yes. Then he doubled these words; _Matta
-neen wonckanet namen, Winsnow_! that is to say, “O Winslow, I shall
-never see thee again.”
-
-Then I called Hobbamock, and desired him to tell Massassowat, that
-the Governor, hearing of his sickness, was sorry for the same; and
-though, by reason of many businesses, he could not come himself,
-yet he sent me with such things for him as he thought most likely
-to do him good in this his extremity;[78] and whereof if he pleased
-to take, I would presently give him; which he desired; and having
-a confection of many comfortable conserves, &c., on the point of
-my knife I gave him some, which I could scarce get through his
-teeth. When it was dissolved in his mouth, he swallowed the juice
-of it, whereat those that were about him much rejoiced, saying he
-had not swallowed any thing in two days before. Then I desired
-to see his mouth, which was exceedingly furred, and his tongue
-swelled in such a manner, as it was not possible for him to eat
-such meat as they had, his passage being stopped up. Then I washed
-his mouth, and scraped his tongue, and got abundance of corruption
-out of the same. After which I gave him more of the confection,
-which he swallowed with more readiness. Then he desiring to drink,
-I dissolved some of it in water, and gave him thereof. Within half
-an hour this wrought a great alteration in him, in the eyes of
-all that beheld him. Presently after his sight began to come to
-him, which gave him and us good encouragement. In the mean time
-I inquired how he slept, and when he went to stool. They said he
-slept not in two days before, and had not had a stool in five.
-Then I gave him more, and told him of a mishap we had by the way,
-in breaking a bottle of drink, which the Governor also sent him,
-saying if he would send any of his men to Patuxet, I would send
-for more of the same; also for chickens to make him broth, and for
-other things, which I knew were good for him; and would stay the
-return of his messenger, if he desired. This he took marvellous
-kindly, and appointed some, who were ready to go by two of the
-clock in the morning; against which time I made ready a letter,
-declaring therein our good success, the state of his body, &c.,
-desiring to send me such things as I sent for, and such physic as
-the surgeon durst administer to him.
-
-He requested me, that the day following, I would take my piece,
-and kill him some fowl, and make him some English pottage, such
-as he had eaten at Plymouth; which I promised. After, his stomach
-coming to him, I must needs make him some without fowl, before I
-went abroad, which somewhat troubled me, being unaccustomed and
-unacquainted in such businesses, especially having nothing to make
-it comfortable, my consort being as ignorant as myself; but being
-we must do somewhat, I caused a woman to bruise some corn, and
-take the flour from it, and set over the grit, or broken corn, in
-a pipkin, for they have earthen pots of all sizes. When the day
-broke, we went out, it being now March, to seek herbs, but could
-not find any but strawberry leaves, of which I gathered a handful,
-and put into the same; and because I had nothing to relish it, I
-went forth again, and pulled up a sassafras root, and sliced a
-piece thereof, and boiled it, till it had a good relish, and then
-took it out again. The broth being boiled, I strained it through
-my handkerchief, and gave him at least a pint, which he drank, and
-liked it very well. After this his sight mended more and more; also
-he had three moderate stools, and took some rest; insomuch as we
-with admiration blessed God for giving his blessing to such raw and
-ignorant means, making no doubt of his recovery, himself and all of
-them acknowledging us the instruments of his preservation.
-
-That morning he caused me to spend in going from one to another
-amongst those that were sick in the town, requesting me to wash
-their mouths also, and give to each of them some of the same I
-gave him, saying they were good folk. This pains I took with
-willingness, though it were much offensive to me, not being
-accustomed with such poisonous savours. After dinner he desired me
-to get him a goose or duck, and make him some pottage therewith,
-with as much speed as I could. So I took a man with me, and made
-a shot at a couple of ducks, some six score paces off, and killed
-one, at which he wondered. So we returned forthwith and dressed it,
-making more broth therewith, which he much desired. Never did I see
-a man so low brought, recover in that measure in so short a time.
-The fowl being extraordinary fat, I told Hobbamock I must take
-off the top thereof, saying it would make him very sick again if
-he did eat it. This he acquainted Massassowat therewith, who would
-not be persuaded to it, though I pressed it very much, showing the
-strength thereof, and the weakness of his stomach, which could not
-possibly bear it. Notwithstanding, he made a gross meal of it, and
-ate as much as would well have satisfied a man in health. About an
-hour after he began to be very sick, and straining very much, cast
-up the broth again; and in overstraining himself, began to bleed
-at the nose, and so continued the space of four hours. Then they
-all wished he had been ruled, concluding now he would die, which we
-much feared also. They asked me what I thought of him. I answered,
-his case was desperate, yet it might be it would save his life; for
-if it ceased in time, he would forthwith sleep and take rest, which
-was the principal thing he wanted. Not long after his blood stayed,
-and he slept at least six or eight hours. When he awaked, I washed
-his face, and bathed and suppled his beard and nose with a linen
-cloth. But on a sudden he chopped his nose in the water, and drew
-up some therein, and sent it forth again with such violence, as he
-began to bleed afresh. Then they thought there was no hope; but we
-perceived it was but the tenderness of his nostril, and therefore
-told them I thought it would stay presently, as indeed it did.
-
-The messengers were now returned; but finding his stomach come
-to him, he would not have the chickens killed, but kept them for
-breed. Neither durst we give him any physic, which was then sent,
-because his body was so much altered since our instructions;
-neither saw we any need, not doubting now of his recovery, if he
-were careful. Many, whilst we were there, came to see him; some, by
-their report, from a place not less than an hundred miles. To all
-that came one of his chief men related the manner of his sickness,
-how near he was spent, how amongst others his friends the English
-came to see him, and how suddenly they recovered him to this
-strength they saw, he being now able to sit upright of himself.
-
-The day before our coming, another sachim being there, told him
-that now he might see how hollow-hearted the English were, saying
-if we had been such friends in deed, as we were in show, we would
-have visited him in this his sickness, using many arguments to
-withdraw his affections, and to persuade him to give way to some
-things against us, which were motioned to him not long before. But
-upon his recovery, he brake forth into these speeches: Now I see
-the English are my friends and love me; and whilst I live, I will
-never forget this kindness they have showed me. Whilst we were
-there, our entertainment exceeded all other strangers’. Divers
-other things were worthy the noting; but I fear I have been too
-tedious.
-
-At our coming away, he called Hobbamock to him, and privately (none
-hearing, save two or three other of his pnieses,[79] who are of his
-council) revealed the plot of the Massacheuseucks, before spoken
-of, against Master Weston’s colony, and so against us; saying that
-the people of Nauset, Paomet, Succonet,[80] Mattachiest, Manomet,
-Agowaywam,[81] and the isle of Capawack,[82] were joined with them;
-himself also in his sickness was earnestly solicited, but he would
-neither join therein, nor give way to any of his. Therefore, as we
-respected the lives of our countrymen, and our own after safety,
-he advised us to kill the men of Massachuset, who were the authors
-of this intended mischief. And whereas we were wont to say, we
-would not strike a stroke till they first began; if, said he, upon
-this intelligence, they make that answer, tell them, when their
-countrymen at Wichaguscusset are killed, they being not able to
-defend themselves, that then it will be too late to recover their
-lives; nay, through the multitude of adversaries, they shall with
-great difficulty preserve their own; and therefore he counselled
-without delay to take away the principals, and then the plot would
-cease. With this he charged him thoroughly to acquaint me by the
-way, that I might inform the Governor thereof, at my first coming
-home. Being fitted for our return, we took our leave of him; who
-returned many thanks to our Governor, and also to ourselves for
-our labor and love; the like did all that were about him. So we
-departed.
-
-That night, through the earnest request of Conbatant, who till
-now remained at Sawaams, or Puckanokick, we lodged with him at
-Mattapuyst. By the way I had much conference with him, so likewise
-at his house, he being a notable politician, yet full of merry
-jests and squibs, and never better pleased than when the like are
-returned again upon him. Amongst other things he asked me, if in
-case he were thus dangerously sick, as Massassowat had been, and
-should send word thereof to Patuxet for _maskiet_,[83] that is,
-physic, whether then Mr. Governor would send it; and if he would,
-whether I would come therewith to him. To both which I answered,
-Yea; whereat he gave me many joyful thanks. After that, being at
-his house, he demanded further, how we durst, being but two, come
-so far into the country. I answered, where was true love, there
-was no fear; and my heart was so upright towards them, that for
-mine own part I was fearless to come amongst them. But, said he, if
-your love be such, and it bring forth such fruits, how cometh it
-to pass, that when we come to Patuxet, you stand upon your guard,
-with the mouths of your pieces presented towards us? Whereupon I
-answered, it was the most honorable and respective entertainment
-we could give them; it being an order amongst us so to receive our
-best respected friends; and as it was used on the land, so the
-ships observed it also at sea, which Hobbamock knew and had seen
-observed. But shaking the head, he answered, that he liked not such
-salutations.
-
-Further, observing us to crave a blessing on our meat before we
-did eat, and after to give thanks for the same, he asked us, what
-was the meaning of that ordinary custom. Hereupon I took occasion
-to tell them of God’s works of creation and preservation, of his
-laws and ordinances, especially of the ten commandments; all which
-they hearkened unto with great attention, and like well of; only
-the seventh commandment they excepted against, thinking there
-were many inconveniences in it, that a man should be tied to one
-woman; about which we reasoned a good time. Also I told them,
-that whatsoever good things we had, we received from God, as the
-author and giver thereof; and therefore craved his blessing upon
-that we had, and were about to eat, that it might nourish and
-strengthen our bodies; and having eaten sufficient, being satisfied
-therewith, we again returned thanks to the same our God, for that
-our refreshing, &c. This all of them concluded to be very well;
-and said, they believed almost all the same things, and that
-the same power that we called God, they called _Kiehtan_.[84]
-Much profitable conference was occasioned hereby, which would be
-too tedious to relate, yet was no less delightful to them, than
-comfortable to us. Here we remained only that night, but never had
-better entertainment amongst any of them.
-
-The day following, in our journey, Hobbamock told me of the
-private conference he had with Massassowat, and how he charged
-him perfectly to acquaint me therewith, as I showed before; which
-having done, he used many arguments himself to move us thereunto.
-That night we lodged at Namasket; and the day following, about
-the mid-way between it and home, we met two Indians, who told us,
-that Captain Standish was that day gone to the Massachusets. But
-contrary winds again drove him back; so that we found him at home;
-where the Indian of Paomet still was, being very importunate that
-the Captain should take the first opportunity of a fair wind to go
-with him. But their secret and villainous purposes being, through
-God’s mercy, now made known, the Governor caused Captain Standish
-to send him away, without any distaste or manifestation of anger,
-that we might the better effect and bring to pass that which should
-be thought most necessary.
-
-
-
-
-_Chapter 5_
-
-OF STANDISH’S EXPEDITION AGAINST THE INDIANS OF WESSAGUSSET, AND
-THE BREAKING UP OF WESTON’S COLONY AT THAT PLACE.
-
-
-[Sidenote: _Feb. 1623_]
-
-Before this journey we heard many complaints, both by the Indians,
-and some others of best desert amongst Master Weston’s colony, how
-exceedingly their company abased themselves by indirect means,
-to get victuals from the Indians, who dwelt not far from them,
-fetching them wood and water, &c. and all for a meal’s meat;
-whereas, in the mean time, they might with diligence have gotten
-enough to have served them three or four times. Other by night
-brake the earth, and robbed the Indians’ store; for which they
-had been publicly stocked and whipped, and yet was there small
-amendment. This was about the end of February; at which time they
-had spent all their bread and corn, not leaving any for seed,
-neither would the Indians lend or sell them any more upon any
-terms. Hereupon they had thoughts to take it by violence; and to
-that spiked up every entrance into their town, being well impaled,
-save one, with a full resolution to proceed. But some more honestly
-minded advised John Sanders, their overseer, first to write to
-Plymouth; and if the Governor advised him thereunto, he might the
-better do it. This course was well liked, and an Indian was sent
-with all speed with a letter to our Governor, the contents whereof
-were to this effect; that being in great want, and their people
-daily falling down, he intended to go to Munhiggen, where was a
-plantation of Sir Ferdinando Gorges, to buy bread from the ships
-that came thither a fishing, with the first opportunity of wind;
-but knew not how the colony would be preserved till his return. He
-had used all means both to buy and borrow of Indians, whom he knew
-to be stored, and he thought maliciously withheld it, and therefore
-was resolved to take it by violence, and only waited the return
-of the messenger, which he desired should be hastened, craving
-his advice therein, promising also to make restitution afterward.
-The Governor, upon the receipt hereof, asked the messenger what
-store of corn they had, as if he had intended to buy of them; who
-answered, very little more than that they reserved for seed, having
-already spared all they could.
-
-[Sidenote: _Mar. 1623_]
-
-Forthwith the Governor and his Assistant sent for many of us to
-advise with them herein; who, after serious consideration, no
-way approving of this intended course, the Governor answered
-his letter, and caused many of us to set our hands thereto; the
-contents whereof were to this purpose. We altogether disliked
-their intendment, as being against the law of God and nature,
-showing how it would cross the worthy ends and proceedings of the
-King’s Majesty, and his honorable Council for this place, both in
-respect of the peaceable enlarging of his Majesty’s dominions, and
-also of the propagation of the knowledge and law of God, and the
-glad tidings of salvation, which we and they were bound to seek,
-and were not to use such means as would breed a distaste in the
-savages against our persons and professions, assuring them their
-master would incur much blame hereby, neither could they answer
-the same. For our own parts, our case was almost the same with
-theirs, having but a small quantity of corn left, and were enforced
-to live on ground-nuts, clams, muscles, and such other things as
-naturally the country afforded, and which did and would maintain
-strength, and were easy to be gotten; all which things they had
-in great abundance, yea, oysters[85] also, which we wanted; and
-therefore necessity could not be said to constrain them thereunto.
-Moreover, that they should consider, if they proceeded therein,
-all they could so get would maintain them but a small time, and
-then they must perforce seek their food abroad; which, having made
-the Indians their enemies, would be very difficult for them, and
-therefore much better to begin a little the sooner, and so continue
-their peace; upon which course they might with good conscience
-desire and expect the blessing of God; whereas on the contrary they
-could not.
-
-Also that they should consider their own weakness, being most
-swelled, and diseased in their bodies, and therefore the more
-unlikely to make their party good against them, and that they
-should not expect help from us in that or any the like unlawful
-actions. Lastly, that howsoever some of them might escape, yet
-the principal agents should expect no better than the gallows,
-whensoever any special officer should be sent over by his Majesty,
-or his Council for New England, which we expected, and who would
-undoubtedly call them to account for the same. These were the
-contents of our answer, which was directed to their whole colony.
-Another particular letter our Governor sent to John Sanders,
-showing how dangerous it would be for him above all others, being
-he was their leader and commander; and therefore in friendly manner
-advised him to desist.
-
-With these letters we dispatched the messenger; upon the receipt
-whereof they altered their determination, resolving to shift as
-they could, till the return of John Sanders from Munhiggen; who
-first coming to Plymouth, notwithstanding our own necessities, the
-Governor spared him some corn, to carry them to Munhiggen. But
-not having sufficient for the ship’s store, he took a shallop,
-and leaving others with instructions to oversee things till his
-return, set forward about the end of February; so that he knew not
-of this conspiracy of the Indians before his going. Neither was it
-known to any of us till our return from Sawaams, or Puckanokick;
-at which time also another sachim, called Wassapinewat, brother to
-Obtakiest, the sachim of the Massachusets, who had formerly smarted
-for partaking with Conbatant, and fearing the like again, to purge
-himself, revealed the same thing.
-
-The three and twentieth of March being now come, which is a yearly
-court day, the Governor, having a double testimony, and many
-circumstances agreeing with the truth thereof, not being[86] to
-undertake war without the consent of the body of the company, made
-known the same in public court, offering it to the consideration of
-the company, it being high time to come to resolution, how sudden
-soever it seemed to them, fearing it would be put in execution
-before we could give any intelligence thereof. This business was
-no less troublesome than grievous, and the more, because it is so
-ordinary in these times for men to measure things by the events
-thereof; but especially for that we knew no means to deliver
-our countrymen and preserve ourselves, than by returning their
-malicious and cruel purposes upon their own heads, and causing
-them to fall into the same pit they had digged for others; though
-it much grieved us to shed the blood of those whose good we ever
-intended and aimed at, as a principal in all our proceedings. But
-in the end we came to this public conclusion, that because it was a
-matter of such weight as every man was not of sufficiency to judge,
-nor fitness to know, because of many other Indians, which daily,
-as occasion serveth, converse with us; therefore the Governor, his
-Assistant, and the Captain, should take such to themselves as they
-thought most meet, and conclude thereof. Which done, we came to
-this conclusion, that Captain Standish should take so many men,
-as he thought sufficient to make his party good against all the
-Indians in the Massachuset bay; and because, (as all men know that
-have to do with them in that kind,) it is impossible to deal with
-them upon open defiance, but to take them in such traps as they lay
-for others, therefore he should pretend trade, as at other times;
-but first go to the English, and acquaint them with the plot, and
-the end of his own coming; that comparing it with their carriages
-towards them, he might the better judge of the certainty of it,
-and more fitly take opportunity to revenge the same; but should
-forbear, if it were possible, till such time as he could make
-sure [of] Wituwamat, that bloody and bold villain before spoken
-of; whose head he had order to bring with him, that he might be a
-warning and terror to all of that disposition.
-
-[Sidenote: _24 Mar. 1623_]
-
-Upon this Captain Standish made choice of eight men, and would not
-take more, because he would prevent jealousy, knowing their guilty
-consciences would soon be provoked thereunto. But on the next day,
-before he could go, came one[87] of Mr. Weston’s company by land
-unto us, with his pack at his back, who made a pitiful narration of
-their lamentable and weak estate, and of the Indians’ carriages,
-whose boldness increased abundantly; insomuch as the victuals they
-got, they would take it out of their pots, and eat before their
-faces; yea, if in any thing they gainsaid them, they were ready to
-hold a knife at their breasts; that to give them content, since
-John Sanders went to Munhiggen, they had hanged[88] one of them
-that stole their corn, and yet they regarded it not; that another
-of their company was turned salvage; that their people had most
-forsaken the town, and made their rendezvous where they got their
-victuals, because they would not take pains to bring it home; that
-they had sold their clothes for corn, and were ready to starve both
-with cold and hunger also, because they could not endure to get
-victuals by reason of their nakedness; and that they were dispersed
-into three companies, scarce having any powder and shot left. What
-would be the event of these things he said he much feared; and
-therefore not daring to stay any longer among them, though he knew
-not the way, yet adventured to come to us; partly to make known
-their weak and dangerous estate, as he conceived, and partly to
-desire he might there remain till things were better settled at
-the other plantation. As this relation was grievous to us, so it
-gave us good encouragement to proceed in our intendments, for which
-Captain Standish was now fitted; and the wind coming fair, the next
-day set forth for the Massachusets.
-
-[Sidenote: _25 Mar. 1623_]
-
-The Indians at the Massachusets missed this man; and suspecting
-his coming to us, as we conceive, sent one after him, and gave out
-there that he would never come to Patuxet, but that some wolves
-or bears would eat him. But we know, both by our own experience,
-and the reports of others, that though they find a man sleeping,
-yet so soon as there is life discerned, they fear and shun him.
-This Indian missed him but very little; and missing him, passed
-by the town and went to Manomet; whom we hoped to take at his
-return, as afterward we did. Now was our fort made fit for service,
-and some ordnance mounted; and though it may seem long work, it
-being ten months since it begun, yet we must note, that where so
-great a work is begun with such small means, a little time cannot
-bring [it] to perfection. Beside, those works which tend to the
-preservation of man, the enemy of mankind will hinder, what in him
-lieth, sometimes blinding the judgment, and causing reasonable men
-to reason against their own safety; as amongst us divers seeing
-the work prove tedious, would have dissuaded from proceeding,
-flattering themselves with peace and security, and accounting it
-rather a work of superfluity and vainglory, than simple necessity.
-But God, whose providence hath waked, and, as I may say, watched
-for us whilst we slept, having determined to preserve us from these
-intended treacheries, undoubtedly ordained this as a special means
-to advantage us and discourage our adversaries, and therefore
-so stirred up the hearts of the governors and other forward
-instruments, as the work was just made serviceable against this
-needful and dangerous time, though we ignorant of the same.
-
-[Sidenote: _Mar. 1623_]
-
-But that I may proceed, the Indian last mentioned, in his return
-from Manomet, came through the town, pretending still friendship
-and in love to see us; but as formerly others, so his end was to
-see whether we continued still in health and strength, or fell into
-weakness, like their neighbours; which they hoped and looked for,
-(though God in mercy provided better for us,) and he knew would be
-glad tidings to his countrymen. But here the Governor stayed him;
-and sending for him to the fort, there gave the guard charge of him
-as their prisoner; where he told him he must be contented to remain
-till the return of Captain Standish from the Massachusets. So he
-was locked in a chain to a staple in the court of guard, and there
-kept. Thus was our fort hanselled,[89] this being the first day, as
-I take it, that ever any watch was there kept.
-
-The Captain, being now come to the Massachusets, went first to the
-ship; but found neither man, or so much as a dog therein. Upon the
-discharge of a musket, the master and some others of the plantation
-showed themselves, who were on the shore gathering ground-nuts,
-and getting other food. After salutation, Captain Standish asked
-them how they durst so leave the ship, and live in such security;
-who answered, like men senseless of their own misery, they feared
-not the Indians, but lived and suffered them to lodge with them,
-not having sword or gun, or needing the same. To which the Captain
-answered, if there were no cause, he was the gladder. But, upon
-further inquiry, understanding that those in whom John Sanders
-had reposed most special confidence, and left in his stead to
-govern the rest, were at the plantation, thither he went; and, to
-be brief, made known the Indians’ purpose, and the end of his own
-coming, as also, (which formerly I omitted,) that if afterward they
-durst not there stay, it was the intendment of the governors and
-people of Plymouth there to receive them, till they could be better
-provided; but if they conceived of any other course, that might
-be more likely for their good, that himself should further them
-therein to the uttermost of his power. These men, comparing other
-circumstances with that they now heard, answered, they could expect
-no better; and it was God’s mercy that they were not killed before
-his coming; desiring therefore that he would neglect no opportunity
-to proceed. Hereupon he advised them to secrecy, yet withal to send
-special command to one third of their company, that were farthest
-off, to come home, and there enjoin them on pain of death to keep
-the town, himself allowing them a pint of Indian corn to a man for
-a day, though that store he had was spared out of our seed. The
-weather proving very wet and stormy, it was the longer before he
-could do any thing.
-
-In the mean time an Indian came to him, and brought some furs,
-but rather to gather what he could from the Captain, than coming
-then for trade; and though the Captain carried things as smoothly
-as possibly he could, yet at his return he reported he saw by
-his eyes that he was angry in his heart; and therefore began to
-suspect themselves discovered. This caused one Pecksuot, who
-was a _pniese_,[90] being a man of a notable spirit, to come to
-Hobbamock, who was then with them, and told him, he understood that
-the Captain was come to kill himself and the rest of the salvages
-there. “Tell him,” said he, “we know it, but fear him not, neither
-will we shun him; but let him begin when he dare, he shall not take
-us at unawares.” Many times after, divers of them severally, or few
-together, came to the plantation to him; where they would whet and
-sharpen the points of their knives before his face, and use many
-other insulting gestures and speeches. Amongst the rest Wituwamat
-bragged of the excellency of his knife. On the end of the handle
-there was pictured a woman’s face; “but,” said he, “I have another
-at home, wherewith I have killed both French and English, and that
-hath a man’s face on it; and by and by these two must marry.”
-Further he said of that knife he there had, _Hinnaim namen, hinnaim
-michen, matta cuts_; that is to say, By and by it should see, and
-by and by it should eat, but not speak. Also Pecksuot, being a man
-of greater stature than the Captain,[91] told him, though he were a
-great captain, yet he was but a little man; and, said he, though I
-be no sachim, yet I am a man of great strength and courage. These
-things the Captain observed, yet bare with patience for the present.
-
-On the next day, seeing he could not get many of them together at
-once, and this Pecksuot and Wituwamat both together, with another
-man, and a youth of some eighteen years of age, which was brother
-to Wituwamat, and, villain-like, trod in his steps, daily putting
-many tricks upon the weaker sort of men, and having about as many
-of his own company in a room with them, gave the word to his men,
-and the door being fast shut, began himself with Pecksuot, and
-snatching his own knife from his neck, though with much struggling,
-killed him therewith, the point whereof he had made as sharp as
-a needle, and ground the back also to an edge. Wituwamat and the
-other man the rest killed, and took the youth, whom the Captain
-caused to be hanged. But it is incredible how many wounds these
-two pineses received before they died, not making any fearful
-noise, but catching at their weapons and striving to the last.
-Hobbamock stood by all this time as a spectator, and meddled not,
-observing how our men demeaned themselves in this action. All
-being here ended, smiling, he brake forth into these speeches to
-the Captain: “Yesterday Pecksuot, bragging of his own strength and
-stature, said, though you were a great captain, yet you were but
-a little man; but to-day I see you are big enough to lay him on
-the ground.” But to proceed; there being some women at the same
-time, Captain Standish left them in the custody of Mr. Weston’s
-people at the town, and sent word to another company, that had
-intelligence of things, to kill those Indian men that were amongst
-them. These killed two more. Himself also with some of his own
-men went to another place, where they killed another; and through
-the negligence of one man, an Indian escaped, who discovered and
-crossed their proceedings.[92]
-
-Not long before this execution, three of Mr. Weston’s men, which
-more regarded their bellies than any command or commander, having
-formerly fared well with the Indians for making them canoes, went
-again to the sachim to offer their service, and had entertainment.
-The first night they came thither, within night, late came a
-messenger with all speed, and delivered a sad and short message.
-Whereupon all the men gathered together, put on their boots and
-breeches, trussed up themselves, and took their bows and arrows and
-went forth, telling them they went a hunting, and that at their
-return they should have venison enough. Being now gone, one being
-more ancient and wise than the rest, calling former things to mind,
-especially the Captain’s presence, and the strait charge that on
-pain of death none should go a musket shot from the plantation,
-and comparing this sudden departure of theirs therewith, began
-to dislike and wish himself at home again, which was further off
-than divers other dwelt. Hereupon he moved his fellows to return,
-but could not persuade them. So there being none but women left,
-and the other that was turned salvage, about midnight came away,
-forsaking the paths, lest he should be pursued; and by this means
-saved his life.
-
-Captain Standish took the one half of his men, and one or two
-of Mr. Weston’s, and Hobbamock, still seeking to make spoil of
-them and theirs. At length they espied a file of Indians, which
-made towards them amain; and there being a small advantage in the
-ground, by reason of a hill near them, both companies strove for
-it. Captain Standish got it; whereupon they retreated, and took
-each man his tree, letting fly their arrows amain, especially at
-himself and Hobbamock. Whereupon Hobbamock cast off his coat, and
-being a known pinese, (theirs being now killed,) chased them so
-fast, as our people were not able to hold way with him; insomuch
-as our men could have but one certain mark, and then but the arm
-and half face of a notable villain, as he drew[93] at Captain
-Standish; who together with another both discharged at once at him,
-and brake his arm; whereupon they fled into a swamp. When they
-were in the thicket, they parleyed, but to small purpose, getting
-nothing but foul language. So our Captain dared the sachim to come
-out and fight like a man, showing how base and woman-like he was
-in tonguing it as he did; but he refused, and fled. So the Captain
-returned to the plantation; where he released the women, and
-would not take their beaver coats from them, nor suffer the least
-discourtesy to be offered them.
-
-Now were Mr. Weston’s people resolved to leave their plantation,
-and go for Munhiggen, hoping to get passage and return[94] with
-the fishing ships. The Captain told them, that for his own part he
-durst there live with fewer men than they were; yet since they
-were otherways minded, according to his order from the governors
-and people of Plymouth, he would help them with corn competent for
-their provision by the way; which he did, scarce leaving himself
-more than brought them home. Some of them disliked the choice of
-the body to go to Munhiggen, and therefore desiring to go with
-him to Plymouth, he took them into the shallop; and seeing them
-set sail, and clear of the Massachuset bay,[95] he took leave and
-returned to Plymouth; whither he came in safety, blessed be God!
-and brought the head of Wituwamat with him.
-
-Among the rest, there was an Indian youth, that was ever of a
-courteous and loving disposition towards us. He, notwithstanding
-the death of his countrymen, came to the Captain without fear,
-saying, his good conscience and love towards us imboldened him so
-to do. This youth confessed, that the Indians intended to kill Mr.
-Weston’s people, and not to delay any longer than till they had two
-more canoes or boats, which Mr. Weston’s men would have finished
-by this time, having made them three already, had not the Captain
-prevented them; and the end of stay for those boats was to take
-their ship therewith.
-
-Now was the Captain returned and received with joy, the head being
-brought to the fort, and there set up.[96] The governors and
-captains with divers others went up the same further, to examine
-the prisoner, who looked piteously on the head. Being asked whether
-he knew it, he answered, Yea. Then he confessed the plot, and that
-all the people provoked Obtakiest, their sachim, thereunto, being
-drawn to it by their importunity. Five there were, he said, that
-prosecuted it with more eagerness than the rest. The two principal
-were killed, being Pecksuot and Wituwamat, whose head was there;
-the other three were powahs, being yet living, and known unto us,
-though one of them was wounded, as aforesaid. For himself, he would
-not acknowledge that he had any hand therein, begging earnestly for
-his life, saying he was not a Massachuset man, but as a stranger
-lived with them. Hobbamock also gave a good report of him, and
-besought for him; but was bribed so to do. Nevertheless, that we
-might show mercy as well as extremity, the Governor released him,
-and the rather, because we desired he might carry a message to
-Obtakiest, his master. No sooner were the irons from his legs, but
-he would have been gone; but the Governor bid him stay, and fear
-not, for he should receive no hurt; and by Hobbamock commanded
-him to deliver this message to his master: That for our parts it
-never entered into our hearts to take such a course with them, till
-their own treachery enforced us thereunto, and therefore they might
-thank themselves for their own overthrow; yet since he had begun,
-if again by any the like courses he did provoke him, his country
-should not hold him; for he would never suffer him or his to rest
-in peace, till he had utterly consumed them; and therefore should
-take this as a warning; further, that he should send to Patuxet the
-three Englishmen he had, and not kill them; also that he should
-not spoil the pale and houses at Wichaguscusset; and that this
-messenger should either bring the English, or an answer, or both;
-promising his safe return.
-
-This message was delivered, and the party would have returned with
-[an] answer, but was at first dissuaded by them, whom afterwards
-they would, but could not persuade to come to us. At length, though
-long, a woman came and told us that Obtakiest was sorry that the
-English were killed, before he heard from the Governor; otherwise
-he would have sent them. Also she said, he would fain make his
-peace again with us, but none of his men durst come to treat about
-it, having forsaken his dwelling, and daily removed from place to
-place, expecting when we would take further vengeance on him.
-
-Concerning those other people, that intended to join the
-Massacheuseuks against us, though we never went against any of
-them; yet this sudden and unexpected execution, together with
-the just judgment of God upon their guilty consciences, hath so
-terrified and amazed them, as in like manner they forsook their
-houses, running to and fro like men distracted, living in swamps
-and other desert places, and so brought manifold diseases amongst
-themselves, whereof very many are dead; as Canacum, the sachim
-of Manomet, Aspinet, the sachim of Nauset, and Ianough, sachim
-of Mattachiest. This sachim in his life, in the midst of these
-distractions, said the God of the English was offended with them,
-and would destroy them in his anger; and certainly it is strange
-to hear how many of late have, and still daily die amongst them.
-Neither is there any likelihood it will easily cease; because
-through fear they set little or no corn, which is the staff of
-life, and without which they cannot long preserve health and
-strength. From one of these places a boat was sent with presents
-to the Governor, hoping thereby to work their peace; but the boat
-was cast away, and three of the persons drowned, not far from
-our Plantation. Only one escaped, who durst not come to us, but
-returned; so as none of them dare come amongst us.
-
-I fear I have been too tedious both in this and other things.
-Yet when I considered how necessary a thing it is that the truth
-and grounds of this action especially should be made known, and
-the several dispositions of that dissolved colony, whose reports
-undoubtedly will be as various, I could not but enlarge myself
-where I thought to be most brief. Neither durst I be too brief,
-lest I should eclipse and rob God of that honor, glory, and praise,
-which belongeth to him for preserving us from falling when we were
-at the pit’s brim, and yet feared nor knew not that we were in
-danger.
-
-
-
-
-_Chapter 6_
-
-OF THE FIRST ALLOTMENT OF LANDS, AND THE DISTRESSED STATE OF THE
-COLONY.
-
-
-[Sidenote: _April. 1623_]
-
-The month of April being now come, on all hands we began to prepare
-for corn. And because there was no corn left before this time,
-save that was preserved for seed, being also hopeless of relief by
-supply, we thought best to leave off all other works, and prosecute
-that as most necessary. And because there was no[97] small hope of
-doing good, in that common course of labor that formerly we were
-in; for that the governors, that followed men to their labors, had
-nothing to give men for their necessities, and therefore could not
-so well exercise that command over them therein, as formerly they
-had done; especially considering that self-love wherewith every
-man, in a measure more or less, loveth and preferreth his own good
-before his neighbour’s, and also the base disposition of some
-drones, that, as at other times, so now especially would be most
-burdenous to the rest; it was therefore thought best that every man
-should use the best diligence he could for his own preservation,
-both in respect of the time present, and to prepare his own corn
-for the year following; and bring in a competent portion for the
-maintenance of public officers, fishermen, &c., which could not
-be freed from their calling without greater inconveniences. This
-course was to continue till harvest, and then the governors to
-gather in the appointed portion, for the maintenance of themselves
-and such others as necessity constrained to exempt from this
-condition. Only if occasion served, upon any special service they
-might employ such as they thought most fit to execute the same,
-during this appointed time, and at the end thereof all men to be
-employed by them in such service as they thought most necessary
-for the general good. And because there is great difference in the
-ground, that therefore a set quantity should be set down for a
-person, and each man to have his fall by lot,[98] as being most
-just and equal, and against which no man could except.
-
-At a general meeting of the company, many courses were propounded,
-but this approved and followed, as being the most likely for the
-present and future good of the company; and therefore before this
-month began to prepare our ground against seed-time.
-
-[Sidenote: _July. 1623_]
-
-In the midst of April we began to set, the weather being then
-seasonable, which much encouraged us, giving us good hopes of
-after plenty. The setting season is good till the latter end of
-May. But it pleased God, for our further chastisement, to send a
-great drought, insomuch as in six weeks after the latter setting
-there scarce fell any rain; so that the stalk of that was first
-set began to send forth the ear, before it came to half growth,
-and that which was later not like to yield any at all, both blade
-and stalk hanging the head, and changing the color in such manner,
-as we judged it utterly dead. Our beans also ran not up according
-to their wonted manner, but stood at a stay, many being parched
-away, as though they had been scorched before the fire. Now were
-our hopes overthrown, and we discouraged, our joy being turned into
-mourning.[99]
-
-To add also to this sorrowful estate in which we were, we heard
-of a supply that was sent unto us many months since, which having
-two repulses before, was a third time in company of another ship
-three hundred leagues at sea, and now in three months time heard no
-further of her; only the signs of a wreck were seen on the coast,
-which could not be judged to be any other than the same.[100] So
-that at once God seemed to deprive us of all future hopes. The most
-courageous were now discouraged, because God, which hitherto had
-been our only shield and supporter, now seemed in his anger to arm
-himself against us. And who can withstand the fierceness of his
-wrath?
-
-These and the like considerations moved not only every good man
-privately to enter into examination with his own estate between
-God and his conscience, and so to humiliation before him, but
-also more solemnly to humble ourselves together before the Lord
-by fasting and prayer. To that end a day was appointed by public
-authority, and set apart from all other employments; hoping that
-the same God, which had stirred us up hereunto, would be moved
-hereby in mercy to look down upon us, and grant the request of
-our dejected souls, if our continuance there might any way stand
-with his glory and our good. But Oh the mercy of our God! who
-was as ready to hear, as we to ask; for though in the morning,
-when we assembled together, the heavens were as clear, and the
-drought as like to continue as ever it was, yet, (our exercise
-continuing some eight or nine hours,) before our departure, the
-weather was overcast, the clouds gathered together on all sides,
-and on the next morning distilled such soft, sweet, and moderate
-showers of rain, continuing some fourteen days, and mixed with such
-seasonable weather, as it was hard to say whether our withered
-corn or drooping affections were most quickened or revived; such
-was the bounty and goodness of our God. Of this the Indians, by
-means of Hobbamock,[101] took notice; who being then in the town,
-and this exercise in the midst of the week, said, It was but
-three days since Sunday; and therefore demanded of a boy, what
-was the reason thereof. Which when he knew, and saw what effects
-followed thereupon, he and all of them admired the goodness of
-our God towards us, that wrought so great a change in so short a
-time; showing the difference between their conjuration, and our
-invocation on the name of God for rain; theirs being mixed with
-such storms and tempests, as sometimes, instead of doing them good,
-it layeth the corn flat on the ground, to their prejudice; but ours
-in so gentle and seasonable a manner, as they never observed the
-like.
-
-At the same time Captain Standish, being formerly employed by
-the Governor to buy provisions for the refreshing of the Colony,
-returned with the same, accompanied with one Mr. David Tomson,[102]
-a Scotchman, who also that spring began a plantation twenty-five
-leagues northeast from us, near Smith’s isles,[103] at a place
-called Pascatoquack, where he liketh well. Now also heard we of
-the third repulse that our supply had,[104] of their safe, though
-dangerous, return into England, and of their preparation to come to
-us. So that having these many signs of God’s favor and acceptation,
-we thought it would be great ingratitude, if secretly we should
-smother up the same, or content ourselves with private thanksgiving
-for that, which by private prayer could not be obtained. And
-therefore another solemn day was set apart and appointed for
-that end; wherein we returned glory, honor, and praise, with all
-thankfulness, to our good God, which dealt so graciously with us;
-whose name for these and all other his mercies towards his church,
-and chosen ones, by them be blessed and praised, now and evermore.
-Amen.
-
-In the latter end of July, and the beginning of August, came two
-ships with supply unto us; who brought all their passengers,[105]
-except one, in health, who recovered in short time; who, also,
-notwithstanding all our wants and hardship, blessed be God! found
-not any one sick person amongst us at the Plantation. The bigger
-ship, called the Anne,[106] was hired, and there again freighted
-back;[107] from whence we set sail the 10th of September. The
-lesser, called the LITTLE JAMES,[108] was built for the company at
-their charge.[109] She was now also fitted for trade and discovery
-to the southward of Cape Cod, and almost ready to set sail; whom I
-pray God to bless in her good and lawful proceedings.
-
-
-
-
-_Chapter 7_
-
-OF THE MANNERS, CUSTOMS, RELIGIOUS OPINIONS AND CEREMONIES OF THE
-INDIANS.
-
-
-[Sidenote: _1623_]
-
-Thus have I made a true and full narration of the state of our
-Plantation, and such things as were most remarkable therein since
-December, 1621. If I have omitted any thing, it is either through
-weakness of memory, or because I judged it not material. I confess
-my style rude, and unskilfulness in the task I undertook; being
-urged thereunto by opportunity, which I knew to be wanting in
-others, and but for which I would not have undertaken the same.
-Yet as it is rude, so it is plain, and therefore the easier to
-be understood; wherein others may see that which we are bound to
-acknowledge, viz. that if ever any people in these later ages were
-upheld by the providence of God after a more special manner than
-others, then we; and therefore are the more bound to celebrate the
-memory of His goodness with everlasting thankfulness. For in these
-forenamed straits, such was our state, as in the morning we had
-often our food to seek for the day, and yet performed the duties
-of our callings, I mean other daily labors, to provide for after
-time; and though at some times in some seasons at noon I have seen
-men stagger by reason of faintness for want of food, yet ere night,
-by the good providence and blessing of God, we have enjoyed such
-plenty as though the windows of heaven had been opened unto us.
-How few, weak, and raw were we at our first beginning, and there
-settling, and in the midst of barbarous enemies! Yet God wrought
-our peace for us. How often have we been at the pit’s brim, and in
-danger to be swallowed up, yea, not knowing till afterward that
-we were in peril! And yet God preserved us; yea, and from how
-many that we yet know not of, He that knoweth all things can best
-tell. So that when I seriously consider of things, I cannot but
-think that God hath a purpose to give that land as an inheritance
-to our nation, and great pity it were that it should long lie in
-so desolate a state, considering it agreeth so well with the
-constitution of our bodies, being both fertile, and so temperate
-for heat and cold, as in that respect one can scarce distinguish
-New England from Old.
-
-A few things I thought meet to add hereunto, which I have observed
-amongst the Indians, both touching their religion and sundry
-other customs amongst them. And first, whereas myself and others,
-in former letters, (which came to the press against my will and
-knowledge,) wrote that the Indians about us are a people without
-any religion, or knowledge of any God, therein I erred, though
-we could then gather no better; for as they conceive of many
-divine powers, so of one, whom they call _Kiehtan_,[110] to be
-the principal and maker of all the rest, and to be made by none.
-He, they say, created the heavens, earth, sea and all creatures
-contained therein; also that he made one man and one woman, of whom
-they and we and all mankind came;[111] but how they became so far
-dispersed, that know they not. At first, they say, there was no
-sachim or king, but Kiehtan, who dwelleth above in the heavens,
-whither all good men go when they die, to see their friends, and
-have their fill of all things. This his habitation lieth far
-westward in the heavens, they say; thither the bad men go also, and
-knock at his door, but he bids them _quatchet_, that is to say,
-walk abroad, for there is no place for such; so that they wander in
-restless want and penury.[112] Never man saw this Kiehtan; only old
-men tell of him, and bid them tell their children, yea to charge
-them to teach their posterities the same, and lay the like charge
-upon them. This power they acknowledge to be good; and when they
-would obtain any great matter, meet together and cry unto him;
-and so likewise for plenty, victory, &c. sing, dance, feast, give
-thanks, and hang up garlands and other things in memory of the same.
-
-Another power they worship, whom they call _Hobbamock_, and to
-the northward of us, _Hobbamoqui_;[113] this, as far as we can
-conceive, is the devil. Him they call upon to cure their wounds and
-diseases. When they are curable, he persuades them he sends the
-same for some conceived anger against them; but upon their calling
-upon him, can and doth help them; but when they are mortal and
-not curable in nature, then he persuades them Kiehtan is angry,
-and sends them, whom none can cure; insomuch as in that respect
-only they somewhat doubt whether he be simply good, and therefore
-in sickness never call upon him. This Hobbamock appears in sundry
-forms unto them, as in the shape of a man, a deer, a fawn, an
-eagle, &c. but most ordinarily a snake. He appears not to all, but
-the chiefest and most judicious amongst them; though all of them
-strive to attain to that hellish height of honor. He appeareth most
-ordinary and is most conversant with three sorts of people. One, I
-confess I neither know by name nor office directly; of these they
-have few, but esteem highly of them, and think that no weapon can
-kill them; another they call by the name of _powah_; and the third
-_pniese_.
-
-The office and duty of the powah is to be exercised principally in
-calling upon the devil, and curing diseases of the sick or wounded.
-The common people join with him in the exercise of invocation,
-but do but only assent, or as we term it, say Amen to that he
-saith; yet sometime break out into a short musical note with him.
-The powah is eager and free in speech, fierce in countenance, and
-joineth many antic and laborious gestures with the same, over the
-party diseased.[114] If the party be wounded, he will also seem to
-suck the wound; but if they be curable, (as they say,) he toucheth
-it not, but _askooke_, that is, the snake, or _wobsacuck_, that is,
-the eagle, sitteth on his shoulder, and licks the same. This none
-see but the powah, who tells them he doth it himself. If the party
-be otherwise diseased, it is accounted sufficient if in any shape
-he but come into the house, taking it for an undoubted sign of
-recovery.
-
-And as in former ages Apollo had his temple at Delphos, and Diana
-at Ephesus, so have I heard them call upon some as if they had
-their residence in some certain places, or because they appeared
-in those forms in the same. In the powah’s speech, he promiseth
-to sacrifice many skins of beasts, kettles, hatchets, beads,
-knives, and other the best things they have to the fiend, if he
-will come to help the party diseased; but whether they perform it,
-I know not. The other practices I have seen, being necessarily
-called sometimes to be with their sick, and have used the best
-arguments I could to make them understand against the same. They
-have told me I should see the devil at those times come to the
-party; but I assured myself and them of the contrary, which so
-proved; yea, themselves have confessed they never saw him when any
-of us were present. In desperate and extraordinary hard travail in
-child-birth, when the party cannot be delivered by the ordinary
-means, they send for this powah; though ordinarily their travail is
-not so extreme as in our parts of the world, they being of a more
-hardy nature; for on the third day after child-birth, I have seen
-the mother with the infant, upon a small occasion, in cold weather,
-in a boat upon the sea.
-
-Many sacrifices the Indians use, and in some cases kill children.
-It seemeth they are various in their religious worship in a
-little distance, and grow more and more cold in their worship to
-Kiehtan; saying, in their memory he was much more called upon. The
-Nanohiggansets exceed in their blind devotion, and have a great
-spacious house, wherein only some few (that are, as we may term
-them, priests) come. Thither, at certain known times, resort all
-their people, and offer almost all the riches they have to their
-gods, as kettles, skins, hatchets, beads, knives, &c., all which
-are cast by the priests into a great fire that they make in the
-midst of the house, and there consumed to ashes. To this offering
-every man bringeth freely; and the more he is known to bring, hath
-the better esteem of all men. This the other Indians about us
-approve of as good, and wish their sachims would appoint the like;
-and because the plague hath not reigned at Nanohigganset as at
-other places about them, they attribute to this custom there used.
-
-The pnieses are men of great courage and wisdom, and to those also
-the devil appeareth more familiarly than to others, and as we
-conceive, maketh covenant with them to preserve them from death
-by wounds with arrows, knives, hatchets, &c. or at least both
-themselves and especially the people think themselves to be freed
-from the same. And though, against their battles, all of them by
-painting disfigure themselves, yet they are known by their courage
-and boldness, by reason whereof one of them will chase almost an
-hundred men; for they account it death for whomsoever stand in
-their way. These are highly esteemed of all sorts of people, and
-are of the sachim’s council, without whom they will not war, or
-undertake any weighty business.[115] In war their sachims, for
-their more safety, go in the midst of them. They are commonly men
-of the greatest stature and strength, and such as will endure most
-hardness, and yet are more discreet, courteous and humane in their
-carriages than any amongst them, scorning theft, lying, and the
-like base dealings, and stand as much upon their reputation as any
-men. And to the end they may have store of these, they train up the
-most forward and likeliest boys, from their childhood, in great
-hardness, and make them abstain from dainty meat, observing divers
-orders prescribed, to the end that when they are of age, the devil
-may appear to them; causing to drink the juice of sentry[116] and
-other bitter herbs, till they cast, which they must disgorge into
-the platter, and drink again and again, till at length through
-extraordinary oppressing of nature, it will seem to be all blood;
-and this the boys will do with eagerness at the first, and so
-continue till by reason of faintness, they can scarce stand on
-their legs, and then must go forth into the cold. Also they beat
-their shins with sticks, and cause them to run through bushes,
-stumps and brambles, to make them hardy and acceptable to the
-devil, that in time he may appear unto them.
-
-Their sachims cannot be all called kings, but only some few of
-them, to whom the rest resort for protection, and pay homage
-unto them;[117] neither may they war without their knowledge
-and approbation; yet to be commanded by the greater, as occasion
-serveth. Of this sort is Massassowat, our friend, and Conanacus,
-of Nanohigganset, our supposed enemy. Every sachim taketh care for
-the widow and fatherless, also for such as are aged and any way
-maimed, if their friends be dead, or not able to provide for them.
-A sachim will not take any to wife, but such an one as is equal to
-him in birth; otherwise, they say, their seed would in time become
-ignoble; and though they have many other wives, yet are they no
-other than concubines or servants, and yield a kind of obedience
-to the principal, who ordereth the family and them in it. The like
-their men observe also, and will adhere to the first during their
-lives; but put away the other at their pleasure. This government is
-successive, and not by choice. If the father die before the son or
-daughter be of age, then the child is committed to the protection
-and tuition of some one amongst them, who ruleth in his stead till
-he be of age; but when that is, I know not.
-
-Every sachim knoweth how far the bounds and limits of his own
-country extendeth; and that is his own proper inheritance. Out of
-that, if any of his men desire land to set their corn, he giveth
-them as much as they can use, and sets them their bounds. In this
-circuit whosoever hunteth, if they kill any venison, bring him
-his fee; which is the fore parts of the same, if it be killed on
-the land, but if in the water, then the skin thereof. The great
-sachims or kings know their own bounds or limits of land, as well
-as the rest. All travellers or strangers for the most part lodge
-at the sachim’s. When they come, they tell them how long they will
-stay, and to what place they go; during which time they receive
-entertainment, according to their persons, but want not. Once a
-year the pnieses use to provoke the people to bestow much corn on
-the sachim. To that end, they appoint a certain time and place,
-near the sachim’s dwelling, where the people bring many baskets of
-corn, and make a great stack thereof. There the pnieses stand ready
-to give thanks to the people, on the sachim’s behalf; and after
-acquaint the sachim therewith, who fetcheth the same, and is no
-less thankful, bestowing many gifts on them.
-
-When any are visited with sickness, their friends resort unto
-them for their comfort, and continue with them ofttimes till
-their death or recovery.[118] If they die, they stay a certain
-time to mourn for them. Night and morning they perform this duty,
-many days after the burial, in a most doleful manner, insomuch as
-though it be ordinary and the note musical, which they take one
-from another and all together, yet it will draw tears from their
-eyes, and almost from ours also.[119] But if they recover, then
-because their sickness was chargeable, they send corn and other
-gifts unto them, at a certain appointed time, whereat they feast
-and dance, which they call _commoco_. When they bury the dead,
-they sow up the corpse in a mat, and so put it in the earth. If
-the party be a sachim, they cover him with many curious mats, and
-bury all his riches with him, and enclose the grave with a pale.
-If it be a child, the father will also put his own most special
-jewels and ornaments in the earth with it; also will cut his hair,
-and disfigure himself very much, in token of sorrow. If it be the
-man or woman of the house, they will pull down the mats, and leave
-the frame standing, and bury them in or near the same, and either
-remove their dwelling or give over housekeeping.
-
-The men employ themselves wholly in hunting, and other exercises of
-the bow, except at some times they take some pains in fishing. The
-women live a most slavish life; they carry all their burdens,[120]
-set and dress their corn, gather it in, seek out for much of their
-food, beat and make ready the corn to eat, and have all household
-care lying upon them.
-
-The younger sort reverence the elder, and do all mean offices,
-whilst they are together, although they be strangers. Boys
-and girls may not wear their hair like men and women, but are
-distinguished thereby.
-
-A man is not accounted a man till he do some notable act, or show
-forth such courage and resolution as becometh his place. The men
-take much tobacco; but for boys so to do, they account it odious.
-
-All their names are significant and variable; for when they come
-to the state of men and women, they alter them according to their
-deeds or dispositions.
-
-When a maid is taken in marriage, she first cutteth her hair, and
-after weareth a covering on her head, till her hair be grown out.
-Their women are diversely disposed; some as modest, as they will
-scarce talk one with another in the company of men, being very
-chaste also; yet other some light, lascivious and wanton. If a
-woman have a bad husband, or cannot affect him, and there be war
-or opposition between that and any other people, she will run away
-from him to the contrary party, and there live; where they never
-come unwelcome, for where are most women, there is greatest plenty.
-
-When a woman hath her monthly terms, she separateth herself from
-all other company, and liveth certain days in a house alone; after
-which, she washeth herself, and all that she hath touched or used,
-and is again received to her husband’s bed or family. For adultery,
-the husband will beat his wife and put her away, if he please.
-Some common strumpets there are, as well as in other places; but
-they are such as either never married, or widows, or put away for
-adultery; for no man will keep such an one to wife.
-
-In matters of unjust and dishonest dealing, the sachim examineth
-and punisheth the same. In case of thefts, for the first offence,
-he is disgracefully rebuked; for the second, beaten by the sachim
-with a cudgel on the naked back; for the third, he is beaten with
-many strokes, and hath his nose slit upwards, that thereby all
-men may both know and shun him. If any man kill another, he must
-likewise die for the same. The sachim not only passes the sentence
-upon malefactors,[121] but executeth the same with his own hands,
-if the party be then present; if not, sendeth his own knife, in
-case of death, in the hands of others to perform the same.[122] But
-if the offender be to receive other punishment, he will not receive
-the same but from the sachim himself; before whom, being naked, he
-kneeleth, and will not offer to run away, though he beat him never
-so much, it being a greater disparagement for a man to cry during
-the time of his correction, than is his offence and punishment.
-
-As for their apparel, they wear breeches and stockings in one, like
-some Irish, which is made of deer skins, and have shoes of the
-same leather. They wear also a deer’s skin loose about them, like
-a cloak, which they will turn to the weather side. In this habit
-they travel; but when they are at home, or come to their journey’s
-end, presently they pull off their breeches, stockings and shoes,
-wring out the water, if they be wet, and dry them, and rub or chafe
-the same. Though these be off, yet have they another small garment
-that covereth their secrets. The men wear also, when they go abroad
-in cold weather, an otter or fox skin on their right arm, but only
-their bracer on the left. Women, and all of that sex, wear strings
-about their legs, which the men never do.
-
-The people are very ingenious and observative; they keep account of
-time by the moon, and winters or summers; they know divers of the
-stars by name; in particular they know the north star, and call it
-_maske_, which is to say, the bear;[123] also they have many names
-for the winds. They will guess very well at the wind and weather
-beforehand, by observations in the heavens. They report also, that
-some of them can cause the wind to blow in what part they list--can
-raise storms and tempests,[124] which they usually do when they
-intend the death or destruction of other people, that by reason
-of the unseasonable weather, they may take advantage of their
-enemies in their houses. At such times they perform their greatest
-exploits, and in such seasons, when they are at enmity with any,
-they keep more careful watch than at other times.
-
-As for the language, it is very copious, large, and difficult.
-As yet we cannot attain to any great measure thereof; but can
-understand them, and explain ourselves to their understanding, by
-the help of those that daily converse with us. And though there be
-difference in a hundred miles’ distance of place, both in language
-and manners, yet not so much but that they very well understand
-each other.[125] And thus much of their lives and manners.
-
-Instead of records and chronicles, they take this course. Where any
-remarkable act is done, in memory of it, either in the place, or by
-some pathway near adjoining, they make a round hole in the ground,
-about a foot deep, and as much over; which when others passing by
-behold, they inquire the cause and occasion of the same, which
-being once known, they are careful to acquaint all men, as occasion
-serveth, therewith; and lest such holes should be filled or grown
-up by any accident, as men pass by, they will oft renew the same;
-by which means many things of great antiquity are fresh in memory.
-So that as a man travelleth, if he can understand his guide, his
-journey will be the less tedious, by reason of the many historical
-discourses [which] will be related unto him.
-
-
-
-
-_Chapter 8_
-
-OF THE SITUATION, CLIMATE, SOIL, AND PRODUCTIONS OF NEW ENGLAND.
-
-
-[Sidenote: _1623_]
-
-In all this, it may be said, I have neither praised nor dispraised
-the country; and since I lived so long therein, my judgment thereof
-will give no less satisfaction to them that know me, than the
-relation of our proceedings. To which I answer, that as in one, so
-of the other, I will speak as sparingly as I can, yet will make
-known what I conceive thereof.
-
-And first for that continent, on which we are, called New England,
-although it hath ever been conceived by the English to be a part
-of the main land adjoining the Virginia, yet by relation of
-the Indians it should appear to be otherwise; for they affirm
-confidently that it is an island, and that either the Dutch or
-French pass through from sea to sea between us and Virginia,
-and drive a great trade in the same. The name of the inlet of
-the sea they call Mohegon, which I take to be the same which we
-call Hudson’s river, up which Master Hudson went many leagues,
-and for want of means (as I hear) left it undiscovered.[126] For
-confirmation of this their opinion, is thus much; though Virginia
-be not above a hundred and fifty leagues from us, yet they never
-heard of Powhatan, or knew that any English were planted in his
-country, save only by us and Tisquantum, who went in an English
-ship thither; and therefore it is the more probable, because the
-water is not passable for them, who are very adventurous in their
-boats.
-
-Then for the temperature of the air, in almost three years’
-experience I can scarce distinguish New England from Old England,
-in respect of heat and cold, frost, snow, rain, winds, &c. Some
-object, because our Plantation lieth in the latitude of 42°, it
-must needs be much hotter. I confess I cannot give the reason of
-the contrary; only experience teacheth us, that if it do exceed
-England, it is so little as must require better judgments to
-discern it. And for the winter, I rather think (if there be
-difference) it is both sharper and longer in New England than
-Old; and yet the want of those comforts in the one, which I have
-enjoyed in the other, may deceive my judgment also. But in my
-best observation, comparing our own condition with the Relations
-of other parts of America, I cannot conceive of any to agree
-better with the constitution of the English, not being oppressed
-with extremity of heat, nor nipped by biting cold; by which
-means, blessed be God, we enjoy our health, notwithstanding those
-difficulties we have undergone, in such a measure as would have
-been admired if we had lived in England with the like means. The
-day is two hours longer than here, when it is at the shortest, and
-as much shorter there, when it is at the longest.
-
-The soil is variable, in some places mould, in some clay, others,
-a mixed sand, &c. The chiefest grain is the Indian mays, or Guinea
-wheat. The seed time beginneth in [the] midst of April, and
-continueth good till the midst of May. Our harvest beginneth with
-September. This corn increaseth in great measure, but is inferior
-in quantity to the same in Virginia; the reason I conceive is
-because Virginia is far hotter than it is with us, it requiring
-great heat to ripen. But whereas it is objected against New
-England, that corn will not grow there except the ground be manured
-with fish, I answer, that where men set with fish, (as with us,) it
-is more easy so to do than to clear ground, and set without some
-five or six years, and so begin anew, as in Virginia and elsewhere.
-Not but that in some places, where they cannot be taken with ease
-in such abundance, the Indians set four years together without, and
-have as good corn or better than we have that set with them; though
-indeed I think if we had cattle to till the ground, it would be
-more profitable and better agreeable to the soil to sow wheat, rye,
-barley, pease and oats, than to set mays, which our Indians call
-_ewachim_; for we have had experience that they like and thrive
-well; and the other will not be procured without good labor and
-diligence, especially at seed-time, when it must also be watched
-by night, to keep the wolves from the fish, till it be rotten,
-which will be in fourteen days. Yet men agreeing together, and
-taking their turns, it is not much.
-
-Much might be spoken of the benefit that may come to such as shall
-here plant, by trade with the Indians for furs, if men take a right
-course for obtaining the same; for I dare presume, upon that small
-experience I have had, to affirm that the English, Dutch and French
-return yearly many thousand pounds profit by trade only from that
-island on which we are seated.
-
-Tobacco may be there planted, but not with that profit as in some
-other places; neither were it profitable there to follow it, though
-the increase were equal, because fish is a better and richer
-commodity, and more necessary, which may be and are there had in
-as great abundance as in any other part of the world; witness the
-west-country merchants of England, which return incredible gains
-yearly from thence. And if they can so do, which here buy their
-salt at a great charge, and transport more company to make their
-voyage than will sail their ships, what may the planters expect
-when once they are seated, and make the most of their salt there,
-and employ themselves at least eight months in fishing; whereas the
-other fish but four, and have their ship lie dead in the harbour
-all the time, whereas such shipping as belong to plantations may
-take freight of passengers or cattle thither, and have their lading
-provided against they come? I confess we have come so far short
-of the means to raise such returns, as with great difficulty we
-have preserved our lives; insomuch as when I look back upon our
-condition, and weak means to preserve the same, I rather admire
-at God’s mercy and providence in our preservation, than that no
-greater things have been effected by us. But though our beginning
-have been thus raw, small and difficult, as thou hast seen, yet
-the same God that hath hitherto led us through the former, I hope
-will raise means to accomplish the latter. Not that we altogether,
-or principally, propound profit to be the main end of that we
-have undertaken, but the glory of God, and the honor of our
-country, in the enlarging of his Majesty’s dominions. Yet wanting
-outward means to set things in that forwardness we desire, and to
-further the latter by the former, I thought meet to offer both to
-consideration, hoping that where religion and profit jump together
-(which is rare) in so honorable an action, it will encourage every
-honest man, either in person or purse, to set forward the same, or
-at leastwise to commend the welfare thereof in his daily prayers to
-the blessing of the blessed God.
-
-I will not again speak of the abundance of fowl, store of venison,
-and variety of fish, in their seasons, which might encourage many
-to go in their persons. Only I advise all such beforehand to
-consider, that as they hear of countries that abound with the good
-creatures of God, so means must be used for the taking of every
-one in his kind, and therefore not only to content themselves
-that there is sufficient, but to foresee how they shall be able
-to obtain the same. Otherwise, as he that walketh London streets,
-though he be in the midst of plenty, yet if he want means, is not
-the better, but hath rather his sorrow increased by the sight of
-that he wanteth, and cannot enjoy it, so also there, if thou want
-art and other necessaries thereunto belonging, thou mayest see
-that thou wantest and thy heart desireth, and yet be never the
-better for the same. Therefore, if thou see thine own insufficiency
-of thyself, then join to some others, where thou mayest in some
-measure enjoy the same; otherwise, assure thyself thou art better
-where thou art. Some there be that thinking altogether of their
-present wants they enjoy here, and not dreaming of any there,
-through indiscretion plunge themselves into a deeper sea of misery.
-As for example, it may be here, rent and firing are so chargeable,
-as without great difficulty a man cannot accomplish the same; never
-considering, that as he shall have no rent to pay, so he must build
-his house before he have it, and peradventure may with more ease
-pay for his fuel here, than cut and fetch it home, if he have not
-cattle to draw it there; though there is no scarcity, but rather
-too great plenty.
-
-I write not these things to dissuade any that shall seriously, upon
-due examination, set themselves to further the glory of God, and
-the honor of our country, in so worthy an enterprise, but rather to
-discourage such as with too great lightness undertake such courses;
-who peradventure strain themselves and their friends for their
-passage thither, and are no sooner there, than seeing their foolish
-imagination made void, are at their wits’ end, and would give ten
-times so much for their return, if they could procure it; and out
-of such discontented passions and humors, spare not to lay that
-imputation upon the country, and others, which themselves deserve.
-
-As, for example, I have heard some complain of others for their
-large reports of New England, and yet because they must drink water
-and want many delicates they here enjoyed, could presently return
-with their mouths full of clamors. And can any be so simple as
-to conceive that the fountains should stream forth wine or beer,
-or the woods and rivers be like butchers’ shops, or fishmongers’
-stalls, where they might have things taken to their hands? If thou
-canst not live without such things, and hast no means to procure
-the one, and wilt not take pains for the other, nor hast ability
-to employ others for thee, rest where thou art; for as a proud
-heart, a dainty tooth, a beggar’s purse, and an idle hand, be here
-intolerable, so that person that hath these qualities there, is
-much more abominable. If therefore God hath given thee a heart
-to undertake such courses, upon such grounds as bear thee out in
-all difficulties, viz. his glory as a principal, and all other
-outward good things but as accessaries, which peradventure thou
-shalt enjoy, and it may be not, then thou wilt with true comfort
-and thankfulness receive the least of his mercies; whereas on the
-contrary, men deprive themselves of much happiness, being senseless
-of greater blessings, and through prejudice smother up the love and
-bounty of God; whose name be ever glorified in us, and by us, now
-and evermore. Amen.
-
-
-
-
-A POSTSCRIPT.
-
-
-If any man desire a more ample relation of the state of this
-country, before such time as this present Relation taketh place, I
-refer them to the two former printed books; the one published by
-the President and Council for New England, and the other gathered
-by the inhabitants of this present Plantation at Plymouth in New
-England.[127]
-
-
-
-
-FOOTNOTES
-
-
-_Dedication_ (_pp. 3-5_)
-
-[1] The merchant adventurers.
-
-[2] This sentiment shows how little obnoxious the first settlers of
-New England were to the charge of fanaticism, which has often been
-alleged against them by persons alike ignorant of their spirit and
-their history.
-
-[3] EDWARD WINSLOW was, according to Hutchinson, “of a very
-reputable family and of a very active genius”--“a gentleman of the
-best family of any of the Plymouth planters, his father, Edward
-Winslow, Esq., being a person of some figure at Droitwich, in
-Worcestershire,” a town seven miles from Worcester, celebrated
-for its salt springs. Edward was the eldest of eight children,
-and was born at Droitwich Oct. 19, 1595, as appears from the
-following extract from the records of St. Peter’s church in that
-place: “1595, Oct. 20, baptized Edward, son of Edward Winslow, born
-the previous Friday,” which was the 19th. His mother’s name was
-Magdalen; her surname is unknown; she was married Nov. 3, 1594. He
-was not one of the original band of Pilgrims who escaped to Holland
-in 1608, but being on his travels, fell in with them at Leyden,
-in 1617, as we learn from his Brief Narration, where he speaks of
-“living three years under Mr. Robinson’s ministry before we began
-the work of plantation in New England.” His name stands the third
-among the signers of the Compact on board the Mayflower; and his
-family consisted at that time of his wife, Elizabeth, George Soule,
-and two others, perhaps his children, Edward and John, who died
-young. As has already been seen, and will hereafter appear, he was
-one of the most energetic and trusted men in the Colony. He went
-to England in 1623, 1624, 1635 and 1646, as agent of the Plymouth
-or Massachusetts colonies; and in 1633 he was chosen governor, to
-which office he was reëlected in 1636 and 1644. He did not return
-to New England after 1646. In 1655 he was sent by Cromwell as one
-of three commissioners to superintend the expedition against the
-Spanish possessions in the West Indies, and died at sea, near
-Hispaniola, on the 8th of May of that year, in his 60th year. An
-interesting letter, written by him at Barbadoes, March 16, and
-addressed to Secretary Thurloe, is preserved in Thurloe’s State
-Papers, iii. 250. Three letters of his to Gov. Winthrop, one to the
-Commissioners of the United Colonies, and another to Thurloe from
-Barbadoes, March 30, are contained in Hutchinson’s Collection of
-Papers, pp. 60, 110, 153, 228, 268.
-
-In 1637 he obtained a grant of a valuable tract of land at Green’s
-harbour, now Marshfield, to which he gave the name of Careswell.
-This estate continued in the family till a few years since, when it
-came into possession of Daniel Webster, the late Secretary of State.
-
-Edward Winslow’s son, (2) Josiah, born at Plymouth in 1628, was
-governor of the Colony, from 1673 to his death in 1680, and
-commanded the New-England forces in Philip’s war. (3) Isaac,
-his only surviving son, sustained the chief civil and military
-offices in the county of Plymouth after its incorporation with
-Massachusetts, and was President of the Provincial Council. He
-died in 1738, aged 68. (4) John, his son, was a captain in the
-expedition against Cuba in 1740, a colonel at Louisburgh in 1744,
-and afterwards a major-general in the British service. He died in
-1774, aged 71. His son, (5) Isaac, was a physician in Marshfield,
-and died in 1819, aged 80. His only son, (6) John, was an attorney,
-and died in 1822, aged 48. His only surviving son, (7) Isaac, and
-the last surviving male descendant of Gov. Edward, of the name of
-Winslow, born in 1813, resides in Boston, and possesses original
-portraits of these his illustrious ancestors. See Mass. Hist. Coll.
-xxvii. 286.
-
-Edward Winslow had four brothers, all of whom came over to New
-England. Their names were, John, born in April, 1597; Kenelm, born,
-April 29, 1599; Gilbert, born in Oct. 1600; and Josiah, born in
-Feb. 1605.--John came in the Fortune in 1621, married Mary Chilton,
-who came in the Mayflower, and removed to Boston, in 1655, where
-he died in 1674, aged 77. He left a numerous posterity, one of
-whom is Isaac Winslow, Esq., of Roxbury, formerly a merchant in
-Boston.--Gilbert came in the Mayflower, and soon left the Colony,
-and it is thought went to Portsmouth, N. H. and died before
-1660.--Kenelm and Josiah arrived at Plymouth before 1632, and
-both settled at Marshfield. The former died whilst on a visit at
-Salem in 1672, aged 73, and the latter in 1674, aged 69.--Edward
-Winslow’s sisters were Eleanor, born in April, 1598, Elizabeth,
-born in March, 1601, and Magdalen, born Dec. 26, 1604. Elizabeth
-died in Jan. 1604, and neither of the other two ever came to New
-England.
-
-For the copy of the record of St. Peter’s Church, Droitwich,
-containing the births and baptisms of Edward Winslow and his
-sisters and brothers, excepting Josiah, I am indebted to Isaac
-Winslow, Esq., of Roxbury, whose son, Isaac, of New York, visited
-that place for this purpose in Aug. 1839. I am also indebted to
-Mr. Isaac Winslow, of Boston, for the loan of the family bible of
-the Winslows, containing on one of its covers an ancient register,
-corresponding nearly with the Droitwich records, with the addition
-of the birth and baptism of Josiah, the youngest child. See
-Hutchinson’s Mass. i. 187, ii. 457-460; Belknap’s Am. Biog. ii.
-281-309; Mitchell’s Bridgewater, p. 387-390; Deane’s Scituate,
-p. 388-390; Thatcher’s Plymouth, p. 90-103; 139-144; Morton’s
-Memorial, pp. 178, 235, 259-261, 382, 415; Hazard’s Hist. Coll. i.
-326.
-
-
-_To the Reader_ (_p. 6_)
-
-[4] At Wessagusset, or Weymouth, of which an ample account will be
-found in the ensuing Narrative.
-
-[5] Thomas Weston.
-
-[6] Winslow returned in the ship Charity, in March, 1624. He had
-been absent six months, having sailed from Plymouth in the Anne, on
-the 10th of Sept. previous. See Bradford, in Prince, p. 221, 225.
-
-[7] This serves to confirm the statement of numerous typographical
-errors in the previous Narrative.
-
-
-_Chapter 1_ (_p. 7_)
-
-[8] West had a commission as admiral of New England, to restrain
-such ships as came to fish and trade without license from the
-New England Council; but finding the fishermen stubborn fellows,
-and too strong for him, he sails for Virginia; and their owners
-complaining to Parliament, procured an order that fishing should be
-free. Bradford, in Prince, p. 218, and in Morton, p. 97.
-
-[9] The Damariscove islands, five or six in number, lying west
-by north from Monhegan, were early resorted to and occupied as
-fishing-stages. See Williamson’s Maine, i. 56.
-
-[10] On the 22d of March, 1622, at mid-day, the Indians, by a
-preconcerted plan, fell upon the English settlements in Virginia,
-and massacred 347 persons. A war of extermination immediately
-ensued. See Smith’s Virginia, ii. 64-79, and Stith, p. 208-213.
-
-[11] Opechancanough, as the name is commonly spelt.
-
-
-_Chapter 2_ (_pp. 8-18_)
-
-[12] The Narragansetts were a numerous and powerful tribe that
-occupied nearly the whole of the present territory of the State of
-Rhode Island, including the islands in Narragansett Bay. They had
-escaped the pestilence which had depopulated other parts of New
-England, and their population at this time was estimated at thirty
-thousand, of whom five thousand were warriors. Roger Williams says
-they were so populous that a traveller would meet with a dozen
-Indian towns in twenty miles. They were a martial and formidable
-race, and were frequently at war with the Pokanokets on the east,
-the Pequots on the west, and the Massachusetts on the north. See
-Gookin in Mass. Hist. Coll. i. 147; Callender in R. I. Hist. Coll.
-iv. 123; Potter’s Early History of Narragansett, ibid. iii. 1, and
-Hutchinson’s Mass. i. 457.
-
-[13] “Since the death of so many Indians, they thought to lord
-it over the rest, conceive we are a bar in their way, and see
-Massasoit already take shelter under our wings.” Bradford’s Hist.
-quoted by Prince, p. 200.
-
-[14] Canonicus, the great sachem of the Narragansetts, though
-hostile to the Plymouth colonists, probably on account of their
-league with his enemy, Massasoit, showed himself friendly to the
-first settlers of Rhode Island, who planted themselves within
-his territory. Roger Williams says that “when the hearts of
-my countrymen and friends failed me, the Most High stirred up
-the barbarous heart of Connonicus to love me as his son to the
-last gasp. Were it not for the favor that God gave me with him,
-none of these parts, no, not Rhode Island had been purchased or
-obtained; for I never gat any thing of Connonicus but by gift.” In
-1636 the Massachusetts Colony sent to him “a solemn embassage,”
-who “observed in the sachem much state, great command over his
-men, and marvellous wisdom in his answers.” Edward Johnson,
-who probably accompanied the ambassadors, has given in his
-“Wonderworking Providence,” b. ii. ch. vi. a very minute account
-of their reception and entertainment. He says that “Canonicus was
-very discreet in his answers.” He died June 4th, 1647, according
-to Winthrop, “a very old man.” See his Life in Thatcher’s Indian
-Biography, i. 177-209, and in Drake’s Book of the Indians, b. ii.
-54-57.
-
-[15] Probably Stephen Hopkins.
-
-[16] Isaac Allerton.
-
-[17] “There is a remarkable coincidence in the form of this
-challenge with that of the challenge given by the Scythian prince
-to Darius. Five arrows made a part of the present sent by his
-herald to the Persian king. The manner of declaring war by the
-Aracaunian Indians of South America, was by sending from town to
-town an arrow clenched in a dead man’s hand.” Holmes, Annals, i.
-177. See Rollin, Anc. Hist. b. vi. s. 4; and Mass. Hist. Coll. xv.
-69.
-
-[18] Bradford adds, “Which are locked every night; a watch and ward
-kept in the day.” Prince, p. 200.
-
-[19] This was the first general muster in New England, and the
-embryo of our present militia system.
-
-[20] This indicates that the writer himself, Winslow, was one of
-the party.
-
-[21] So early was the name of Gurnet given to this remarkable
-feature of Plymouth harbour. It is a peninsula or promontory,
-connected with Marshfield by a beach about six miles long, called
-Salthouse beach. It contains about twenty-seven acres of excellent
-soil. On its southern extremity, or nose, are two light-houses.
-It probably received its name from some headland known to the
-Pilgrims in the mother country. The late Samuel Davis, of Plymouth,
-the accurate topographer, and faithful chronicler of the Old
-Colony, says, “Gurnet is the name of several places on the coast
-of England; in the Channel we believe there are at least two.”
-Connected with the Gurnet by a narrow neck, and contiguous to
-Clark’s island, is another headland, called Saquish, containing ten
-or fourteen acres. See note 2 on page 164, Mass. Hist. Coll. xiii.
-182, 204, and Thatcher’s Plymouth, p. 330.
-
-[22] The sachem of the Wampanoags.
-
-[23] The same as Coubatant or Corbitant.
-
-[24] What is now called a _brave_.
-
-[25] We should like to have known more about this second voyage to
-Boston harbour.
-
-[26] On the part of.
-
-[27] This headland is Hither Manomet Point, forming the southern
-boundary of Plymouth bay. Manomet is the most prominent landmark
-in Barnstable bay, being visible from all points of its circling
-shore, from Sandwich to Provincetown.
-
-[28] Brabbles, clamors.
-
-[29] The passengers in the Fortune.
-
-[30] Winslow himself had sent home too flattering an account of
-their condition.
-
-[31] “She brings a letter to Mr. Carver from Mr. Weston, of Jan.
-17. By his letter we find he has quite deserted us, and is going
-to settle a plantation of his own. The boat brings us a kind
-letter from Mr. John Huddleston, a captain of a ship fishing at
-the eastward, whose name we never heard before, to inform us of
-a massacre of 400 English by the Indians in Virginia, whence he
-came. By this boat the Governor returns a grateful answer, and
-with them sends Mr. Winslow in a boat of ours to get provisions of
-the fishing ships; whom Captain Huddleston receives kindly, and
-not only spares what he can, but writes to others to do the like;
-by which means he gets as much bread as amounts to a quarter of a
-pound a person per day till harvest; the Governor causing their
-portion to be daily given them, or some had starved. And by this
-voyage we not only got a present supply, but also learn the way to
-those parts for our future benefit.” Bradford, in Prince, p. 202.
-Huddleston’s letter, (or Hudston’s, as Morton calls him,) may be
-found in New England’s Memorial, p. 80. See note [10] on page 7.
-
-[32] See note [9] on page 7.
-
-[33] The burying-hill. The intelligence of the massacre in Virginia
-reached Plymouth in May, and was the immediate incitement to the
-erection of this fort. See page 7.
-
-“Some traces of the fort are still visible on the eminence called
-the burying-hill, directly above the meeting-house of the first
-church in Plymouth. After the fort was used as a place of worship,
-it is probable they began to bury their dead around it. Before that
-time the burial-place was on the bank, above the rock on which the
-landing was made.” Judge Davis’s note in Morton’s Memorial, p. 82.
-
-
-_Chapter 3_ (_pp. 19-30_)
-
-[34] “By Mr. Weston’s ship comes a letter from Mr. John Pierce, in
-whose name the Plymouth patent is taken, signifying that whom the
-governor admits into the association, he will approve.” Bradford,
-in Prince, p. 204.
-
-[35] They came upon no religious design, as did the planters of
-Plymouth; so they were far from being Puritans. Mr. Weston in a
-letter owns that many of them are rude and profane fellows. Mr.
-Cushman in another writes, “They are no men for us, and I fear they
-will hardly deal so well with the savages as they should. I pray
-you therefore signify to Squanto that they are a distinct body
-from us, and we have nothing to do with them, nor must be blamed
-for their faults, much less can warrant their fidelity.” And Mr.
-John Pierce in another writes, “As for Mr. Weston’s company they
-are so base in condition for the most part, as in all appearance
-not fit for an honest man’s company. I wish they prove otherwise.”
-Bradford, in Prince, p. 203.
-
-[36] Boston harbour.
-
-[37] Or Wessagusset, now called Weymouth.
-
-[38] Dr. Fuller.
-
-[39] That is, the same Indians.
-
-[40] This is supposed to be the same Jones who was captain of the
-Mayflower.
-
-[41] Prince says, p. 205, that “Mr. Winslow seems to mistake in
-thinking Captain Jones was now bound for Virginia;” and Bradford
-states that “she was on her way from Virginia homeward, being sent
-out by some merchants to discover the shoals about Cape Cod, and
-harbours between this and Virginia.”
-
-[42] “Of her we buy knives and beads, which is now good trade,
-though at cent. per cent. or more, and yet pay away coat beaver at
-3s. a pound, (which a few years after yields 20s.); by which means
-we are fitted to trade both for corn and beaver.” Bradford, in
-Prince, p. 205, and in Morton’s Memorial, p. 83.
-
-[43] Isaac Allerton.
-
-[44] Chatham.
-
-[45] His disorder was a fever, accompanied with “a bleeding at the
-nose, which the Indians reckon a fatal symptom.” Before his death
-“he desired the Governor (Bradford) to pray that he might go to the
-Englishman’s God in heaven, bequeathing divers of his things to
-sundry of his English friends, as remembrances of his love; of whom
-we had great loss.” Bradford, in Prince, p. 206, and in Morton, p.
-85. Judge Davis adds in his note, that “Governor Bradford’s pen was
-worthily employed in the tender notice taken of the death of this
-child of nature. With some aberrations, his conduct was generally
-irreproachable, and his useful services to the infant settlement
-entitle him to grateful remembrance.”
-
-[46] Aspinet.
-
-[47] The country between Barnstable and Yarmouth harbours.
-
-[48] The distance from Eastham to Plymouth by land is about fifty
-miles.
-
-[49] With galled feet.
-
-[50] The Swan. See page 20.
-
-[51] Nauset, or Eastham, abounds with creeks. See Mass. Hist. Coll.
-viii. 155, 188.
-
-[52] In the original, _saluting_; probably a typographical error.
-
-[53] The part of Sandwich, which lies on Manomet river.
-
-[54] “It is almost incredible”, says Roger Williams, “what burthens
-the poor women carry of corn, of fish, of beans, of mats, and a
-child besides.” Gookin says, “In their removals from place to
-place, for their fishing and hunting, the women carry the greatest
-burthen.” And Wood says, “In the summer they trudge home two or
-three miles with a hundred weight of lobsters at their backs; in
-winter they are their husbands’ porters to lug home their venison.”
-See Mass. Hist. Coll. i. 149, iii. 212, and Wood’s New England’s
-Prospect, part ii. ch. 20.
-
-[55] This is called Manomet or Buzzard’s bay, though Winslow seems
-to mistake it for Narragansett bay, which is near twenty leagues to
-the westward. Prince, p. 208.
-
-[56] “This creek runs out easterly into Cape Cod bay at Scussett
-harbour; and this river runs out westerly into Manomet bay. The
-distance overland from bay to bay is but six miles. The creek and
-river nearly meet in a low ground; and this is the place, through
-which there has been a talk of making a canal, this forty years;
-which would be a vast advantage to all these countries, by saving
-the long and dangerous navigation round the Cape, and through the
-shoals adjoining.” Prince, p. 208, (A.D. 1736.) Mass. Hist. Coll.
-viii. 122.
-
-[57] Oysters are still found in great excellence and plenty in
-Sandwich, on the shores of Buzzard’s bay. See Mass. Hist. Coll.
-viii. 122.
-
-[58] The common clam, (_mya arenaria_,) or perhaps the quahaug,
-(_venus mercenaria_). The English call the former the sand-gaper,
-the word _clam_ not being in use among them, and not to be found
-in their dictionaries. And yet it is mentioned by Captain Smith,
-in his Description of New England, printed in 1616. Johnson,
-whose Wonderworking Providence was published in 1654, speaks of
-“_clambanks_, a fish as big as horse-muscles.” Morton too, in his
-New English Canaan, (1637) mentions them, and Josselyn, (1672)
-in his Rarities, p. 96, speaks of “clam, or clamp, a kind of
-shell-fish, a white muscle.” Wood says, ch. ix. “clams or clamps
-is a shellfish not much unlike a cockle; it lieth under the sand.
-These fishes be in great plenty. In some places of the country
-there be clams as big as a penny white-loaf.” See Mass. Hist. Col.
-iii. 224, viii. 193, xiii. 125, xxvi. 121, and Dr. Gould’s Report
-on the Mollusca of Mass. pp. 40-42, and 85,86.
-
-[59] The razor-shell, (_solen_,) which very much resembles a bean
-pod, or the haft of a razor, both in size and shape. See Mass.
-Hist. Coll. viii. 192. Josselyn calls them “_sheath fish_, which
-are very plentiful, a delicate fish, as good as a prawn, covered
-with a thin shell like the sheath of a knife, and of the color of a
-muscle.” And Morton says, “_razor fishes_ there are.”
-
-“The animal is cylindrical, and is often used as an article of food
-under the name of long-clam, razor-fish, knife-handle, &c.” See Dr.
-Gould’s Report on the Mollusca of Massachusetts, p. 29.
-
-[60] In Manomet river, as well as in Buzzard’s and Buttermilk bays,
-are found fish of various kinds, such as bass, sheep’s head,
-tautaug, scuppaug, &c. See Mass. Hist. Coll. viii. 122.
-
-[61] He was the same as Cawnacome.
-
-[62] “In their gamings,” says Roger Williams, “they will sometimes
-stake and lose their money, clothes, house, corn, and themselves,
-if single persons.” Gookin says, “They are addicted to gaming,
-and will, in that vein, play away all they have.” And Wood adds,
-“They are so bewitched with these two games, that they will lose
-sometimes all they have, beaver, moose skins, kettles, wampompeage,
-mowhackies, hatchets, knives, all is confiscate by these two
-games.” See Mass. Hist. Coll. i. 153, iii. 234, and Wood’s New
-England’s Prospect, part ii. ch. 14.
-
-[63] Powow, a priest and medicine man.
-
-[64] It seems as if the Captain went into Scussett harbour, which
-goes up westward towards Manomet. Prince, p. 210.
-
-[65] In the Indian dialects.
-
-[66] Or Iyanough.
-
-[67] See note [54] on page 78.
-
-[68] Or Pamet, now called Truro.
-
-
-_Chapter 4_ (_pp. 31-39_)
-
-[69] “All their refreshing in their sickness is the visit of
-friends and neighbours, a poor empty visit and presence; and yet
-indeed this is very solemn, unless it be in infectious diseases,
-and then all forsake them and fly.” Roger Williams, in Mass. Hist.
-Coll. iii. 236.
-
-[70] It was conjectured by Belknap, Am. Biog. ii. 229, and has
-since been repeatedly asserted as a fact by other writers,
-that this person was the celebrated English patriot of the same
-name. But this is highly improbable. Hampden, who was born in
-1594, and married in 1619, was a member of the parliament which
-assembled in January, 1621, and was dissolved by James in 1622,
-under circumstances and in a juncture of affairs which rendered it
-certain that a new parliament must soon be called. It is not at all
-likely that a person in Hampden’s circumstances, a man of family,
-wealth and consideration, would, merely for the sake of gratifying
-his curiosity, have left England at this critical period, on a
-long voyage to another hemisphere, and run the risk of not being
-at home at the issuing of the writs for a new parliament. For the
-passage to America was at that time precarious; the vessels were
-few, and the voyage a long one; so that a person who undertook
-it could not reasonably calculate upon getting back in much less
-than a year. Winslow’s companion, whoever he was, must have come
-in the Charity, which brought Weston’s colony, unless we adopt the
-improbable supposition that this “gentleman of London” embarked in
-one of the fishing vessels that visited the Grand Bank, and took
-his chance of getting to Plymouth as he could. Now the Charity left
-London the last of April, 1622, and arrived at Plymouth the last of
-June. The visit to Massasoit took place in March, 1623, and after
-this no vessel sailed for England till the Anne, September 10, in
-which Winslow went home. Of course this “gentleman of London,” must
-have been absent at least eighteen months, which it is altogether
-improbable that Hampden would have done, running the risk of
-not being at home to stand for the next parliament, to which he
-undoubtedly expected to be returned, as we know he actually was.
-
-Besides, had this companion of Winslow been the great English
-patriot, the silence of the early Plymouth writers on the point
-is unaccountable. On publishing his “Good News from New England”
-immediately on his arrival in London, in 1624, one object of which
-was to recommend the new colony, how gladly would Winslow have
-appealed for the correctness of his statements to this member of
-parliament who had passed more than a year in their Plantation.
-How natural too would it have been for him to have mentioned the
-fact in his “Brief Narration,” published in 1646, only three years
-after the death of the illustrious patriot. Bradford, also, whose
-sympathies were all with the popular party in England, in writing
-an elaborate history of the Colony, would not have failed to record
-the long residence among them of one who, at the time he wrote, had
-become so distinguished as the leader of that party in the House
-of Commons. That his lost history contained no such passage we may
-be certain; for had it been there, it must have been quoted either
-by Prince or Morton, who make so free use of it, both of whom too
-mention this visit to Massasoit, and who would not have omitted a
-circumstance so honorable to the Colony.
-
-Again, Winslow’s companion was “a gentleman of _London_.”
-Now although John Hampden happened to be born in London,
-when his father was in parliament in 1594, he was properly of
-Buckinghamshire. Winslow, who was himself of Worcestershire, if he
-knew who Hampden was, would not have called him “a gentleman of
-_London_;” and we cannot suppose that this English gentleman would
-have spent so many months in the Colony without making himself
-known to its two leading men, Winslow and Bradford.
-
-Equally unfounded is the statement that has gained so wide a
-currency and become incorporated with the history of those times,
-and is repeated in Lord Nugent’s Life of Hampden, that John
-Hampden, in company with Cromwell, Pym, and Hazelrig, had actually
-embarked for America on board a fleet in the Thames, in 1638, but
-were detained by an order from the Privy Council. Miss Aikin, in
-her Memoirs of Charles I., ch. xiii., was the first to detect and
-expose this error of the historians.--For some of the views in this
-note I am indebted to the MS. suggestions of the learned editor of
-Governor Winthrop’s History of New England.
-
-[71] Probably the same which is now called Slade’s Ferry, in
-Swanzey. Belknap’s Am. Biog. ii. 292.
-
-[72] Conbatant or Corbitant, was the sachem of Pocasset, and was
-subject to Massasoit. See Baylies’ Plymouth, ii. 232.
-
-[73] A neck of land in the township of Swanzey, commonly pronounced
-Mattapoiset, now Gardner’s neck, situated between the Shawomet
-and Toweset necks. See Belknap’s Am. Biog. ii. 292, and Baylies’
-Plymouth, ii. 232, 234.
-
-[74] “_Sachimmaacommock_, a prince’s house, which, according to
-their condition, is far different from the other house, both in
-capacity or receipt, and also the fineness and quality of their
-mats.” Roger Williams’s Key, ch. xxii.
-
-[75] _Wetu_, or _wigwam_. See Gallatin’s Indian Vocabularies, in
-Am. Antiq. Soc. Coll. ii. 322.
-
-[76] “There are among them certain men and women, whom they call
-_powows_. These are partly wizards and witches, holding familiarity
-with Satan, that evil one; and partly are physicians, and make
-use, at least in show, of herbs and roots for curing the sick and
-diseased. These are sent for by the sick and wounded; and by their
-diabolical spells, mutterings, exorcisms, they seem to do wonders.
-They use extraordinary strange motions of their bodies, insomuch
-that they will sweat until they foam; and thus continue for some
-hours together, stroking and hovering over the sick.” Gookin, in
-Mass. Hist. Coll. i. 154.
-
-“_Powaws_, priests. These do begin and order their service and
-invocation of their gods, and all the people follow, and join
-interchangeably in a laborious bodily service, unto sweating,
-especially of the priest, who spends himself in strange antic
-gestures and actions, even unto fainting. In sickness the priest
-comes close to the sick person, and performs many strange actions
-about him, and threatens and conjures out the sickness. The poor
-people commonly die under their hands; for, alas, they administer
-nothing, but howl and roar and hollow over them, and begin the
-song to the rest of the people, who all join like a choir in prayer
-to their gods for them.” Roger Williams, in Mass. Hist. Coll. iii.
-227, 237.
-
-“The manner of their action in their conjuration is thus. The
-parties that are sick are brought before them; the powow sitting
-down, the rest of the Indians give attentive audience to his
-imprecations and invocations, and after the violent expression of
-many a hideous bellowing and groaning, he makes a stop, and then
-all the auditors with one voice utter a short canto. Which done,
-the powow still proceeds in his invocations, sometimes roaring
-like a bear, other times groaning like a dying horse, foaming at
-the mouth like a chafed boar, smiting on his naked breast and
-thighs with such violence as if he were mad. Thus will he continue
-sometimes half a day.” Wood’s New England’s Prospect, part ii. ch.
-12. See also Hutchinson’s Mass. i. 474.
-
-[77] Wood says, ch. 18, “They pronounce _l_ and _r_ in our English
-tongue, with much difficulty, calling a lobster a nobstan.” Yet
-Roger Williams states, that “although some pronounce not _l_ or
-_r_, yet it is the most proper dialect of other places, contrary
-to many reports;” and Eliot, in his Indian Grammar, says, “These
-consonants, _l_, _n_, _r_, have such a natural coincidence, that
-it is an eminent variation of their dialects. We Massachusetts
-pronounce the _n_; the Nipmuk Indians pronounce _l_; and the
-Northern Indians pronounce _r_. As instance:
-
- We say _Anum_}
- Nipmuck, _Alum_} A Dog.”
- Northern, _Arum_}
-
-See Mass. Hist. Coll. iii. 223, xix. 248.
-
-[78] “When they are sick, their misery appears, that they have not,
-but what sometimes they get from the English, a raisin or currant,
-or any physic, fruit, or spice, or any comfort more than their
-corn and water, &c. In which bleeding case, wanting all means of
-recovery or present refreshing, I have been constrained, to and
-beyond my power, to refresh them, and to save many of them from
-death, who I am confident perish many millions of them, in that
-mighty continent, for want of means.” Roger Williams, in Mass.
-Hist. Coll. iii. 236.
-
-[79] The same as _pinse_. See page 13.
-
-[80] Sokones, or Succonusset, now called Falmouth.
-
-[81] Or Agawam, part of Wareham.
-
-[82] Martha’s Vineyard.
-
-[83] “_Maskit_, give me some physic.” Roger Williams’s Key, in R.
-I. Hist. Coll. i. 159.
-
-[84] “_Ketan_ is their good God, to whom they sacrifice after their
-garners be full with a good crop. Upon this God likewise they
-invocate for fair weather, for rain in time of drought, and for the
-recovery of their sick.” Wood’s New England’s Prospect, part ii.
-ch. 12.
-
-
-_Chapter 5_ (_pp. 40-52_)
-
-[85] Morton says, in his New English Canaan, ch. vii. “There are
-great store of oysters in the entrance of all rivers. They are not
-round, as those of England, but excellent fat and all good. I have
-seen an oyster bank a mile in length. Muscles there are infinite
-store. I have often gone to Wessaguseus, where were excellent
-muscles to eat, (for variety,) the fish is so fat and large.”
-
-[86] The word _inclined_ or _disposed_ seems to have been
-accidentally omitted.
-
-[87] Morton says, “this man’s name was Phinehas Prat, who has
-penned the particulars of his perilous journey, and some other
-things relating to this tragedy.” Hubbard states that he was
-living in 1677, at the time he was writing his History of New
-England. In 1662 the General Court of Massachusetts, in answer
-to a petition of Phinehas Prat, then of Charlestown, which was
-accompanied “with a narrative of the straits and hardships that
-the first planters of this Colony underwent in their endeavours
-to plant themselves at Plymouth, and since, whereof he was one,
-the Court judgeth it meet to grant him 300 acres of land, where
-it is to be had, not hindering a plantation.” At the Court held
-May 3, 1665, it was ordered that land be laid out for Prat, “in
-the wilderness on the east of the Merrimack river, near the upper
-end of Nacook [Pennacook?] brook, on the southeast of it.” Prat
-married in 1630, at Plymouth, a daughter of Cuthbert Cuthbertson.
-His heirs had grants of land in Abington subsequent to 1672. Drake
-says that after long search he has not been able to discover Prat’s
-narrative. It was probably never printed. See Morton’s Memorial, p.
-90; Drake’s Book of the Indians, b. ii. 35; Mass. Hist. Coll. xv.
-78, xvii. 122.
-
-[88] The notorious Thomas Morton, of Merry Mount, in his New
-English Canaan, b. iii. ch. 4, which was published in 1637, is the
-first writer who mentions a ludicrous fable connected with this
-execution, which has been made the occasion of some reproach on
-the first planters of New England. After relating the settlement
-of Weston’s colony at Weymouth, he mentions that one of them stole
-the corn of an Indian, and upon his complaint was brought before
-“a parliament of all the people” to consult what punishment should
-be inflicted on him. It was decided that this offence, which might
-have been settled by the gift of a knife or a string of beads, “was
-felony, and by the laws of England, punished with death; and this
-must be put in execution, for an example, and likewise to appease
-the salvage. When straightways one arose, moved as it were with
-some compassion, and said he could not well gainsay the former
-sentence, yet he had conceived within the compass of his brain
-an embryon, that was of special consequence to be delivered and
-cherished. He said that it would most aptly serve to pacify the
-salvage’s complaint, and save the life of one that might, if need
-should be, stand them in good stead, being young and strong, fit
-for resistance against an enemy, which might come unexpected, for
-any thing they knew. The oration made was like of every one, and he
-entreated to proceed to show the means how this may be performed.
-Says he, ‘You all agree that one must die; and one shall die. This
-young man’s clothes we will take off, and put upon one that is
-old and impotent, a sickly person that cannot escape death; such
-is the disease on him confirmed, that die he must. Put the young
-man’s clothes on this man, and let the sick person be hanged in the
-other’s stead.’ ‘Amen,’ says one, and so say many more. And this
-had liked to have proved their final sentence; but that one, with
-a ravenous voice, begun to croak and bellow for revenge, and put
-by that conclusive motion, alleging such deceits might be a means
-hereafter to exasperate the minds of the complaining salvages, and
-that by his death the salvages should see their zeal to justice;
-and therefore he should die. This was concluded;” and they “hanged
-him up hard by.”
-
-This story of the unscrupulous Morton furnished Butler with the
-materials out of which he constructed the following fable in his
-Hudibras, part. ii. canto ii. line 409.
-
- “Our brethren of New England use
- Choice malefactors to excuse,
- And hang the guiltless in their stead,
- Of whom the churches have less need;
- As lately happened. In a town,
- There lived a cobbler and but one,
- That out of doctrine could cut use,
- And mend men’s lives as well as shoes.
- This precious brother having slain,
- In times of peace, an Indian,
- (Not out of malice, but mere zeal,
- Because he was an infidel,)
- The mighty Tottipotymoy
- Sent to our elders an envoy,
- Complaining sorely of the breach
- Of league, held forth, by brother Patch,
- Against the articles in force
- Between both churches, his and ours;
- For which he craved the saints to render
- Into his hands, or hang the offender.
- But they, maturely having weighed,
- They had no more but him of the trade,
- A man that served them in a double
- Capacity, to teach and cobble,
- Resolved to spare him; yet to do
- The Indian Hoghgan Moghgan, too,
- Impartial justice, in his stead did
- Hang an old weaver, that was bed-rid.”
-
-It will be observed that Morton mentions this substitution merely
-as the suggestion of an individual, which was rejected by the
-company. Even had it been adopted by them, and carried into
-execution, it would not have implicated the Plymouth people at all,
-nor cast the least slur on their characters or principles. For
-Weston’s colony was entirely distinct from theirs, and composed
-of a very different set of men. Their character, as portrayed
-by Weston himself, and by Cushman and Pierce, before they came
-over, may be seen in note [35] on page 77, to which the reader
-is particularly requested to refer. Morton himself calls “many
-of them lazy persons, that would use no endeavour to take the
-benefit of the country.” As Belknap says, “they were a set of
-needy adventurers, intent only on gaining a subsistence.” They did
-not come over from any religious scruples, or with any religious
-purpose. There is no evidence that they had any church at all;
-they certainly were not Puritans. Neal says, in his Hist. of New
-England, i. 102, that Weston obtained a patent under pretence of
-propagating the discipline of the Church of England in America.
-
-Grahame, i. 198, falls into an error in attributing this execution
-to Gorges’s colony, which settled at the same place in the autumn
-of the same year; and Drake, b. ii. 34, errs in saying that
-Morton was one of Weston’s company. Morton did not come over till
-March, 1625, in company with Wollaston, and settled with him
-not at Weymouth, but in Quincy. See Prince, pp. 221, 231. The
-accurate Hutchinson, i. 6, should not have made a fact out of the
-careless Hubbard’s supposition, which the latter mentions as barely
-“possible.” See Mass. Hist. Coll. xv. 77.
-
-[89] Hansel, to use for the first time.
-
-[90] The same as _pinse_, on page 13.
-
-[91] Standish is said to have been a man of short stature. See
-Mass. Hist. Coll. xv. 111, and xviii, 121.
-
-[92] When the news of the first Indians being killed by Standish
-at Weymouth reached Mr. Robinson, their pastor, at Leyden, he
-wrote to the church at Plymouth, December 19, 1623, “to consider
-the disposition of their Captain, who was of a warm temper. He
-hoped the Lord had sent him among them for good, if they used him
-right; but he doubted where there was not wanting that tenderness
-of the life of man, made after God’s image, which was meet;” and
-he concludes with saying, “O how happy a thing had it been that
-you had converted some before you killed any!” Prince adds, “It
-is to be hoped that Squanto was converted.” It seems Standish
-was not of their church at first, and Hubbard says he had more
-of his education in the school of Mars than in the school of
-Christ. Judge Davis remarks, “These sentiments are honorable to
-Mr. Robinson; they indicate a generous philanthropy, which must
-always gain our affection, and should ever be cherished. Still
-the transactions of which the strictures relate, are defensible.
-As to Standish, Belknap places his defence on the rules of duty
-imposed by his character, as the military servant of the Colony.
-The government, it is presumed, will be considered as acting under
-severe necessity, and will require no apology if the reality of the
-conspiracy be admitted, of which there can be little doubt. It is
-certain that they were fully persuaded of its existence, and with
-the terrible example of the Virginia massacre in fresh remembrance,
-they had solemn duties to discharge. The existence of the whole
-settlement was at hazard.” See Prince, p. 226; Hutchinson’s Mass.
-ii. 461; Belknap’s Am. Biog. ii. 330; Morton’s Memorial, p. 91.
-
-[93] His bow.
-
-[94] To England.
-
-[95] “Thus this plantation is broken up in a year; and this is the
-end of those who being all able men, had boasted of their strength
-and what they would bring to pass, in comparison of the people
-at Plymouth, who had many women, children, and weak ones with
-them; and said at their first arrival, when they saw the wants at
-Plymouth, that they would take another course, and not fall into
-such a condition as this simple people were come to.” Bradford, in
-Prince, p. 214, and in Morton, p. 92.
-
-“Shortly after Mr. Weston’s people went to the eastward, he comes
-there himself with some of the fishermen, under another name
-and disguise of a blacksmith; where he hears the ruin of his
-plantation; and getting a shallop with a man or two comes on to
-see how things are; but in a storm is cast away in the bottom of
-the bay between Pascataquak and Merrimak river, and hardly escapes
-with his life. Afterwards he falls into the hands of the Indians,
-who pillage him of all he saved from the sea, and strip him of all
-his clothes to his shirt. At length he gets to Pascataquak, borrows
-a suit of clothes, finds means to come to Plymouth, and desires
-to borrow some beaver of us. Notwithstanding our straits, yet in
-consideration of his necessity, we let him have one hundred and
-seventy odd pounds of beaver, with which he goes to the eastward,
-stays his small ship and some of his men, buys provisions and fits
-himself, which is the foundation of his future courses; and yet
-never repaid us any thing save reproaches, and becomes our enemy on
-all occasions.” Bradford, in Prince, p. 216.
-
-[96] “This may excite in some minds an objection to the humanity of
-our forefathers. The reason assigned for it was that it might prove
-a terror to others. In matters of war and public justice, they
-observed the customs and laws of the English nation. As late as the
-year 1747, the heads of the lords who were concerned in the Scots
-rebellion were set up over Temple Bar, the most frequented passage
-between London and Westminster.” Belknap’s Am. Biog. ii. 326.
-
-
-_Chapter 6_ (_pp. 53-56_)
-
-[97] The word _no_ appears to be an error of the press.
-
-[98] This allotment was only for one year. In the spring of the
-next year, 1624, “the people requesting the Governor to have some
-land for continuance, and not by yearly lot, as before, he gives
-every person an acre of land.” Bradford, in Prince, pp. 215 and
-226. See this latter allotment in Hazard, i. 100, and in Morton, p.
-376.
-
-[99] “But by the time our corn is planted, our victuals are spent,
-not knowing at night where to have a bit in the morning, and have
-neither bread nor corn for three or four months together, yet bear
-our wants with cheerfulness and rest on Providence. Having but one
-boat left, we divide the men into several companies, six or seven
-in each; who take their turns to go out with a net and fish, and
-return not till they get some, though they be five or six days
-out; knowing there is nothing at home, and to return empty would
-be a great discouragement. When they stay long or get but little,
-the rest go a digging shellfish; and thus we live the summer; only
-sending one or two to range the woods for deer, they now and then
-get one, which we divide among the company; and in the winter are
-helped with fowl and ground-nuts.” Bradford, in Prince, p. 216.
-
-[100] “At length we receive letters from the adventurers in England
-of December 22 and April 9 last, wherein they say, ‘It rejoiceth
-us much to hear those good reports that divers have brought home
-of you;’ and give an account, that last fall, a ship, the Paragon,
-sailed from London with passengers, for New Plymouth; being fitted
-out by Mr. John Pierce, in whose name our first patent was taken,
-his name being only used in trust; but when he saw we were here
-hopefully seated, and by the success God gave us, had obtained
-favor with the Council for New England, he gets another patent of
-a larger extent, meaning to keep it to himself, allow us only what
-he pleased, hold us as his tenants and sue to his courts as chief
-lord. But meeting with tempestuous storms in the Downs, the ship is
-so bruised and leaky that in fourteen days she returned to London,
-was forced to be put into the dock, £100 laid out to mend her, and
-lay six or seven weeks to December 22, before she sailed a second
-time; but being half way over, met with extreme tempestuous weather
-about the middle of February which held fourteen days, beat off the
-round house with all her upper works, obliged them to cut her mast
-and return to Portsmouth, having 109 souls aboard, with Mr. Pierce
-himself. Upon which great and repeated loss and disappointment, he
-is prevailed upon for £500 to resign his patent to the Company,
-which cost him but £50; and the goods with charge of passengers in
-this ship cost the Company £640, for which they were forced to hire
-another ship, namely, the Anne, of 140 tons, to transport them,
-namely 60 passengers with 60 tons of goods, hoping to sail by the
-end of April.” Bradford, in Prince, pp. 217, 218.
-
-[101] This is the last time that Hobbamock’s name occurs in the
-history of the Colony. His services to the infant settlement had
-been very important, and in the allotment of the land in 1624,
-mention is made of “Hobbamock’s ground.” In New England’s First
-Fruits, published in London in 1643, he is described as follows:
-“As he increased in knowledge, so in affection, and also in his
-practice, reforming and conforming himself accordingly; and though
-he was much tempted by enticements, scoffs, and scorns from the
-Indians, yet could he never be gotten from the English, nor from
-seeking after their God, but died amongst them, leaving some good
-hopes in their hearts that his soul went to rest.”
-
-[102] David Thomson was sent over by Gorges and Mason in the spring
-of 1623, and commenced a settlement at a place called Little
-Harbour, on the west side of Piscataqua river, near its mouth.
-Christopher Levett says he stayed a month at Thomsons plantation
-in 1623. Afterwards, in 1626, or later, out of dislike of the
-place or his employers, Thomson removed to Boston harbour, and
-took possession of “a fruitful island and very desirable neck of
-land,” which were afterwards confirmed to him or his heirs by the
-government of Massachusetts. This neck of land was Squantum, in
-Quincy, and the island which is very near it, has ever since been
-called by his name. It is now the seat of the Farm School. Compare
-Savage’s Winthrop, i. 44, with Hubbard, in Mass. Hist. Coll. xv.
-105; and see Adams’s Annals of Portsmouth, p. 10, and Levett’s
-voyage into New-England, in Mass. Hist. Coll. xxviii. 164.
-
-[103] So called after himself, by Captain John Smith, who
-discovered them in 1614. He thus describes them: “Smyth’s Isles
-are a heap together, none near them, against Accominticus.” They
-are eight in number, and are now called the Isles of Shoals. See
-a description and historical account of them in Mass. Hist. Coll.
-vii. 242-262; xxvi. 120.
-
-[104] “Governor Bradford gives no hint of this third repulse.”
-Prince, p. 219.
-
-[105] The following is an alphabetical list of those who came over
-in the Anne and Little James.
-
- Anthony Annable,
- Edward Bangs,
- Robert Bartlett,
- Fear Brewster,
- Patience Brewster,
- Mary Bucket,
- Edward Butcher,
- Thomas Clark,
- Christopher Conant,
- Cuthbert Cuthbertson,
- Anthony Dix,
- John Faunce,
- Manasseh Faunce,
- Goodwife Flavell,
- Edmund Flood,
- Bridget Fuller,
- Timothy Hatherly,
- William Heard,
- Margaret Hickes, and her children,
- William Hilton’s wife and two children,
- Edward Holman,
- John Jenny,
- Robert Long,
- Experience Mitchell,
- George Morton,
- Thomas Morton, jr.
- Ellen Newton,
- John Oldham,
- Frances Palmer,
- Christian Penn,
- Mr. Perce’s two servants,
- Joshua Pratt,
- James Rand,
- Robert Rattliffe,
- Nicholas Snow,
- Alice Southworth,
- Francis Sprague,
- Barbara Standish,
- Thomas Tilden,
- Stephen Tracy,
- Ralph Wallen.
-
-This list, as well as that of the passengers in the Fortune, is
-obtained from the record of the allotment of lands, in 1624, which
-may be found in Hazard’s State Papers, i. 101-103, and in the
-Appendix to Morton’s Memorial, pp. 377-380. In that list, however,
-Francis Cooke’s and Richard Warren’s names are repeated, although
-they came in the Mayflower; probably because their wives and
-children came in the Anne, and therefore an additional grant of
-land was made to them. Many others brought their families in this
-ship; and Bradford says that “some were the wives and children of
-such who came before.”
-
-Fear and Patience Brewster were daughters of Elder Brewster. John
-Faunce married Patience, daughter of George Morton, and was father
-of the venerable Elder Faunce. Thomas Clark’s gravestone is one of
-the oldest on the Burial hill in Plymouth. Francis Cooke’s wife,
-Hester, was a Walloon, and Cuthbert Cuthbertson was a Dutchman, as
-we learn from Winslow’s Brief Narration. Anthony Dix is mentioned
-in Winthrop, i. 287. Goodwife Flavell was probably the wife of
-Thomas, who came in the Fortune, and Bridget Fuller was the wife
-of Samuel, the physician. Timothy Hatherly went to England the
-next winter, and did not return till 1632; he settled in Scituate.
-Margaret Hicks, was the wife of Robert, who came in the Fortune.
-William Hilton had sent for his wife and children. George Morton
-brought his son, Nathaniel, the secretary, and four other children.
-Thomas Morton, jr. was probably the son of Thomas, who came in the
-Fortune. John Oldham afterwards became notorious in the history of
-the Colony. Frances Palmer was the wife of William, who came in
-the Fortune. Phinehas Pratt had a lot of land assigned him among
-those who came in the Anne; but he was undoubtedly one of Weston’s
-colony, as appears from page 44. Barbara Standish was the Captain’s
-second wife, whom he married after the arrival of the Anne. Her
-maiden name is unknown.
-
-Annable afterwards settled in Scituate, Mitchell in Duxbury and
-Bridgewater, Bangs and Snow in Eastham, and Sprague in Duxbury.
-John Jenny was a brewer, and in 1636 had “liberty to erect a mill
-for grinding and beating of corn upon the brook of Plymouth.”
-
-Those who came in the first three ships, the Mayflower, the
-Fortune, and the Anne, are distinctively called the _old comers_,
-or the _forefathers_. For further particulars concerning them, see
-Farmer’s Genealogical Register, Mitchell’s Bridgewater, and Deane’s
-Scituate.
-
-[106] “Of 140 tons, Mr. William Pierce, master.” Bradford, in
-Prince, pp. 218 and 220.
-
-[107] “Being laden with clapboards, and all the beaver and other
-furs we have; with whom we send Mr. Winslow, to inform how things
-are and procure what we want.” Bradford, in Prince, p. 221.
-
-[108] “A fine new vessel of 44 tons Mr. Bridges, master.” Bradford,
-in Prince, p. 220.
-
-[109] “They bring about 60 persons, some being very useful and
-become good members of the body; of whom the principal are Mr.
-Timothy Hatherly and Mr. George Morton, who came in the Anne, and
-Mr. John Jenny, who came in the James. Some were the wives and
-children of such who came before; and some others are so bad we are
-forced to be at the charge to send them home next year.
-
-“By this ship R. C. [i.e. doubtless Mr. Cushman, their agent,]
-writes, ‘Some few of your old friends are come; they come dropping
-to you, and by degrees I hope ere long you shall enjoy them all,
-&c.’
-
-“From the general, [that is, the joint concern, the company]
-subscribed by thirteen, we have also a letter wherein they say,
-‘Let it not be grievous to you, that you have been instruments to
-break the ice for others who come after with less difficulty; the
-honor shall be yours to the world’s end. We bear you always in our
-breasts, and our hearty affection is towards you all, as are the
-hearts of hundreds more which never saw your faces, who doubtless
-pray your safety as their own.’
-
-“When these passengers see our poor and low condition ashore,
-they are much dismayed and full of sadness; only our old friends
-rejoice to see us, and that it is no worse, and now hope we shall
-enjoy better days together. The best dish we could present them
-with, is a lobster, or piece of fish, without bread, or any thing
-else but a cup of fair spring water; and the long continuance
-of this diet, with our labors abroad, has somewhat abated the
-freshness of our complexion; but God gives us health, &c.
-
-“August 11. The fourth marriage is of Governor Bradford to Mrs.
-Alice Southworth, widow.” Bradford, in Prince, pp. 220, 221. Her
-maiden name was Carpenter, as appears from the following entry in
-the records of the Plymouth Church: “1667. Mary Carpenter, (sister
-of Mrs. Alice Bradford, the wife of Governor Bradford,) a member of
-the church at Duxbury, died in Plymouth, March 19-20, being newly
-entered into the 91st year of her age. She was a godly old maid,
-never married.”
-
-
-_Chapter 7_ (_pp. 57-66_)
-
-[110] The meaning of the word Kiehtan, I think, hath reference to
-antiquity; for _Chise_ is an old man, and _Kichchise_ a man that
-exceedeth in age.--_Winslow’s Note._
-
-[111] “They relate how they have it from their fathers, that
-Kautantowwit made one man and woman of a stone, which disliking he
-broke them in pieces, and made another man and woman of a tree,
-which were the fountains of all mankind.” Roger Williams’s Key, ch.
-xxi.
-
-[112] “_Kautantowwit_, the great southwest God, to whose house all
-souls go, and from whom came their corn and beans, as they say.
-They believe that the souls of men and women go to the southwest;
-their great and good men and women to Kautantowwit’s house, where
-they have hopes, as the Turks have, of carnal joys; murtherers,
-thieves and liars, their souls, say they, wander restless abroad.”
-Williams’s Key, ch. xxi.
-
-[113] Wood, in his New England’s Prospect, ch. xix. spells this
-word _Abamacho_.
-
-[114] See page 33, note [76].
-
-[115] See pages 13 and 37.
-
-[116] Or centaury--probably the _sabbatia chloroides_, a plant
-conspicuous for its beauty, which is found in great abundance on
-the margin of the ponds in Plymouth. It belongs to the natural
-order of Gentians, one characteristic of which is an intense
-bitterness, residing both in the stems and roots. The _gentiana
-crinita_, or fringed gentian, also grows in this region. See
-Bigelows Plants of Boston, pp. 79 and 111.
-
-“The greater centaury is that famous herb wherewith Chiron the
-_centaur_ (as the report goeth) was cured at what time as having
-entertained Hercules in his cabin, he would needs be handling and
-tampering with the weapons of his said guest so long until one
-of the arrows light upon his foot and wounded him dangerously.”
-Hollands Pliny, b. xxv. ch. 6.
-
-[117] “Their government is generally monarchical, their chief
-sagamore or sachem’s will being their law; but yet the sachem hath
-some chief men that he consults with as his special counsellors.
-Among some of the Indians their government is mixed, partly
-monarchical and partly aristocratical; their sagamore doing not
-any weighty matter without the consent of his great men or petty
-sagamores. Their sachems have not their men in such subjection but
-that very frequently their men will leave them upon distaste or
-harsh dealing, and go and live under other sachems that can protect
-them; so that their princes endeavour to carry it obligingly and
-lovingly unto their people, lest they should desert them, and
-thereby their strength, power and tribute would be diminished.”
-Gookin in Mass. Hist. Coll. i. 154.
-
-[118] See page 31.
-
-[119] “Upon the death of the sick, the father, or husband, and
-all his neighbours wear black faces, and lay on soot very thick,
-which I have often seen clotted with their tears. This blacking
-and lamenting they observe in most doleful manner divers weeks
-and months, yea a year, if the person be great and public.--When
-they come to the grave, they lay the dead by the grave’s mouth,
-and then all sit down, and lament, that I have seen tears run down
-the cheeks of stoutest captains in abundance; and after the dead
-is laid in the grave, they have then a second lamentation.” Roger
-Williams’s Key, ch. xxxii.
-
-[120] See note [54] on page 25.
-
-[121] See page 26.
-
-[122] “The most usual custom amongst them in executing punishments,
-is for the sachim either to beat or whip or put to death with
-his own hand, to which the common sort most quietly submit;
-though sometimes the sachim sends a secret executioner, one
-of his chiefest warriors, to fetch off a head by some sudden,
-unexpected blow of a hatchet, when they have feared mutiny by
-public execution.” Roger Williamss Key, ch. xxii. See also page 15
-previous.
-
-[123] “_Mosk_ or _paukunawaw_, the Great Bear, or Charles’s Wain;
-which words mosk or paukunawaw signifies a bear; which is so
-much the more observable, because in most languages that sign or
-constellation is called the Bear.” Roger Williams’s Key, ch. xii.
-
-[124] “Their powows, by their exorcisms, and necromantic charms,
-bring to pass strange things, if we may believe the Indians; who
-report of one Passaconaway, a great sagamore upon Merrimack river,
-and the most celebrated powow in the country, that he can make
-the water burn, the rocks move, the trees dance, and metamorphize
-himself into a flaming man. In winter, when there are no green
-leaves to be got, he will burn an old one to ashes, and putting
-these into the water, produce a new green leaf, which you shall not
-only see, but substantially handle and carry away; and make a dead
-snake’s skin a living snake, both to be seen, felt, and heard.”
-Wood’s New England’s Prospect, part ii. ch. 12; Hutchinson’s Mass.
-i. 474; Morton’s New English Canaan, book i. ch. 9.
-
-[125] “There is a mixture of this language north and south, from
-the place of my abode, about 600 miles; yet within the 200 miles
-aforementioned, their dialects do exceedingly differ; yet not so
-but, within that compass, a man may converse with thousands of
-natives all over the country.” Roger Williams’s Key, Pref.
-
-“The Indians of the parts of New England, especially upon the
-sea-coasts, use the same sort of speech and language, only with
-some difference in the expressions, as they differ in several
-counties in England, yet so as they can well understand one
-another.” Gookin, in Mass. Hist. Coll. i. 149.
-
-
-_Chapter 8_ (_pp. 67-71_)
-
-[126] In September 1609, Hudson ascended the “great river of the
-mountains,” now called by his name, in a small vessel called the
-Half-Moon, above the city of Hudson, and sent up a boat beyond
-Albany. Josselyn says, that Hudson “discovered _Mohegan_ river, in
-New England.” See Robert Juet’s Journal of Hudson’s third voyage,
-in Purchas, iii. 593, and in N. Y. Hist. Coll. i. 139, 140, and
-2d series, i. 317-332; Moulton’s Hist. of New York, 213, 244-249;
-Mass. Hist. Coll. xxiii. 372; Belknap’s Am. Biog. i. 400.
-
-
-_Postscript_ (_p. 72_)
-
-[127] The former of the works here referred to is reprinted in
-the Mass. Hist. Coll. xix. 1-25; the latter has been reprinted by
-Applewood Books as _Mourt’s Relation: A Journal of the Pilgrims at
-Plymouth_.
-
-
-
-
- TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE
-
- The term ‘salvage’ is used many times, almost as often as ‘savage’;
- this archaic spelling has been left unchanged.
-
- Obvious typographical errors and punctuation errors have been
- corrected after careful comparison with other occurrences within
- the text and consultation of external sources.
-
- Except for those changes noted below, all misspellings in the text,
- and inconsistent or archaic usage, have been retained.
-
- Frontmatter: ‘Iohn Bellamie’ replaced by ‘John Bellamie’.
- Pg 8: ‘not kowing what’ replaced by ‘not knowing what’.
- Pg 13: ‘no to undertake’ replaced by ‘not to undertake’.
- Pg 65: ‘for a many to cry’ replaced by ‘for a man to cry’.
-
- Footnotes
- Pg 76 Fn [21]: ‘Thacher’s Plymouth’ replaced by ‘Thatcher’s Plymouth’.
- Pg 80 Fn [70]: ‘visit to Massassoit’ replaced by ‘visit to Massasoit’.
- Pg 86 Fn [99]: ‘three our four’ replaced by ‘three or four’.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GOOD NEWES FROM NEW ENGLAND ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/66332-0.zip b/old/66332-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index b2bd681..0000000
--- a/old/66332-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/66332-h.zip b/old/66332-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d547f0..0000000
--- a/old/66332-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/66332-h/66332-h.htm b/old/66332-h/66332-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bca691..0000000
--- a/old/66332-h/66332-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5686 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
- <title>
- Good Newes from New England, by Edward Winslow&mdash;A Project Gutenberg eBook
- </title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
- <style type="text/css">
-
-body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
- h1,h2 {
- text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
- clear: both;
- margin-top: 1em;
- margin-bottom: .5em;
- word-spacing: 0.2em;
- line-height: 1em;
- font-weight: normal;
-}
-
-h1 {font-size: 120%;}
-h2 {font-size: 100%; line-height: 1.1em; margin: 1em 5% .5em 5%;}
-
-p {
- margin-top: .51em;
- text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
- text-indent: 1em;
-}
-
-.p1 {margin-top: 1em;}
-.p2 {margin-top: 2em;}
-
-.negin2 {padding-left: 2em; text-indent: -2em; text-align: justify;}
-
-.hidden {display: none;}
-
-.noindent {text-indent: 0em;}
-
-div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
-h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;}
-
-.fs135 {font-size: 135%; font-style: normal;}
-
-
-/* for horizontal lines */
-hr {
- width: 33%;
- margin-top: 1.5em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- margin-left: 33.5%;
- margin-right: 33.5%;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker hr.chap {width: 0%; display: none;}
-
-
-/* for inserting info from TN and Errata changes */
-.corr {
- text-decoration: none;
- border-bottom: thin dotted gray;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .corr {
- text-decoration: none;
- border-bottom: none;}
-
-
-/* for non-image large letter dropcaps */
-p.drop-cap {text-indent: -.5em;}
-
-p.drop-cap:first-letter {
- float: left;
- margin: .08em .12em 0em .2em;
- padding: 0em;
- font-size: 400%;
- line-height:0.7em;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-.x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap {text-indent: 0em;}
-
-.x-ebookmaker p.drop-cap:first-letter {
- float: none;
- margin: 0;
- font-size: 100%;}
-
-
-/* for spacing */
-.pad2 {padding-left: 2em;}
-.pad3 {padding-left: 3em;}
-.pad4 {padding-left: 4em;}
-.pad6 {padding-left: 6em;}
-.pad10 {padding-left: 10em;}
-
-
-.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
- /* visibility: hidden; */
- position: absolute;
- color: #A9A9A9;
- left: 92%;
- font-size: smaller;
- text-align: right;
- font-style: normal;
- font-weight: normal;
- font-variant: normal;
- text-indent: .5em;
-}
-
-
-/* blockquote (/# #/) */
-.blockquot { margin: 2em 5% 1em 5%; }
-
-.blockquot p {padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em;}
-
-
-/* sidenotes */
-
-.sidenote {
- width: 2.5em;
- padding: .5em;
- margin: .2em .2em 0em .2em;
- float: left;
- clear: both;
- font-size: 90%;
- color: black;
- background: #eeeeee; }
-
-.x-ebookmaker .sidenote {
- width: 2.5em;
- margin: .7em .2em 0em 1em;
- float: left;
- clear: both;}
-
-
-/* general placement and presentation */
-
-.center {text-align: center; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-
-
-.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
-
-.u {text-decoration: underline;}
-
-.caption {font-weight: normal; font-size: 70%;
- padding-bottom: 0.50em;}
-
-
-/* Images */
-
-img {
- border: none;
- max-width: 100%;
- height: auto;
-}
-
-img.w100 {width: 100%;}
-
-.figcenter {
- margin: auto;
- text-align: center;
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- max-width: 100%;}
-
-
-/* Footnotes */
-.footnotes {border: dashed 1px; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 3em;
- padding-bottom: 1em;}
-
-.footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 90%;}
-.footnote p {text-indent: 0em;}
-.footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
-
-.fnanchor {
- vertical-align: super;
- font-size: .8em;
- text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-
-/* Poetry */
-.poetry-container {text-align: center;}
-.poetry {text-align: left; margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%;}
-.poetry {display: inline-block; font-size: 80%}
-.poetry .verse {text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em;}
-.poetry .indentq {text-indent: -3.5em;}
-
-/* large inline blocks don't split well on paged devices */
-.x-ebookmaker .poetry {display: block; margin-left: 4.5em;}
-
-
-/* Transcriber's notes */
-.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
- color: black;
- font-size:smaller;
- padding:0.5em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- font-family: sans-serif, serif; }
-
-.transnote p {text-indent: 0em;}
-
-
-/* custom cover (cover.jpg) */
-.customcover {visibility: hidden; display: none;}
-.x-ebookmaker .customcover {visibility: visible; display: block;}
-
-
-/* Poetry indents */
-.poetry .indent0 {text-indent: -3em;}
-
-
-/* Illustration classes */
-.illowp43 {width: 43%;}
-.illowp46 {width: 46%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp43 {width: 100%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp46 {width: 100%;}
-
-
- </style>
- </head>
-
-<body>
-
-<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Good Newes from New England, by Edward Winslow</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this eBook.
-</div>
-
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Good Newes from New England</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:0;'>A true relation of things very remarkable at the plantation of plimoth in New England</p>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Edward Winslow</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Editor: Alexander Young</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: September 17, 2021 [eBook #66332]</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: Steve Mattern, John Campbell and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net</div>
-
-<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GOOD NEWES FROM NEW ENGLAND ***</div>
-
-
-<div class="transnote">
-<p><strong>TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE</strong></p>
-
-<p>This book was published in 1841, and is a reprint of the original book
-by Edward Winslow published in 1624, with many footnotes added by the
-1841 editor. The editor has occasionally inserted in brackets [] a
-word missing from the 1624 text, for example [which] on page 9.</p>
-
-<p>The footnote anchors are denoted by [number], and the footnotes remain
-at the end of the main text, as they were in the original (1841) book.
-They have been renumbered from 1 to 127. Some references to a ‘note’
-have therefore been renumbered accordingly, for example the reference
-to ‘note 2 on page 77’ has been changed to ‘note [35] on page 77’.</p>
-
-<p>Some other minor changes to the text are noted at the <a href="#TN">end of the book.</a></p>
-
-<p class="customcover">The cover image was created by the transcriber
-and is placed in the public domain.</p>
-
-<p>A sample page from the original 1624 edition is displayed below.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp43" id="orig_page" style="max-width: 25em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/orig_page.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h1><span class="hidden">Good Newes from New England</span></h1>
-</div>
-
-<div class="blockquot">
-
-<p>“<span class="smcap">Good Newes from New England</span>: or a true Relation of
-things very remarkable at the Plantation of <em>Plimoth</em> in New-England.</p>
-
-<p>Shewing the wondrous providence and goodness of <span class="smcap">God</span>, in their
-preservation and continuance, being delivered from many
-apparent deaths and dangers.</p>
-
-<p>Together with a Relation of such religious and civill Lawes and
-Customes, as are in practise amongst the <em>Indians</em>, adjoyning to
-them at this day. As also what Commodities are there to be
-raysed for the maintenance of that and other Plantations
-in the said Country.</p>
-
-<p>Written by <em>E. W.</em> who hath borne a part in the forenamed
-troubles, and there lived since their first Arrivall.</p>
-
-<p>Whereunto is added by him a briefe Relation of a credible
-intelligence of the present Estate of <em>Virginia</em>.</p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">London.</span> Printed by <em>I. D.</em> for <em>William Bladen</em>
-and <em><ins class="corr" id="tn-fm" title="Transcriber’s Note&mdash;Original text: 'Iohn Bellamie'">
-John Bellamie</ins></em>,
-and are to be sold at their Shops, at the <em>Bible</em> in <em>Paul’s</em> Churchyard,
-and at the three Golden Lyons in Corn-hill, neere the
-<em>Royall Exchange</em>. 1624.” pp. 66, sm. 4to.</p>
-</div>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp46" id="i002" style="max-width: 25em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/plimap.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption">Map of Plymouth from Young’s <cite>Chronicles</cite></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_3"></a>[Pg 3]</span><br /></p>
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak" id="DEDICATION">DEDICATION</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class="center"><em>To all well-willers and furtherers of Plantations in New England,
-especially to such as ever have or desire to assist the people of Plymouth
-in their just proceedings, grace and peace be multiplied.</em></p>
-
-
-<p class="p1 negin2">
-<span class="smcap">Right Honorable and Worshipful<br />
-Gentlemen, or whatsoever</span>,</p>
-
-<p class="drop-cap">Since it hath pleased God to stir you up to be instruments of
-his glory in so honorable an enterprise as the enlarging of his
-Majesty’s dominions by planting his loyal subjects in so
-healthful and hopeful a country as New-England is, where the
-church of God being seated in sincerity, there is no less hope of
-convincing the heathen of their evil ways, and converting them to
-the true knowledge and worship of the living God, and so consequently
-the salvation of their souls by the merits of Jesus Christ,
-than elsewhere, though it be much talked on and lightly or lamely
-prosecuted,&mdash;I therefore think it but my duty to offer the view of
-our proceedings to your worthy considerations, having to that end
-composed them together thus briefly, as you see; wherein, to your
-great encouragement, you may behold the good providence of
-God working with you in our preservation from so many dangerous
-plots and treacheries as have been intended against us, as also
-in giving his blessing so powerfully upon the weak means we had,
-enabling us with health and ability beyond expectation in our
-greatest scarcities, and possessing the hearts of the salvages with
-astonishment and fear of us; whereas if God had let them loose,
-they might easily have swallowed us up, scarce being a handful in
-comparison of those forces they might have gathered together
-against us; which now, by God’s blessing, will be more hard and
-difficult, in regard our number of men is increased, our town better
-fortified, and our store better victualled. Blessed therefore be<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_4"></a>[4]</span>
-his name, that hath done so great things for us and hath wrought
-so great a change amongst us.</p>
-
-<p>Accept, I pray you, my weak endeavours, pardon my unskilfulness,
-and bear with my plainness in the things I have handled. Be
-not discouraged by our former necessities, but rather encouraged
-with us, hoping that God hath wrought with us in our beginning of
-this worthy work, undertaken in his name and fear, so he will by us
-accomplish the same to his glory and our comfort, if we neglect not
-the means. I confess it hath not been much less chargeable to some
-of you<a id="FNanchor_1" href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> than hard and difficult to us, that have endured the brunt of
-the battle, and yet small profits returned. Only, by God’s mercy, we
-are safely seated, housed, and fortified, by which means a great step
-is made unto gain, and a more direct course taken for the same, than
-if at first we had rashly and covetously fallen upon it.</p>
-
-<p>Indeed three things are the overthrow and bane, as I may term it,
-of plantations.</p>
-
-<p>1. The vain expectation of present profit, which too commonly
-taketh a principal seat in the heart and affection, though God’s
-glory, &amp;c. is preferred before it in the mouth with protestation.</p>
-
-<p>2. Ambition in their governors and commanders, seeking only to
-make themselves great, and slaves of all that are under them, to
-maintain a transitory base honor in themselves, which God oft punisheth
-with contempt.</p>
-
-<p>3. The carelessness of those that send over supplies of men unto
-them, not caring how they be qualified; so that ofttimes they are
-rather the image of men endued with bestial, yea, diabolical affections,
-than the image of God, endued with reason, understanding,
-and holiness. I praise God I speak not these things experimentally,
-by way of complaint of our own condition, but having great cause on
-the contrary part to be thankful to God for his mercies towards us;
-but rather, if there be any too desirous of gain, to entreat them to
-moderate their affections, and consider that no man expecteth fruit
-before the tree be grown; advising all men, that as they tender their<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_5"></a>[5]</span>
-own welfare, so to make choice of such to manage and govern their
-affairs, as are approved not to be seekers of themselves, but the common
-good of all for whom they are employed; and beseeching such
-as have the care of transporting men for the supply and furnishing of
-plantations, to be truly careful in sending such as may further and
-not hinder so good an action. There is no godly, honest man but will
-be helpful in his kind, and adorn his profession with an upright life
-and conversation; which doctrine of manners<a id="FNanchor_2" href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> ought first to be
-preached by giving good example to the poor savage heathens
-amongst whom they live. On the contrary part, what great offence
-hath been given by many profane men, who being but seeming
-Christians, have made Christ and Christianity stink in the nostrils
-of the poor infidels, and so laid a stumbling-block before them. But
-woe be to them by whom such offences come.</p>
-
-<p>These things I offer to your Christian considerations, beseeching
-you to make a good construction of my simple meaning, and take in
-good part this ensuing Relation, dedicating myself and it evermore
-unto your service; beseeching God to crown our Christian and faithful
-endeavours with his blessings temporal and eternal.</p>
-
-<p class="center">Yours in this service,</p>
-<p class="center pad6">Ever to be commanded,</p>
-<p class="center pad6">E. W.<a id="FNanchor_3" href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_6"></a>[6]</span><br /></p>
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak" id="TO_THE_READER">TO THE READER.</h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="smcap noindent">Good Reader,</p>
-
-<p>When I first penned this Discourse, I intended it chiefly for the
-satisfaction of my private friends; but since that time have been
-persuaded to publish the same. And the rather, because of a disorderly
-colony<a id="FNanchor_4" href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> that are dispersed, and most of them returned, to the
-great prejudice and damage of him<a id="FNanchor_5" href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> that set them forth; who, as
-they were a stain to Old England that bred them, in respect of their
-lives and manners amongst the Indians, so, it is to be feared, will be
-no less to New England, in their vile and clamorous reports,
-because she would not foster them in their desired idle courses. I
-would not be understood to think there were no well deserving persons
-amongst them; for of mine knowledge it was a grief to some
-that they were so yoked; whose deserts, as they were then suitable
-to their honest protestations, so I desire still may be in respect of
-their just and true Relations.</p>
-
-<p>Peradventure thou wilt rather marvel that I deal so plainly, than
-any way doubt of the truth of this my Relation; yea, it may be, tax
-me therewith, as seeming rather to discourage men than any way to
-further so noble an action. If any honest mind be discouraged, I am
-sorry. Sure I am I have given no just cause; and am so far from being
-discouraged myself, as I purpose to return forthwith.<a id="FNanchor_6" href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> And for other
-light and vain persons, if they stumble hereat, I have my desire,
-accounting it better for them and us that they keep where they are,
-as being unfit and unable to perform so great a task.</p>
-
-<p>Some faults have escaped because I could not attend on the
-press,<a id="FNanchor_7" href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> which I pray thee correct, as thou findest, and I shall account
-it as a favor unto me.</p>
-
-<p class="center pad4">Thine,</p>
-<p class="center pad10">E. W.</p>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_7"></a>[7]</span><br /></p>
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak" id="Chapter_1"><em>Chapter 1</em><br />
-<br />
-A BRIEF RELATION OF A CREDIBLE INTELLIGENCE
-OF THE PRESENT ESTATE OF VIRGINIA.</h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">At the earnest entreaty of some of my much respected friends,
-I have added to the former Discourse a Relation of such
-things as were credibly reported at Plymouth, in New
-England, in September last past, concerning the present estate of
-Virginia. And because men may doubt how we should have intelligence
-of their affairs, being we are so far distant, I will therefore
-satisfy the doubtful therein. Captain Francis West<a id="FNanchor_8" href="#Footnote_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> being in New
-England about the latter end of May past, sailed from thence to
-Virginia, and returned in August. In September the same ship and
-company being discharged by him at Damarin’s Cove,<a id="FNanchor_9" href="#Footnote_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> came to
-New Plymouth, where, upon our earnest inquiry after the state of
-Virginia since that bloody slaughter committed by the Indians
-upon our friends and countrymen,<a id="FNanchor_10" href="#Footnote_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> the whole ship’s company
-agreed in this, viz. that upon all occasions they chased the Indians
-to and fro, insomuch as they sued daily unto the English for peace,
-who for the present would not admit of any; that Sir George Early,
-&amp;c. was at that present employed upon service against them; that
-amongst many other, Opachancano,<a id="FNanchor_11" href="#Footnote_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> the chief emperor, was supposed
-to be slain; his son also was killed at the same time. And
-though, by reason of these forenamed broils in the fore part of the
-year, the English had undergone great want of food, yet, through
-God’s mercy, there never was more show of plenty, having as much
-and as good corn on the ground as ever they had. Neither was the
-hopes of their tobacco crop inferior to that of their corn; so that the
-planters were never more full of encouragement; which I pray God
-long to continue, and so to direct both them and us, as his glory
-may be the principal aim and end of all our actions, and that for his
-mercy’s sake. Amen.</p>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_8"></a>[8]</span><br /></p>
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak" id="Chapter_2"><em>Chapter 2</em><br />
-<br />
-OF THEIR BEING MENACED BY THE
-NARRAGANSETTS, AND THEIR SECOND
-VOYAGE TO THE MASSACHUSETTS.</h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<div class="sidenote">&mdash;&mdash;
-<em>1622</em>
-&mdash;&mdash;</div>
-
-<p class="drop-cap">The good ship called the <span class="smcap">Fortune</span>, which, in the
-month of November, 1621, (blessed be God,)
-brought us a new supply of thirty-five persons, was
-not long departed our coast, ere the great people of
-Nanohigganset,<a id="FNanchor_12" href="#Footnote_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a> which are reported to be many thousands strong,
-began to breathe forth many threats against us, notwithstanding
-their desired and obtained peace with us in the foregoing summer;
-insomuch as the common talk of our neighbour Indians on all sides
-was of the preparation they made to come against us. In reason a
-man would think they should have now more cause to fear us than
-before our supply came. But though none of them were present, yet
-understanding by others that they neither brought arms, nor other
-provisions with them, but wholly relied on us, it occasioned them
-to slight and brave us with so many threats as they did.<a id="FNanchor_13" href="#Footnote_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> At length
-came one of them to us, who was sent by Conanacus,<a id="FNanchor_14" href="#Footnote_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a> their chief
-sachim or king, accompanied with one Tokamahamon, a friendly
-Indian. This messenger inquired for Tisquantum, our interpreter,
-who not being at home, seemed rather to be glad than sorry, and
-leaving for him a bundle of new arrows, lapped in a rattlesnake’s
-skin, desired to depart with all expedition. But our governors <ins class="corr" id="tn-8" title="Transcriber’s Note&mdash;Original text: 'not kowing what'">
-not knowing what</ins> to make of this strange carriage, and comparing it
-with that we had formerly heard, committed him to the custody of
-Captain Standish, hoping now to know some certainty of that we
-so often heard, either by his own relation to us, or to Tisquantum,
-at his return, desiring myself, having special familiarity with the
-other forenamed Indian, to see if I could learn any thing from him;
-whose answer was sparingly to this effect, that he could not certainly
-tell us, but thought they were enemies to us.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_9"></a>[9]</span></p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Jan.
-<span class="u">1622</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">That night Captain Standish gave me and another<a id="FNanchor_15" href="#Footnote_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a>
-charge of him, and gave us order to use him kindly, and
-that he should not want any thing he desired, and to take
-all occasions to talk and inquire of the reasons of those reports we
-heard, and withal to signify that upon his true relation he should
-be sure of his own freedom. At first, fear so possessed him that he
-could scarce say any thing; but in the end became more familiar,
-and told us that the messenger which his master sent in summer to
-treat of peace, at his return persuaded him rather to war; and to the
-end he might provoke him thereunto, (as appeared to him by our
-reports,) detained many of the things [which] were sent him by or
-Governor, scorning the meanness of them both in respect of what
-himself had formerly sent, and also of the greatness of his own person;
-so that he much blamed the former messenger, saying, that
-upon the knowledge of this his false carriage, it would cost him his
-life, but assured us that upon his relation of our speech then with
-him to his master, he would be friends with us. Of this we informed
-the Governor and his Assistant<a id="FNanchor_16" href="#Footnote_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a> and Captain Standish, who, after
-consultation, considered him howsoever but in the state of a messenger;
-and it being as well against the law of arms amongst them
-as us in Europe to lay violent hands on any such, set him at liberty;
-the Governor giving him order to certify his master that he had
-heard of his large and many threatenings, at which he was much
-offended; daring him in those respects to the utmost, if he would
-not be reconciled to live peaceably, as other his neighbours; manifesting
-withal (as ever) his desire of peace, but his fearless resolution,
-if he could not so live amongst them. After which he caused
-meat to be offered him; but he refused to eat, making all speed to
-return, and giving many thanks for his liberty, but requesting the
-other Indian again to return. The weather being violent, he used
-many words to persuade him to stay longer, but could not.
-Whereupon he left him, and said he was with his friends, and
-would not take a journey in such extremity.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_10"></a>[10]</span></p>
-
-<p>After this, when Tisquantum returned, and the arrows were
-delivered, and the manner of the messenger’s carriage related, he signified
-to the Governor that to send the rattlesnake’s skin in that
-manner imported enmity, and that it was no better than a challenge.<a id="FNanchor_17" href="#Footnote_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a>
-Hereupon, after some deliberation, the Governor stuffed the
-skin with powder and shot, and sent it back, returning no less defiance
-to Conanacus, assuring him if he had shipping now present,
-thereby to send his men to Nanohigganset, (the place of his abode,)
-they should not need to come so far by land to us; yet withal showing
-that they should never come unwelcome or unlooked for. This
-message was sent by an Indian, and delivered in such sort, as it was
-no small terror to this savage king; insomuch as he would not once
-touch the powder and shot, or suffer it to stay in his house or country.
-Whereupon the messenger refusing it, another took it up; and
-having been posted from place to place a long time, at length came
-whole back again.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Feb.
-<span class="u">1622</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">In the mean time, knowing our own weakness, notwithstanding
-our high words and lofty looks towards them, and
-still lying open to all casualty, having as yet (under God) no
-other defence than our arms, we thought it most needful to impale
-our town; which with all expedition we accomplished in the month
-of February, and some few days, taking in the top of the hill under
-which our town is seated; making four bulwarks or jetties without the
-ordinary circuit of the pale, from whence we could defend the whole
-town; in three whereof are gates,<a id="FNanchor_18" href="#Footnote_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a> and the fourth in time to be. This
-being done, Captain Standish divided our strength into four
-squadrons or companies, appointing whom he thought most fit to
-have command of each; and, at a general muster of training,<a id="FNanchor_19" href="#Footnote_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a> appointed
-each his place, gave each his company, giving them charge, upon
-every alarm, to resort to their leaders to their appointed place, and, in
-his absence, to be commanded and directed by them. That done
-according to his order, each drew his company to his appointed place
-for defence, and there together discharged their muskets. After which<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_11"></a>[11]</span>
-they brought their new commanders to their houses, where again
-they graced them with their shot, and so departed.</p>
-
-<p>Fearing, also, lest the enemy at any time should take any advantage
-by firing our houses, Captain Standish appointed a certain
-company, that whensoever they saw or heard fire to be cried in the
-town, should only betake themselves to their arms, and should
-enclose the house or place so endangered, and stand aloof on their
-guard, with their backs towards the fire, to prevent treachery, if any
-were in that kind intended. If the fire were in any of the houses of
-this guard, they were then freed from it; but not otherwise, without
-special command.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Mar.
-<span class="u">1622</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">Long before this time we promised the people of
-Massachusets, in the beginning of March to come unto
-them, and trade for their furs; which being then come, we
-began to make preparation for that voyage. In the mean time, an
-Indian, called Hobbamock, who still lived in the town, told us that
-he feared the Massachusets or Massachuseucks (for so they called
-the people of that place,) were joined in confederacy with the
-Nanohigganeucks, or people of Nanohigganset, and that they therefore
-would take this opportunity to cut off Captain Standish and his
-company abroad; but, howsoever, in the mean time, it was to be
-feared that the Nanohigganeucks would assault the town at home;
-giving many reasons for his jealousy, as also that Tisquantum was in
-the confederacy, who, we should find, would use many persuasions
-to draw us from our shallops to the Indians’ houses, for their better
-advantage. To confirm this his jealousy, he told us of many secret
-passages that passed between him and others, having their meetings
-ordinarily abroad, in the woods; but if at home, howsoever, he was
-excluded from their secrecy; saying it was the manner of the Indians,
-when they meant plainly, to deal openly; but in this his practice
-there was no show of honesty.</p>
-
-<p>Hereupon the Governor, together with his Assistant and
-Captain Standish, called together such as by them were thought<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_12"></a>[12]</span>
-most meet for advice in so weighty a business; who, after consideration
-hereof, came to this resolution; that as hitherto, upon all
-occasions between them and us, we had ever manifested undaunted
-courage and resolution, so it would not now stand with our safety
-to mew up ourselves in our new-enclosed town; partly because
-our store was almost empty, and therefore must seek out for our
-daily food, without which we could not long subsist; but especially
-for that thereby they would see us dismayed, and be encouraged
-to prosecute their malicious purposes with more eagerness than
-ever they intended. Whereas, on the contrary, by the blessing of
-God, our fearless carriage might be a means to discourage and
-weaken their proceedings. And therefore thought best to proceed
-in our trading voyage, making this use of that we heard, to go the
-better provided, and use the more carefulness both at home and
-abroad, leaving the event to the disposing of the Almighty; whose
-providence, as it had hitherto been over us for good, so we had
-now no cause (save our sins) to despair of his mercy in our preservation
-and continuance, where we desired rather to be instruments
-of good to the heathens about us than to give them the least
-measure of just offence.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>April.
-<span class="u">1622</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">All things being now in readiness, the forenamed Captain,
-with ten men, accompanied with Tisquantum and
-Hobbamock, set forwards for the Massachusets. But we<a id="FNanchor_20" href="#Footnote_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a>
-had no sooner turned the point of the harbour, called the Gurnet’s
-Nose,<a id="FNanchor_21" href="#Footnote_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a> (where, being becalmed, we let fall our grapnel to set things
-to right and prepare to row,) but there came an Indian of
-Tisquantum’s family running to certain of our people that were
-from home with all eagerness, having his face wounded, and the
-blood still fresh on the same, calling to them to repair home, oft
-looking behind him, as if some others had him in chase; saying that
-at Namaschet (a town some fifteen miles from us,) there were many
-of the Nanohiggansets, Massassowat<a id="FNanchor_22" href="#Footnote_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a> our supposed friend, and
-Conbatant,<a id="FNanchor_23" href="#Footnote_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a> our feared enemy, with many others, with a resolution<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_13"></a>[13]</span>
-to take advantage on the present opportunity to assault
-the town in the Captain’s absence; affirming that he
-received the wound in his face for speaking in our behalf,
-and by sleight escaped; looking oft backward, as if he suspected
-them to be at hand. This he affirmed again to the Governor; whereupon
-he gave command that three pieces of ordnance should be
-made ready and discharged, to the end that if we were not out of
-hearing, we might return thereat; which we no sooner heard, but
-we repaired homeward with all convenient speed, arming ourselves,
-and making all in readiness to fight. When we entered the
-harbour, we saw the town likewise on their guard, whither we hasted
-with all convenient speed. The news being made known unto
-us, Hobbamock said flatly that it was false, assuring us of
-Massassowat’s faithfulness. Howsoever, he presumed he would
-never have undertaken any such act without his privity, himself
-being a pinse,<a id="FNanchor_24" href="#Footnote_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a> that is, one of his chiefest champions or men of
-valor; it being the manner amongst them <ins class="corr" id="tn-13" title="Transcriber’s Note&mdash;Original text: 'no to undertake'">
-not to undertake</ins> such
-enterprises without the advice and furtherance of men of that rank.
-To this the Governor answered, he should be sorry that any just and
-necessary occasions of war should arise between him and any [of]
-the savages, but especially Massassowat; not that he feared him
-more than the rest, but because his love more exceeded towards
-him than any. Whereunto Hobbamock replied, there was no cause
-wherefore he should distrust him, and therefore should do well to
-continue his affections.</p>
-
-<p>But to the end things might be made more manifest, the
-Governor caused Hobbamock to send his wife with all privacy to
-Puckanokick, the chief place of Massassowat’s residence, (pretending
-other occasions,) there to inform herself, and so us, of
-the right state of things. When she came thither, and saw all
-things quiet, and that no such matter was or had been intended,
-[she] told Massassowat what had happened at Plymouth, (by
-them called Patuxet;) which, when he understood, he was much<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_14"></a>[14]</span>
-offended at the carriage of Tisquantum, returning many
-thanks to the Governor for his good thoughts of him,
-and assuring him that, according to their first Articles of
-Peace, he would send word and give warning when any such
-business was towards.</p>
-
-<p>Thus by degrees we began to discover Tisquantum, whose ends
-were only to make himself great in the eyes of his countrymen, by
-means of his nearness and favor with us; not caring who fell, so he
-stood. In the general, his course was to persuade them he could lead
-us to peace or war at his pleasure, and would oft threaten the
-Indians, sending them word in a private manner we were intended
-shortly to kill them, that thereby he might get gifts to himself, to
-work their peace; insomuch as they had him in greater esteem than
-many of their sachims; yea, they themselves sought to him, who
-promised them peace in respect of us, yea, and protection also, so as
-they would resort to him; so that whereas divers were wont to rely
-on Massassowat for protection, and resort to this abode, now they
-began to leave him and seek after Tisquantum. Now, though he
-could not make good these his large promises, especially because of
-the continued peace between Massassowat and us, he therefore
-raised this false alarm; hoping, whilst things were hot in the heat of
-blood, to provoke us to march into his country against him, whereby
-he hoped to kindle such a flame as would not easily be quenched;
-and hoping if that block were once removed, there were not other
-between him and honor, which he loved as his life, and preferred
-before his peace. For these and the like abuses the Governor sharply
-reproved him; yet was he so necessary and profitable an instrument,
-as at that time we could not miss him. But when we understood his
-dealings, we certified all the Indians of our ignorance and innocency
-therein; assuring them, till they begun with us, they should have
-no cause to fear; and if any hereafter should raise any such reports,
-they should punish them as liars and seekers of their and our disturbance;
-which gave the Indians good satisfaction on all sides.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_15"></a>[15]</span></p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;May.
-<span class="u">1622</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">After this we proceeded in our voyage to the Massachusets;
-where we had good store of trade,<a id="FNanchor_25" href="#Footnote_25" class="fnanchor">[25]</a> and (blessed be God)
-returned in safety, though driven from before our town in
-great danger and extremity of weather.</p>
-
-<p>At our return we found Massassowat at the Plantation; who
-made his seeming just apology for all former matters of accusation,
-being much offended and enraged against Tisquantum; whom the
-Governor pacified as much as he could for the present. But not long
-after his departure, he sent a messenger to the Governor, entreating
-him to give way to the death of Tisquantum, who had so much
-abused him. But the Governor answered, although he had deserved
-to die, both in respect of him and us, yet for our sakes he desired he
-would spare him; and the rather, because without him he knew not
-well how to understand himself or any other the Indians. With this
-answer the messenger returned, but came again not long after,
-accompanied with divers others, demanding him from<a id="FNanchor_26" href="#Footnote_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a>
-Massassowat, their master, as being one of his subjects, whom, by
-our first Articles of Peace, we could not retain. Yet because he
-would not willingly do it without the Governor’s approbation,
-offered him many beavers’ skins for his consent thereto, saying that,
-according to their manner, their sachim had sent his own knife, and
-them therewith, to cut off his head and hands, and bring them to
-him. To which the Governor answered, It was not the manner of
-the English to sell men’s lives at a price, but when they had deserved
-justly to die, to give them their reward; and therefore refused their
-beavers as a gift; but sent for Tisquantum, who, though he knew
-their intent, yet offered not to fly, but came and accused
-Hobbamock as the author and worker of his overthrow, yielding
-himself to the Governor to be sent or not according as he thought
-meet. But at the instant when our Governor was ready to deliver
-him into the hands of his executioners, a boat was seen at sea to
-cross before our town, and fall behind a headland<a id="FNanchor_27" href="#Footnote_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a> not far off.
-Whereupon, having heard many rumors of the French, and not<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_16"></a>[16]</span>
-knowing whether there were any combination between
-the savages and them, the Governor told the Indians he
-would first know what boat that was ere he would deliver
-them into their custody. But being mad with rage, and impatient at
-delay, they departed in great heat.</p>
-
-<p>Here let me not omit one notable, though wicked practice of this
-Tisquantum; who, to the end he might possess his countrymen with
-the greater fear of us, and so consequently of himself, told them we
-had the plague buried in our store-house; which, at our pleasure, we
-could send forth to what place or people we would, and destroy
-them therewith, though we stirred not from home. Being, upon the
-forenamed brabbles,<a id="FNanchor_28" href="#Footnote_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a> sent for by the Governor to this place, where
-Hobbamock was and some other of us, the ground being broke in
-the midst of the house, whereunder certain barrels of powder were
-buried, though unknown to him, Hobbamock asked him what it
-meant. To whom he readily answered, That was the place wherein
-the plague was buried, whereof he formerly told him and others.
-After this Hobbamock asked one of our people, whether such a
-thing were, and whether we had such command of it; who answered,
-No; but the God of the English had it in store, and could send it at
-his pleasure to the destruction of his and our enemies.</p>
-
-<p>This was, as I take it, about the end of May, 1622; at which time
-our store of victuals was wholly spent, having lived long before
-with a bare and short allowance. The reason was, that supply of
-men, before mentioned,<a id="FNanchor_29" href="#Footnote_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a> which came so unprovided, not landing
-so much as a barrel of bread or meal for their whole company, but
-contrariwise received from us for their ship’s store homeward.
-Neither were the setters forth thereof altogether to be blamed
-therein, but rather certain amongst ourselves, who were too prodigal
-in their writing and reporting of that plenty we enjoyed.<a id="FNanchor_30" href="#Footnote_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a> But
-that I may return.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>June.
-<span class="u">1622</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">This boat proved to be a shallop, that belonged to a fishing ship,
-called the Sparrow, set forth by Master Thomas Weston, late merchant<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_17"></a>[17]</span>
-and citizen of London, which brought six or seven
-passengers at his charge, that should before have been
-landed at our Plantation;<a id="FNanchor_31" href="#Footnote_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a> who also brought no more provision
-for the present than served the boat’s gang for their return to
-the ship; which made her voyage at a place called Damarin’s Cove,<a id="FNanchor_32" href="#Footnote_32" class="fnanchor">[32]</a>
-near Munhiggen, some forty leagues from us northeastward; about
-which place there fished about thirty sail of ships, and whither
-myself was employed by our Governor, with orders to take up such
-victuals as the ships could spare; where I found kind entertainment
-and good respect, with a willingness to supply our wants. But being
-not able to spare that quantity I required, by reason of the necessity
-of some amongst themselves, whom they supplied before my coming,
-would not take any bills for the same, but did what they could
-freely, wishing their store had been such as they might in greater
-measure have expressed their own love, and supplied our necessities,
-for which they sorrowed, provoking one another to the utmost of
-their abilities; which, although it were not much amongst so many
-people as were at the Plantation, yet through the provident and discreet
-care of the governors, recovered and preserved strength till our
-own crop on the ground was ready.</p>
-
-<p>Having dispatched there, I returned home with all speed convenient,
-where I found the state of the Colony much weaker than
-when I left it; for till now we were never without some bread, the
-want whereof much abated the strength and flesh of some, and
-swelled others. But here it may be said, if the country abound with
-fish and fowl in such measure as is reported, how could men undergo
-such measure of hardness, except through their own negligence?
-I answer, every thing must be expected in its proper season. No man,
-as one saith, will go into an orchard in the winter to gather cherries;
-so he that looks for fowl there in the summer, will be deceived in his
-expectation. The time they continue in plenty with us, is from the
-beginning of October to the end of March; but these extremities
-befell us in May and June. I confess, that as the fowl decrease, so fish<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_18"></a>[18]</span>
-increase. And indeed their exceeding abundance was a
-great cause of increasing our wants. For though our bay and
-creeks were full of bass and other fish, yet for want of fit and
-strong seines and other netting, they for the most part brake
-through, and carried all away before them. And though the sea were
-full of cod, yet we had neither tackling nor hawsers for our shallops.
-And indeed had we not been in a place, where divers sort of shellfish
-are, that may be taken with the hand, we must have perished,
-unless God had raised some unknown or extraordinary means for
-our preservation.</p>
-
-<p>In the time of these straits, indeed before my going to Munhiggen,
-the Indians began again to cast forth many insulting speeches, glorying
-in our weakness, and giving out how easy it would be ere long to
-cut us off. Now also Massassowat seemed to frown on us, and neither
-came or sent to us as formerly. These things occasioned further
-thoughts of fortification. And whereas we have a hill called the
-Mount,<a id="FNanchor_33" href="#Footnote_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a> enclosed within our pale, under which our town is seated, we
-resolved to erect a fort thereon; from whence a few might easily secure
-the town from any assault the Indians can make, whilst the rest might
-be employed as occasion served. This work was begun with great
-eagerness, and with the approbation of all men, hoping that this being
-once finished, and a continual guard there kept, it would utterly discourage
-the savages from having any hopes or thoughts of rising
-against us. And though it took the greatest part of our strength from
-dressing our corn, yet, life being continued, we hoped God would raise
-some means in stead thereof for our further preservation.</p>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_19"></a>[19]</span><br /></p>
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak" id="Chapter_3"><em>Chapter 3</em><br />
-<br />
-OF THE PLANTING OF MASTER WESTON’S
-COLONY AT WESSAGUSSET, AND OF
-SUNDRY EXCURSIONS AFTER CORN.</h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;July.
-<span class="u">1622</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="drop-cap">In the end June or beginning of July, came into our
-harbour two ships of Master Weston’s aforesaid; the one
-called the Charity,<a id="FNanchor_34" href="#Footnote_34" class="fnanchor">[34]</a> the other the Swan; having in them
-some fifty or sixty men, sent over at his own charge to plant for him.<a id="FNanchor_35" href="#Footnote_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a>
-These we received into our town, affording them whatsoever courtesy
-our mean condition could afford. There the Charity, being the
-bigger ship, left them, having many passengers which she was to
-land in Virginia. In the mean time the body of them refreshed themselves
-at Plymouth, whilst some most fit sought out a place for them.
-That little store of corn we had was exceedingly wasted by the
-unjust and dishonest walking of these strangers; who, though they
-would sometimes seem to help us in our labor about our corn, yet
-spared not day and night to steal the same, it being then eatable and
-pleasant to taste, though green and unprofitable; and though they
-received much kindness, set light both by it and us, not sparing to
-requite the love we showed them, with secret backbitings, revilings,
-&amp;c., the chief of them being forestalled and made against us before
-then came, as after appeared. Nevertheless, for their master’s sake,
-who formerly had deserved well from us, we continued to do them
-whatsoever good or furtherance we could, attributing these things to
-the want of conscience and discretion, expecting each day when
-God in his providence would disburden us of them, sorrowing that
-their overseers were not of more ability and fitness for their places,
-and much fearing what would be the issue of such raw and unconscionable
-beginnings.</p>
-
-<p>At length their coasters returned, having found in their judgment
-a place fit for plantation, within the bay of the Massachusets<a id="FNanchor_36" href="#Footnote_36" class="fnanchor">[36]</a> at a
-place called by the Indians Wichaguscusset.<a id="FNanchor_37" href="#Footnote_37" class="fnanchor">[37]</a> To which place the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_20"></a>[20]</span>
-body of them went with all convenient speed, leaving still with us
-such as were sick and lame, by the Governor’s permission, though on
-their parts undeserved; whom our surgeon,<a id="FNanchor_38" href="#Footnote_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a> by the help of God,
-recovered gratis for them, and they fetched home, as occasion served.</p>
-
-<p>They had not been long from us, ere the Indians filled our ears
-with clamors against them, for stealing their corn, and other abuses
-conceived by them. At which we grieved the more, because the
-same men,<a id="FNanchor_39" href="#Footnote_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a> in mine own hearing, had been earnest in persuading
-Captain Standish, before their coming, to solicit our Governor to
-send some of his men to plant by them, alleging many reasons how
-it might be commodious for us. Be we knew no means to redress
-those abuses, save reproof, and advising them to better walking, as
-occasion served.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Aug.
-<span class="u">1622</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">In the end of August, came other two ships into our harbour.
-The one, as I take it, was called the Discovery,
-Captain Jones<a id="FNanchor_40" href="#Footnote_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a> having the command thereof; the other
-was that ship of Mr. Weston’s, called the Sparrow, which had now
-made her voyage of fish, and was consorted with the other, being
-both bound for Virginia.<a id="FNanchor_41" href="#Footnote_41" class="fnanchor">[41]</a> Of Captain Jones we furnished ourselves of
-such provisions as we most needed, and he could best spare; who, as
-he used us kindly, so made us pay largely for the things we had. And
-had not the Almighty, in his all-ordering providence, directed him
-to us, it would have gone worse with us than ever it had been, or
-after was; for as we had now but small store of corn for the year following,
-so, for want of supply, we were worn out of all manner of
-trucking-stuff, not having any means left to help ourselves by trade;
-but, through God’s good mercy towards us, he had wherewith, and
-did supply our wants on that kind competently.<a id="FNanchor_42" href="#Footnote_42" class="fnanchor">[42]</a></p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Oct.
-<span class="u">1622</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">In the end of September, or beginning of October, Mr.
-Weston’s biggest ship, called the Charity, returned for
-England, and left their colony sufficiently victualled, as
-some of most credit amongst them reported. The lesser, called the
-Swan, remained with his colony, for their further help. At which<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_21"></a>[21]</span>
-time they desired to join in partnership with us, to trade for corn; to
-which our Governor and his Assistant<a id="FNanchor_43" href="#Footnote_43" class="fnanchor">[43]</a> agreed, upon such equal
-conditions, as were drawn and confirmed between them and us. The
-chief places aimed at were to the southward of Cape Cod; and the
-more, because Tisquantum, whose peace before this time was
-wrought with Massassowat, undertook to discover unto us that supposed,
-and still hoped, passage within the shoals.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Nov.
-<span class="u">1622</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">Both colonies being thus agreed, and their companies fitted
-and joined together, we resolved to set forward, but were oft
-crossed in our purposes. As first Master Richard Greene, brother-in-law
-to master Weston, who from him had a charge in the oversight
-and government of his colony, died suddenly at our
-Plantation, to whom we gave burial befitting his place, in the best
-manner we could. Afterward, having further order to proceed by
-letter from their other Governor at the Massachusets, twice
-Captain Standish set forth with them, but were driven in again by
-cross and violent winds; himself the second time being sick of a
-violent fever. By reason whereof (our own wants being like to be
-now greater than formerly, partly because we were enforced to
-neglect our corn and spend much time in fortification, but especially
-because such havock was made of that little we had, through
-the unjust and dishonest carriage of those people, before mentioned,
-at our first entertainment of them,) our Governor in his
-own person supplied the Captain’s place; and, in the
-month of November, again set forth, having Tisquantum
-for his interpreter and pilot; who affirmed he had twice
-passed within the shoals of Cape Cod, both with English and
-French. Nevertheless they went so far with him, as the master of
-the ship saw no hope of passage; but being, as he thought, in danger,
-bare up, and according to Tisquantum’s directions, made for a
-harbour not far from them, at a place called Manamoycke; which
-they found, and sounding it with their shallop, found the channel,
-though but narrow and crooked; where at length they harboured<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_22"></a>[22]</span>
-the ship. Here they perceived that the tide set in and out
-with more violence at some other place more southerly,<a id="FNanchor_44" href="#Footnote_44" class="fnanchor">[44]</a>
-which they had not seen nor could discover, by reason of
-the violence of the season all the time of their abode there. Some
-judged the entrance thereof might be beyond the shoals; but there
-is no certainty thereof as yet known.</p>
-
-<p>That night the Governor, accompanied with others, having
-Tisquantum for his interpreter, went ashore. At first, the inhabitants
-played least in sight, because none of our people had ever
-been there before; but understanding the ends of their coming, at
-length came to them, welcoming our Governor according to their
-savage manner; refreshing them very well with store of venison and
-other victuals, which they brought them in great abundance;
-promising to trade with them, with a seeming gladness of the occasion.
-Yet their joy was mixed with much jealousy, as appeared by
-their after practices; for at first they were loth their dwellings
-should be known; but when they saw our Governor’s resolution to
-stay on the shore all night, they brought him to their houses, having
-first conveyed all their stuff to a remote place, not far from the
-same; which one of our men, walking forth occasionally, espied.
-Whereupon, on the sudden, neither it nor they could be found; and
-so many times after, upon conceived occasions, they would be all
-gone, bag and baggage. But being afterwards, by Tisquantum’s
-means better persuaded, they left their jealousy, and traded with
-them; where they got eight hogsheads of corn and beans, though
-the people were but few. This gave our Governor and the company
-good encouragement; Tisquantum being still confident in the passage,
-and the inhabitants affirming they had seen ships of good burthen
-pass within the shoals aforesaid.</p>
-
-<p>But here, though they had determined to make a second essay,
-yet God had otherways disposed; who struck Tisquantum with sickness,
-insomuch as he there died;<a id="FNanchor_45" href="#Footnote_45" class="fnanchor">[45]</a> which crossed their southward
-trading, and the more, because the master’s sufficiency was much<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_23"></a>[23]</span>
-doubted, and the season very tempestuous, and not fit to go upon
-discovery, having no guide to direct them.</p>
-
-<p>From thence they departed; and the wind being fair for the
-Massachusets, went thither, and the rather, because the savages,
-upon our motion, had planted much corn for us, which they
-promised not long before that time. When they came thither,
-they found a great sickness to be amongst the Indians, not unlike
-the plague, if not the same. They renewed their complaints to our
-Governor, against the other plantation seated by them, for their
-injurious walking. But indeed the trade both for furs and corn was
-overthrown in that place, they giving as much for a quart of corn
-as we used to do for a beaver’s skin; so that little good could be
-there done.</p>
-
-<p>From thence they returned into the bottom of the bay of Cape
-Cod, to a place called Nauset; where the sachim<a id="FNanchor_46" href="#Footnote_46" class="fnanchor">[46]</a> used the
-Governor very kindly, and where they bought eight or ten
-hogsheads of corn and beans; also at a place called Mattachiest,<a id="FNanchor_47" href="#Footnote_47" class="fnanchor">[47]</a>
-where they had like kind entertainment and corn also. During the
-time of their trade in these places, there were so great and violent
-storms, as the ship was much endangered, and our shallop cast away;
-so that they had now no means to carry the corn aboard that they
-had bought, the ship riding by their report well near two leagues
-from the same, her own boat being small, and so leaky, (having no
-carpenter with them,) as they durst scarce fetch wood or water in
-her. Hereupon the Governor caused the corn to be made in a round
-stack, and bought mats, and cut sedge, to cover it; and gave charge
-to the Indians not to meddle with it, promising him that dwelt next
-to it a reward, if he would keep vermin also from it; which he undertook,
-and the sachim promised to make good. In the mean time,
-according to the Governor’s request, the sachim sent men to seek
-the shallop; which they found buried almost in sand at a high water
-mark, having many things remaining in her, but unserviceable for
-the present; whereof the Governor gave the sachim special charge,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_24"></a>[24]</span>
-that it should not be further broken, promising ere long to
-fetch both it and the corn; assuring them, if neither were
-diminished, he would take it as a sign of their honest and
-true friendship, which they so much made show of; but if they were,
-they should certainly smart for their unjust and dishonest dealing,
-and further make good whatsoever they had so taken. So he did likewise
-at Mattachiest, and took leave of them, being resolved to leave
-the ship and take his journey home by land with our own company,
-sending word to the ship that they should take their first opportunity
-to go for Plymouth, where he determined, by the permission of
-God, to meet them. And having procured a guide, it being no less
-than fifty miles to our Plantation,<a id="FNanchor_48" href="#Footnote_48" class="fnanchor">[48]</a> set forward, receiving all respect
-that could be from the Indians in his journey; and came safely home,
-though weary and surbated;<a id="FNanchor_49" href="#Footnote_49" class="fnanchor">[49]</a> whither some three days after the
-ship<a id="FNanchor_50" href="#Footnote_50" class="fnanchor">[50]</a> also came.</p>
-
-<p>The corn being divided, which they had got, Master Weston’s
-company went to their own plantation; it being further agreed, that
-they should return with all convenient speed, and bring their carpenter,
-that they might fetch the rest of the corn, and save the shallop.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Jan.
-<span class="u">1623</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">At their return, Captain Standish, being recovered and in
-health, took another shallop, and went with them to the
-corn, which they found in safety as they left it. Also they
-mended the other shallop, and got all their corn aboard the ship.
-This was in January, as I take it, it being very cold and stormy; insomuch
-as, (the harbour being none of the best,) they were constrained
-to cut both the shallops from the ship’s stern; and so lost
-them both a second time. But the storm being over, and seeking out,
-they found them both, not having received any great hurt.</p>
-
-<p>Whilst they were at Nauset, having occasion to lie on the shore,
-laying their shallop in a creek<a id="FNanchor_51" href="#Footnote_51" class="fnanchor">[51]</a> not far from them, an Indian came
-into the same, and stole certain beads, scissors, and other trifles, out
-of the same; which, when the Captain missed, he took certain of
-his company with him and went to the sachim, telling him what<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_25"></a>[25]</span>
-had happened, and requiring the same again, or the party
-that stole them, (who was known to certain of the
-Indians,) or else he would revenge it on them before his
-departure; and so took leave for that night, being late, refusing
-whatsoever kindness they offered. On the morrow the sachim came
-to their rendezvous, accompanied with many men, in a stately
-manner, who saluted<a id="FNanchor_52" href="#Footnote_52" class="fnanchor">[52]</a> the Captain in this wise. He thrust out his
-tongue, that one might see the root thereof, and therewith licked
-his hand from the wrist to the finger’s end, withal bowing the knee,
-striving to imitate the English gesture, being instructed therein
-formerly by Tisquantum. His men did the like, but in so rude and
-savage a manner, as our men could scarce forbear to break out in
-open laughter. After salutation, he delivered the beads and other
-things to the Captain, saying he had much beaten the party for
-doing it; causing the women to make bread, and bring them,
-according to their desire; seeming to be very sorry for the fact, but
-glad to be reconciled. So they departed and came home in safety;
-where the corn was equally divided, as before.</p>
-
-<p>After this the Governor went to two other inland towns, with
-another company, and bought corn likewise of them. The one is
-called Namasket, the other Manomet.<a id="FNanchor_53" href="#Footnote_53" class="fnanchor">[53]</a> That from Namasket was
-brought home partly by Indian women;<a id="FNanchor_54" href="#Footnote_54" class="fnanchor">[54]</a> but a great sickness arising
-amongst them, our own men were enforced to fetch home the rest.
-That at Manomet the Governor left in the sachim’s custody.</p>
-
-<p>This town lieth from us south, well near twenty miles, and stands
-upon a fresh river, which runneth into the bay of Nanohigganset,<a id="FNanchor_55" href="#Footnote_55" class="fnanchor">[55]</a>
-and cannot be less than sixty miles from thence. It will
-bear a boat of eight or ten tons to this place. Hither the Dutch or
-French, or both, use to come. It is from hence to the bay of Cape
-Cod, about eight miles;<a id="FNanchor_56" href="#Footnote_56" class="fnanchor">[56]</a> out of which bay it floweth into a creek
-some six miles, almost direct towards the town. The heads of the
-river and this creek are not far distant. This river yieldeth, thus high,
-oysters,<a id="FNanchor_57" href="#Footnote_57" class="fnanchor">[57]</a> muscles, clams,<a id="FNanchor_58" href="#Footnote_58" class="fnanchor">[58]</a> and other shellfish; one in shape like a<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_26"></a>[26]</span>
-bean,<a id="FNanchor_59" href="#Footnote_59" class="fnanchor">[59]</a> another like a clam; both good meat, and great
-1623 abundance at all times; besides it aboundeth with divers
-sorts of fresh fish in their seasons.<a id="FNanchor_60" href="#Footnote_60" class="fnanchor">[60]</a></p>
-
-<p>The Governor, or sachim, of this place was called Canacum;<a id="FNanchor_61" href="#Footnote_61" class="fnanchor">[61]</a>
-who had formerly, as well as many others, yea all with whom as yet
-we had to do, acknowledged themselves the subjects of our sovereign
-lord, the King. This sachim used the Governor very kindly; and
-it seemed was of good respect and authority amongst the Indians.
-For whilst the Governor was there, within night, in bitter weather,
-came two men from Manamoick, before spoken of; and having set
-aside their bows and quivers, according to their manner, sat down by
-the fire, and took a pipe of tobacco, not using any words in that
-time, nor any other to them, but all remained silent, expecting
-when they would speak. At length they looked toward Canacum;
-and one of them made a short speech, and delivered a present to him
-from his sachim, which was a basket of tobacco and many beads,
-which the other received thankfully. After which he made a long
-speech to him; the contents hereof was related to us by Hobbamock
-(who then accompanied the Governor for his guide,) to be as followeth.
-It happened that two of their men fell out, as they were in
-game, (for they use gaming as much as any where, and will play away
-all, even their skin from their backs,<a id="FNanchor_62" href="#Footnote_62" class="fnanchor">[62]</a> yea their wives’ skins also,
-though it may be they are many miles distant from them, as myself
-have seen,) and growing to great heat, the one killed the other. The
-actor of this fact was a <em>powah</em>,<a id="FNanchor_63" href="#Footnote_63" class="fnanchor">[63]</a> one of special note amongst them,
-and such an one as they could not well miss; yet another people
-greater than themselves threatened them with war, if they would
-not put him to death. The party offending was in hold; neither
-would their sachim do one way or other till their return, resting
-upon him for advice and furtherance in so weighty a matter. After
-this there was silence a short time. At length, men gave their judgment
-what they thought best. Amongst others, he asked
-Hobbamock what he thought; who answered, He was but a stranger<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_27"></a>[27]</span>
-to them; but thought it was better that one should die than many,
-since he had deserved it, and the rest were innocent. Whereupon he
-passed the sentence of death upon him.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Feb.
-<span class="u">1623</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">Not long after, having no great quantity of corn left,
-Captain Standish went again with a shallop to
-Mattachiest, meeting also with the like extremity of
-weather, both of wind, snow, and frost; insomuch as they were
-frozen in the harbour, the first night they entered the same. Here
-they pretended their wonted love, and spared them a good quantity
-of corn to confirm the same. Strangers also came to this place,
-pretending only to see him and his company, whom they never saw
-before that time, but intending to join with the rest to kill them, as
-after appeared. But being forced through extremity to lodge in their
-houses, which they much pressed, God possessed the heart of the
-Captain with just jealousy, giving strait command, that as one part
-of his company slept, the rest should wake, declaring some things to
-them which he understood, whereof he could make no good construction.</p>
-
-<p>Some of the Indians, spying a fit opportunity, stole some beads
-also from him; which he no sooner perceived, having not above six
-men with him, drew them all from the boat, and set them on their
-guard about the sachim’s house, where the most of the people were;
-threatening to fall upon them without further delay, if they would
-not forthwith restore them; signifying to the sachim especially, and
-so to them all, that as he would not offer the least injury, so he would
-not receive any at their hands, which should escape without punishment
-or due satisfaction. Hereupon the sachim bestirred him to
-find out the party; which, when he had done, caused him to return
-them again to the shallop, and came to the Captain, desiring him to
-search whether they were not about the boat; who, suspecting their
-knavery, sent one, who found them lying openly upon the boat’s
-cuddy. Yet to appease his anger, they brought corn afresh to trade;
-insomuch as he laded his shallop, and so departed. This accident so<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_28"></a>[28]</span>
-daunted their courage, as they durst not attempt any thing against
-him. So that, through the good mercy and providence of God, they
-returned in safety. At this place the Indians get abundance of bass
-both summer and winter; for it being now February, they abounded
-with them.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Mar.
-<span class="u">1623</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">In the beginning of March, having refreshed himself, he
-took a shallop, and went to Manomet, to fetch home that
-which the Governor had formerly bought,<a id="FNanchor_64" href="#Footnote_64" class="fnanchor">[64]</a> hoping also to
-get more from them; but was deceived in his expectation, not finding
-that entertainment he found elsewhere, and the Governor had
-there received. The reason whereof, and of the treachery intended
-in the place before spoken of, was not then known unto us, but afterwards;
-wherein may be observed the abundant mercies of God,
-working with his providence for our good. Captain Standish being
-now far from the boat, and not above two or three of our men with
-him, and as many with the shallop, was not long at Canacum, the
-sachim’s house, but in came two of the Massachuset men. The chief
-of them was called Wituwamat, a notable insulting villain, one who
-had formerly imbrued his hands in the blood of English and French,
-and had oft boasted of his own valour, and derided their weakness,
-especially because, as he said, they died crying, making sour faces,
-more like children than men.</p>
-
-<p>This villain took a dagger from about his neck, which he had
-gotten of Master Weston’s people, and presented it to the sachim;
-and after made a long speech in an audacious manner, framing it in
-such sort, as the Captain, though he be the best linguist amongst
-us,<a id="FNanchor_65" href="#Footnote_65" class="fnanchor">[65]</a> could not gather any thing from it. The end of it was afterwards
-discovered to be as followeth. The Massacheuseuks had formerly
-concluded to ruinate Master Weston’s colony; and thought themselves,
-being about thirty or forty men, strong enough to execute the
-same. Yet they durst not attempt it, till such time as they had gathered
-more strength to themselves, to make their party good against
-us at Plymouth; concluding, that if we remained, though they had<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_29"></a>[29]</span>
-no other arguments to use against us, yet we would never
-leave the death of our countrymen unrevenged; and therefore
-their safety could not be without the overthrow of
-both plantations. To this end they had formerly solicited this
-sachim, as also the other, called Ianough,<a id="FNanchor_66" href="#Footnote_66" class="fnanchor">[66]</a> at Mattachiest, and many
-others, to assist them, and now again came to prosecute the same;
-and since there was so fair an opportunity offered by the Captain’s
-presence, they thought best to make sure [of] him and his company.</p>
-
-<p>After this his message was delivered, his entertainment much
-exceeded the Captain’s; insomuch as he scorned at their behaviour,
-and told them of it. After which they would have persuaded him,
-because the weather was cold, to have sent to the boat for the rest of
-his company; but he would not, desiring, according to promise, that
-the corn might be carried down, and he would content the women<a id="FNanchor_67" href="#Footnote_67" class="fnanchor">[67]</a>
-for their labor; which they did. At the same time there was a lusty
-Indian of Paomet,<a id="FNanchor_68" href="#Footnote_68" class="fnanchor">[68]</a> or Cape Cod, then present, who had ever
-demeaned himself well toward us, being in his general carriage very
-affable, courteous, and loving, especially towards the Captain. This
-savage was now entered into confederacy with the rest; yet, to avoid
-suspicion, made many signs of his continued affections, and would
-needs bestow a kettle of some six or seven gallons on him, and
-would not accept of any thing in lieu thereof, saying he was rich and
-could afford to bestow such favors on his friends whom he loved.
-Also he would freely help to carry some of the corn, affirming he had
-never done the like in his life before; and the wind being bad, would
-needs lodge with him at their rendezvous, having indeed undertaken
-to kill him before they parted; which done, they intended to fall
-upon the rest.</p>
-
-<p>The night proved exceeding cold; insomuch as the Captain
-could not take any rest, but either walked, or turned himself to and
-fro at the fire. This the other observed, and asked wherefore he did
-not sleep as at other times; who answered, He knew not well, but
-had no desire at all to rest. So that he then missed his opportunity.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_30"></a>[30]</span></p>
-
-<p>The wind serving on the next day, they returned home,
-accompanied with the other Indian; who used many arguments
-to persuade them to go to Paomet, where himself
-had much corn, and many other, the most whereof he would procure
-for us, seeming to sorrow for our wants. Once the Captain put
-forth with him, and was forced back by contrary wind; which wind
-serving for the Massachuset, was fitted to go thither. But on a sudden
-it altered again.</p>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_31"></a>[31]</span><br /></p>
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak" id="Chapter_4"><em>Chapter 4</em><br />
-<br />
-WINSLOW’S SECOND JOURNEY
-TO PACKANOKICK, TO VISIT
-MASSASOIT IN HIS SICKNESS.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Mar.
-<span class="u">1623</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="drop-cap">During the time that the Captain was at
-Manomet, news came to Plymouth that
-Massassowat was like to die, and that at the same
-time there was a Dutch ship driven so high on the shore by stress
-of weather, right before his dwelling, that till the tides increased,
-she could not be got off. Now it being a commendable manner of
-the Indians, when any, especially of note, are dangerously sick, for
-all that profess friendship to them to visit them in their extremity,<a id="FNanchor_69" href="#Footnote_69" class="fnanchor">[69]</a>
-either in their persons, or else to send some acceptable persons to
-them; therefore it was thought meet, being a good and warrantable
-action, that as we had ever professed friendship, so we should now
-maintain the same, by observing this their laudable custom; and
-the rather, because we desired to have some conference with the
-Dutch, not knowing when we should have so fit an opportunity. To
-that end, myself having formerly been there, and understanding in
-some measure the Dutch tongue, the Governor again laid this
-service upon myself, and fitted me with some cordials to administer
-to him; having one Master John Hamden,<a id="FNanchor_70" href="#Footnote_70" class="fnanchor">[70]</a> a gentleman of
-London, who then wintered with us, and desired much to see the
-country, for my consort, and Hobbamock for our guide. So we set
-forward, and lodged the first night at Namasket, where we had
-friendly entertainment.</p>
-
-<p>The next day, about one of the clock, we came to a ferry<a id="FNanchor_71" href="#Footnote_71" class="fnanchor">[71]</a> in
-Conbatant’s country, where, upon discharge of my piece, divers
-Indians came to us from a house not far off. There they told us that
-Massassowat was dead, and that day buried; and that the Dutch
-would be gone before we could get thither, having hove off their
-ship already. This news struck us blank, but especially Hobbamock,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_32"></a>[32]</span>
-who desired we might return with all speed. I told him I
-would first think of it. Considering now, that he being
-dead, Conbatant<a id="FNanchor_72" href="#Footnote_72" class="fnanchor">[72]</a> was the most like to succeed him, and
-that we were not above three miles from Mattapuyst,<a id="FNanchor_73" href="#Footnote_73" class="fnanchor">[73]</a> his dwelling-place,
-although he were but a hollow-hearted friend toward us, I
-thought no time so fit as this to enter into more friendly terms with
-him, and the rest of the sachims thereabout; hoping, through the
-blessing of God, it would be a means, in that unsettled state, to settle
-their affections towards us; and though it were somewhat dangerous,
-in respect of our personal safety, because myself and
-Hobbamock had been employed upon a service against him, which
-he might now fitly revenge; yet esteeming it the best means, leaving
-the event to God in his mercy, I resolved to put it in practice, if
-Master Hamden and Hobbamock durst attempt it with me; whom I
-found willing to that or any other course might tend to the general
-good. So we went towards Mattapuyst.</p>
-
-<p>In the way, Hobbamock, manifesting a troubled spirit, brake
-forth into these speeches: <em>Neen womasu sagimus, neen womasu sagimus</em>,
-&amp;c. “My loving sachim, my loving sachim! Many have I
-known, but never any like thee.” And turning him to me, said,
-whilst I lived, I should never see his like amongst the Indians; saying,
-he was no liar, he was not bloody and cruel, like other Indians;
-in anger and passion he was soon reclaimed; easy to be reconciled
-towards such as had offended him; ruled by reason in such measure
-as he would not scorn the advice of mean men; and that he governed
-his men better with few strokes, than others did with many;
-truly loving where he loved; yea, he feared we had not a faithful
-friend left among the Indians; showing, how he ofttimes restrained
-their malice, &amp;c., continuing a long speech, with such signs of
-lamentation and unfeigned sorrow, as it would have made the hardest
-heart relent.</p>
-
-<p>At length we came to Mattapuyst, and went to the <em>sachimo comaco</em>,<a id="FNanchor_74" href="#Footnote_74" class="fnanchor">[74]</a>
-for so they call the sachim’s place, though they call an ordinary<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_33"></a>[33]</span>
-house <em>witeo</em>;<a id="FNanchor_75" href="#Footnote_75" class="fnanchor">[75]</a> but Conbatant, the sachim, was not at home,
-but at Puckanokick, which was some five or six miles off.
-The <em>squasachim</em>, for so they call the sachim’s wife, gave us
-friendly entertainment. Here we inquired again concerning
-Massassowat; they thought him dead, but knew no certainty.
-Whereupon I hired one to go with all expedition to Puckanokick,
-that we might know the certainty thereof, and withal to acquaint
-Conbatant with our there being. About half an hour before sunsetting
-the messenger returned, and told us that he was not yet dead,
-though there was no hope we should find him living. Upon this we
-were much revived, and set forward with all speed, though it was
-late within night ere we got thither. About two from the clock that
-afternoon, the Dutchmen departed; so that in that respect our journey
-was frustrate.</p>
-
-<p>When we came thither, we found the house so full of men, as we
-could scarce get in, though they used their best diligence to make
-way for us. There were they in the midst of their charms for him,
-making such a hellish noise, as it distempered us that were well, and
-therefore unlike to ease him that was sick.<a id="FNanchor_76" href="#Footnote_76" class="fnanchor">[76]</a> About him were six or
-eight women, who chafed his arms, legs, and thighs, to keep heat in
-him. When they had made an end of their charming, one told him
-that his friends, the English, were come to see him. Having understanding
-left, but his sight was wholly gone, he asked, Who was
-come? They told him Winsnow, for they cannot pronounce the letter
-<em>l</em>, but ordinarily <em>n</em> in place thereof.<a id="FNanchor_77" href="#Footnote_77" class="fnanchor">[77]</a> He desired to speak with me.
-When I came to him, and they told him of it, he put forth his hand
-to me, which I took. Then he said twice, though very inwardly, <em>Keen
-Winsnow</em>? which is to say, “Art thou Winslow?” I answered, <em>Ahhe</em>,
-that is, Yes. Then he doubled these words; <em>Matta neen wonckanet
-namen, Winsnow</em>! that is to say, “O Winslow, I shall never see thee
-again.”</p>
-
-<p>Then I called Hobbamock, and desired him to tell Massassowat,
-that the Governor, hearing of his sickness, was sorry for the same; and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_34"></a>[34]</span>
-though, by reason of many businesses, he could not come
-himself, yet he sent me with such things for him as he
-thought most likely to do him good in this his extremity;<a id="FNanchor_78" href="#Footnote_78" class="fnanchor">[78]</a>
-and whereof if he pleased to take, I would presently give him; which
-he desired; and having a confection of many comfortable conserves,
-&amp;c., on the point of my knife I gave him some, which I could scarce
-get through his teeth. When it was dissolved in his mouth, he swallowed
-the juice of it, whereat those that were about him much
-rejoiced, saying he had not swallowed any thing in two days before.
-Then I desired to see his mouth, which was exceedingly furred, and
-his tongue swelled in such a manner, as it was not possible for him to
-eat such meat as they had, his passage being stopped up. Then I
-washed his mouth, and scraped his tongue, and got abundance of corruption
-out of the same. After which I gave him more of the confection,
-which he swallowed with more readiness. Then he desiring to
-drink, I dissolved some of it in water, and gave him thereof. Within
-half an hour this wrought a great alteration in him, in the eyes of all
-that beheld him. Presently after his sight began to come to him,
-which gave him and us good encouragement. In the mean time I
-inquired how he slept, and when he went to stool. They said he slept
-not in two days before, and had not had a stool in five. Then I gave
-him more, and told him of a mishap we had by the way, in breaking a
-bottle of drink, which the Governor also sent him, saying if he would
-send any of his men to Patuxet, I would send for more of the same;
-also for chickens to make him broth, and for other things, which I
-knew were good for him; and would stay the return of his messenger,
-if he desired. This he took marvellous kindly, and appointed some,
-who were ready to go by two of the clock in the morning; against
-which time I made ready a letter, declaring therein our good success,
-the state of his body, &amp;c., desiring to send me such things as I sent for,
-and such physic as the surgeon durst administer to him.</p>
-
-<p>He requested me, that the day following, I would take my piece,
-and kill him some fowl, and make him some English pottage, such<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_35"></a>[35]</span>
-as he had eaten at Plymouth; which I promised. After, his
-stomach coming to him, I must needs make him some
-without fowl, before I went abroad, which somewhat troubled
-me, being unaccustomed and unacquainted in such businesses,
-especially having nothing to make it comfortable, my consort being
-as ignorant as myself; but being we must do somewhat, I caused a
-woman to bruise some corn, and take the flour from it, and set over
-the grit, or broken corn, in a pipkin, for they have earthen pots of all
-sizes. When the day broke, we went out, it being now March, to seek
-herbs, but could not find any but strawberry leaves, of which I gathered
-a handful, and put into the same; and because I had nothing to
-relish it, I went forth again, and pulled up a sassafras root, and sliced
-a piece thereof, and boiled it, till it had a good relish, and then took
-it out again. The broth being boiled, I strained it through my handkerchief,
-and gave him at least a pint, which he drank, and liked it
-very well. After this his sight mended more and more; also he had
-three moderate stools, and took some rest; insomuch as we with
-admiration blessed God for giving his blessing to such raw and ignorant
-means, making no doubt of his recovery, himself and all of them
-acknowledging us the instruments of his preservation.</p>
-
-<p>That morning he caused me to spend in going from one to
-another amongst those that were sick in the town, requesting me to
-wash their mouths also, and give to each of them some of the same
-I gave him, saying they were good folk. This pains I took with willingness,
-though it were much offensive to me, not being accustomed
-with such poisonous savours. After dinner he desired me to
-get him a goose or duck, and make him some pottage therewith,
-with as much speed as I could. So I took a man with me, and made
-a shot at a couple of ducks, some six score paces off, and killed one,
-at which he wondered. So we returned forthwith and dressed it,
-making more broth therewith, which he much desired. Never did I
-see a man so low brought, recover in that measure in so short a
-time. The fowl being extraordinary fat, I told Hobbamock I must<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_36"></a>[36]</span>
-take off the top thereof, saying it would make him very
-sick again if he did eat it. This he acquainted Massassowat
-therewith, who would not be persuaded to it, though I
-pressed it very much, showing the strength thereof, and the weakness
-of his stomach, which could not possibly bear it.
-Notwithstanding, he made a gross meal of it, and ate as much as
-would well have satisfied a man in health. About an hour after he
-began to be very sick, and straining very much, cast up the broth
-again; and in overstraining himself, began to bleed at the nose, and
-so continued the space of four hours. Then they all wished he had
-been ruled, concluding now he would die, which we much feared
-also. They asked me what I thought of him. I answered, his case was
-desperate, yet it might be it would save his life; for if it ceased in
-time, he would forthwith sleep and take rest, which was the principal
-thing he wanted. Not long after his blood stayed, and he slept
-at least six or eight hours. When he awaked, I washed his face, and
-bathed and suppled his beard and nose with a linen cloth. But on a
-sudden he chopped his nose in the water, and drew up some therein,
-and sent it forth again with such violence, as he began to bleed
-afresh. Then they thought there was no hope; but we perceived it
-was but the tenderness of his nostril, and therefore told them I
-thought it would stay presently, as indeed it did.</p>
-
-<p>The messengers were now returned; but finding his stomach
-come to him, he would not have the chickens killed, but kept them
-for breed. Neither durst we give him any physic, which was then
-sent, because his body was so much altered since our instructions;
-neither saw we any need, not doubting now of his recovery, if he
-were careful. Many, whilst we were there, came to see him; some, by
-their report, from a place not less than an hundred miles. To all that
-came one of his chief men related the manner of his sickness, how
-near he was spent, how amongst others his friends the English came
-to see him, and how suddenly they recovered him to this strength
-they saw, he being now able to sit upright of himself.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_37"></a>[37]</span></p>
-
-<p>The day before our coming, another sachim being there,
-told him that now he might see how hollow-hearted the
-English were, saying if we had been such friends in deed, as
-we were in show, we would have visited him in this his sickness,
-using many arguments to withdraw his affections, and to persuade
-him to give way to some things against us, which were motioned to
-him not long before. But upon his recovery, he brake forth into
-these speeches: Now I see the English are my friends and love me;
-and whilst I live, I will never forget this kindness they have showed
-me. Whilst we were there, our entertainment exceeded all other
-strangers’. Divers other things were worthy the noting; but I fear I
-have been too tedious.</p>
-
-<p>At our coming away, he called Hobbamock to him, and privately
-(none hearing, save two or three other of his pnieses,<a id="FNanchor_79" href="#Footnote_79" class="fnanchor">[79]</a> who
-are of his council) revealed the plot of the Massacheuseucks, before
-spoken of, against Master Weston’s colony, and so against us; saying
-that the people of Nauset, Paomet, Succonet,<a id="FNanchor_80" href="#Footnote_80" class="fnanchor">[80]</a> Mattachiest,
-Manomet, Agowaywam,<a id="FNanchor_81" href="#Footnote_81" class="fnanchor">[81]</a> and the isle of Capawack,<a id="FNanchor_82" href="#Footnote_82" class="fnanchor">[82]</a> were joined
-with them; himself also in his sickness was earnestly solicited, but
-he would neither join therein, nor give way to any of his.
-Therefore, as we respected the lives of our countrymen, and our
-own after safety, he advised us to kill the men of Massachuset, who
-were the authors of this intended mischief. And whereas we were
-wont to say, we would not strike a stroke till they first began; if, said
-he, upon this intelligence, they make that answer, tell them, when
-their countrymen at Wichaguscusset are killed, they being not able
-to defend themselves, that then it will be too late to recover their
-lives; nay, through the multitude of adversaries, they shall with
-great difficulty preserve their own; and therefore he counselled
-without delay to take away the principals, and then the plot would
-cease. With this he charged him thoroughly to acquaint me by the
-way, that I might inform the Governor thereof, at my first coming
-home. Being fitted for our return, we took our leave of him; who<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_38"></a>[38]</span>
-returned many thanks to our Governor, and also to ourselves
-for our labor and love; the like did all that were
-about him. So we departed.</p>
-
-<p>That night, through the earnest request of Conbatant, who till
-now remained at Sawaams, or Puckanokick, we lodged with him at
-Mattapuyst. By the way I had much conference with him, so likewise
-at his house, he being a notable politician, yet full of merry jests
-and squibs, and never better pleased than when the like are returned
-again upon him. Amongst other things he asked me, if in case he
-were thus dangerously sick, as Massassowat had been, and should
-send word thereof to Patuxet for <em>maskiet</em>,<a id="FNanchor_83" href="#Footnote_83" class="fnanchor">[83]</a> that is, physic, whether
-then Mr. Governor would send it; and if he would, whether I would
-come therewith to him. To both which I answered, Yea; whereat he
-gave me many joyful thanks. After that, being at his house, he
-demanded further, how we durst, being but two, come so far into the
-country. I answered, where was true love, there was no fear; and my
-heart was so upright towards them, that for mine own part I was fearless
-to come amongst them. But, said he, if your love be such, and it
-bring forth such fruits, how cometh it to pass, that when we come to
-Patuxet, you stand upon your guard, with the mouths of your pieces
-presented towards us? Whereupon I answered, it was the most honorable
-and respective entertainment we could give them; it being an
-order amongst us so to receive our best respected friends; and as it
-was used on the land, so the ships observed it also at sea, which
-Hobbamock knew and had seen observed. But shaking the head, he
-answered, that he liked not such salutations.</p>
-
-<p>Further, observing us to crave a blessing on our meat before we
-did eat, and after to give thanks for the same, he asked us, what was
-the meaning of that ordinary custom. Hereupon I took occasion to
-tell them of God’s works of creation and preservation, of his laws
-and ordinances, especially of the ten commandments; all which
-they hearkened unto with great attention, and like well of; only the
-seventh commandment they excepted against, thinking there were<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_39"></a>[39]</span>
-many inconveniences in it, that a man should be tied to
-one woman; about which we reasoned a good time. Also I
-told them, that whatsoever good things we had, we
-received from God, as the author and giver thereof; and therefore
-craved his blessing upon that we had, and were about to eat, that it
-might nourish and strengthen our bodies; and having eaten sufficient,
-being satisfied therewith, we again returned thanks to the
-same our God, for that our refreshing, &amp;c. This all of them concluded
-to be very well; and said, they believed almost all the same
-things, and that the same power that we called God, they called
-<em>Kiehtan</em>.<a id="FNanchor_84" href="#Footnote_84" class="fnanchor">[84]</a> Much profitable conference was occasioned hereby, which
-would be too tedious to relate, yet was no less delightful to them,
-than comfortable to us. Here we remained only that night, but
-never had better entertainment amongst any of them.</p>
-
-<p>The day following, in our journey, Hobbamock told me of the
-private conference he had with Massassowat, and how he charged
-him perfectly to acquaint me therewith, as I showed before; which
-having done, he used many arguments himself to move us thereunto.
-That night we lodged at Namasket; and the day following, about
-the mid-way between it and home, we met two Indians, who told us,
-that Captain Standish was that day gone to the Massachusets. But
-contrary winds again drove him back; so that we found him at
-home; where the Indian of Paomet still was, being very importunate
-that the Captain should take the first opportunity of a fair wind to
-go with him. But their secret and villainous purposes being, through
-God’s mercy, now made known, the Governor caused Captain
-Standish to send him away, without any distaste or manifestation of
-anger, that we might the better effect and bring to pass that which
-should be thought most necessary.</p>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_40"></a>[40]</span><br /></p>
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak" id="Chapter_5"><em>Chapter 5</em><br />
-<br />
-OF STANDISH’S EXPEDITION AGAINST THE
-INDIANS OF WESSAGUSSET, AND THE BREAKING
-UP OF WESTON’S COLONY AT THAT PLACE.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Feb.
-<span class="u">1623</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="drop-cap">Before this journey we heard many complaints,
-both by the Indians, and some others of best desert
-amongst Master Weston’s colony, how exceedingly
-their company abased themselves by indirect means, to get victuals
-from the Indians, who dwelt not far from them, fetching them
-wood and water, &amp;c. and all for a meal’s meat; whereas, in the mean
-time, they might with diligence have gotten enough to have served
-them three or four times. Other by night brake the earth, and
-robbed the Indians’ store; for which they had been publicly stocked
-and whipped, and yet was there small amendment. This was about
-the end of February; at which time they had spent all their bread
-and corn, not leaving any for seed, neither would the Indians lend
-or sell them any more upon any terms. Hereupon they had
-thoughts to take it by violence; and to that spiked up every
-entrance into their town, being well impaled, save one, with a full
-resolution to proceed. But some more honestly minded advised
-John Sanders, their overseer, first to write to Plymouth; and if the
-Governor advised him thereunto, he might the better do it. This
-course was well liked, and an Indian was sent with all speed with a
-letter to our Governor, the contents whereof were to this effect;
-that being in great want, and their people daily falling down, he
-intended to go to Munhiggen, where was a plantation of Sir
-Ferdinando Gorges, to buy bread from the ships that came thither
-a fishing, with the first opportunity of wind; but knew not how the
-colony would be preserved till his return. He had used all means
-both to buy and borrow of Indians, whom he knew to be stored, and
-he thought maliciously withheld it, and therefore was resolved to<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_41"></a>[41]</span>
-take it by violence, and only waited the return of the messenger,
-which he desired should be hastened, craving his
-advice therein, promising also to make restitution afterward.
-The Governor, upon the receipt hereof, asked the messenger
-what store of corn they had, as if he had intended to buy of them;
-who answered, very little more than that they reserved for seed,
-having already spared all they could.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Mar.
-<span class="u">1623</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">Forthwith the Governor and his Assistant sent for many of us to
-advise with them herein; who, after serious consideration, no way
-approving of this intended course, the Governor answered his letter,
-and caused many of us to set our hands thereto; the contents whereof
-were to this purpose. We altogether disliked their intendment, as
-being against the law of God and nature, showing how it would cross
-the worthy ends and proceedings of the King’s Majesty, and his honorable
-Council for this place, both in respect of the peaceable
-enlarging of his Majesty’s dominions, and also of the propagation of
-the knowledge and law of God, and the glad tidings of salvation,
-which we and they were bound to seek, and were not to use such
-means as would breed a distaste in the savages against our persons
-and professions, assuring them their master would incur much blame
-hereby, neither could they answer the same. For our own parts, our
-case was almost the same with theirs, having but a small quantity of
-corn left, and were enforced to live on ground-nuts, clams, muscles,
-and such other things as naturally the country afforded, and which
-did and would maintain strength, and were easy to be gotten; all
-which things they had in great abundance, yea, oysters<a id="FNanchor_85" href="#Footnote_85" class="fnanchor">[85]</a> also, which
-we wanted; and therefore necessity could not be said to constrain
-them thereunto. Moreover, that they should consider, if they proceeded
-therein, all they could so get would maintain them but a
-small time, and then they must perforce seek their food abroad;
-which, having made the Indians their enemies, would be very difficult
-for them, and therefore much better to begin a little the sooner,
-and so continue their peace; upon which course they might with<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_42"></a>[42]</span>
-good conscience desire and expect the blessing of God;
-whereas on the contrary they could not.</p>
-
-<p>Also that they should consider their own weakness, being
-most swelled, and diseased in their bodies, and therefore the more
-unlikely to make their party good against them, and that they
-should not expect help from us in that or any the like unlawful
-actions. Lastly, that howsoever some of them might escape, yet the
-principal agents should expect no better than the gallows, whensoever
-any special officer should be sent over by his Majesty, or his
-Council for New England, which we expected, and who would
-undoubtedly call them to account for the same. These were the
-contents of our answer, which was directed to their whole colony.
-Another particular letter our Governor sent to John Sanders,
-showing how dangerous it would be for him above all others, being
-he was their leader and commander; and therefore in friendly manner
-advised him to desist.</p>
-
-<p>With these letters we dispatched the messenger; upon the receipt
-whereof they altered their determination, resolving to shift as they
-could, till the return of John Sanders from Munhiggen; who first
-coming to Plymouth, notwithstanding our own necessities, the
-Governor spared him some corn, to carry them to Munhiggen. But
-not having sufficient for the ship’s store, he took a shallop, and
-leaving others with instructions to oversee things till his return, set
-forward about the end of February; so that he knew not of this conspiracy
-of the Indians before his going. Neither was it known to any
-of us till our return from Sawaams, or Puckanokick; at which time
-also another sachim, called Wassapinewat, brother to Obtakiest, the
-sachim of the Massachusets, who had formerly smarted for partaking
-with Conbatant, and fearing the like again, to purge himself,
-revealed the same thing.</p>
-
-<p>The three and twentieth of March being now come, which is a
-yearly court day, the Governor, having a double testimony, and
-many circumstances agreeing with the truth thereof, not being<a id="FNanchor_86" href="#Footnote_86" class="fnanchor">[86]</a> to<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_43"></a>[43]</span>
-undertake war without the consent of the body of the company,
-made known the same in public court, offering it to
-the consideration of the company, it being high time to
-come to resolution, how sudden soever it seemed to them, fearing it
-would be put in execution before we could give any intelligence
-thereof. This business was no less troublesome than grievous, and
-the more, because it is so ordinary in these times for men to measure
-things by the events thereof; but especially for that we knew no
-means to deliver our countrymen and preserve ourselves, than by
-returning their malicious and cruel purposes upon their own heads,
-and causing them to fall into the same pit they had digged for others;
-though it much grieved us to shed the blood of those whose
-good we ever intended and aimed at, as a principal in all our proceedings.
-But in the end we came to this public conclusion, that
-because it was a matter of such weight as every man was not of sufficiency
-to judge, nor fitness to know, because of many other
-Indians, which daily, as occasion serveth, converse with us; therefore
-the Governor, his Assistant, and the Captain, should take such
-to themselves as they thought most meet, and conclude thereof.
-Which done, we came to this conclusion, that Captain Standish
-should take so many men, as he thought sufficient to make his party
-good against all the Indians in the Massachuset bay; and because,
-(as all men know that have to do with them in that kind,) it is
-impossible to deal with them upon open defiance, but to take them
-in such traps as they lay for others, therefore he should pretend
-trade, as at other times; but first go to the English, and acquaint
-them with the plot, and the end of his own coming; that comparing
-it with their carriages towards them, he might the better judge of
-the certainty of it, and more fitly take opportunity to revenge the
-same; but should forbear, if it were possible, till such time as he
-could make sure [of] Wituwamat, that bloody and bold villain
-before spoken of; whose head he had order to bring with him, that
-he might be a warning and terror to all of that disposition.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_44"></a>[44]</span></p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp; 24<br />
-&nbsp;Mar.
-<span class="u">1623</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">Upon this Captain Standish made choice of eight men,
-and would not take more, because he would prevent jealousy,
-knowing their guilty consciences would soon be provoked
-thereunto. But on the next day, before he could go, came
-one<a id="FNanchor_87" href="#Footnote_87" class="fnanchor">[87]</a> of Mr. Weston’s company by land unto us, with his pack at his
-back, who made a pitiful narration of their lamentable and weak
-estate, and of the Indians’ carriages, whose boldness increased
-abundantly; insomuch as the victuals they got, they would take it
-out of their pots, and eat before their faces; yea, if in any thing they
-gainsaid them, they were ready to hold a knife at their breasts; that
-to give them content, since John Sanders went to Munhiggen,
-they had hanged<a id="FNanchor_88" href="#Footnote_88" class="fnanchor">[88]</a> one of them that stole their corn, and yet they
-regarded it not; that another of their company was turned salvage;
-that their people had most forsaken the town, and made their rendezvous
-where they got their victuals, because they would not take
-pains to bring it home; that they had sold their clothes for corn, and
-were ready to starve both with cold and hunger also, because they
-could not endure to get victuals by reason of their nakedness; and
-that they were dispersed into three companies, scarce having any
-powder and shot left. What would be the event of these things he
-said he much feared; and therefore not daring to stay any longer
-among them, though he knew not the way, yet adventured to come
-to us; partly to make known their weak and dangerous estate, as he
-conceived, and partly to desire he might there remain till things
-were better settled at the other plantation. As this relation was
-grievous to us, so it gave us good encouragement to proceed in our
-intendments, for which Captain Standish was now fitted; and the
-wind coming fair, the next day set forth for the Massachusets.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp; 25<br />
-&nbsp;Mar.
-<span class="u">1623</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">The Indians at the Massachusets missed this man; and suspecting
-his coming to us, as we conceive, sent one after him, and gave
-out there that he would never come to Patuxet, but that some
-wolves or bears would eat him. But we know, both by our own experience,
-and the reports of others, that though they find a man<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_45"></a>[45]</span>
-sleeping, yet so soon as there is life discerned, they fear and
-shun him. This Indian missed him but very little; and
-missing him, passed by the town and went to Manomet;
-whom we hoped to take at his return, as afterward we did. Now was
-our fort made fit for service, and some ordnance mounted; and
-though it may seem long work, it being ten months since it begun,
-yet we must note, that where so great a work is begun with such
-small means, a little time cannot bring [it] to perfection. Beside,
-those works which tend to the preservation of man, the enemy of
-mankind will hinder, what in him lieth, sometimes blinding the
-judgment, and causing reasonable men to reason against their own
-safety; as amongst us divers seeing the work prove tedious, would
-have dissuaded from proceeding, flattering themselves with peace
-and security, and accounting it rather a work of superfluity and
-vainglory, than simple necessity. But God, whose providence hath
-waked, and, as I may say, watched for us whilst we slept, having
-determined to preserve us from these intended treacheries,
-undoubtedly ordained this as a special means to advantage us and
-discourage our adversaries, and therefore so stirred up the hearts of
-the governors and other forward instruments, as the work was just
-made serviceable against this needful and dangerous time, though
-we ignorant of the same.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>&nbsp;Mar.
-<span class="u">1623</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">But that I may proceed, the Indian last mentioned, in his return
-from Manomet, came through the town, pretending still friendship
-and in love to see us; but as formerly others, so his end was to see
-whether we continued still in health and strength, or fell into
-weakness, like their neighbours; which they hoped and looked for,
-(though God in mercy provided better for us,) and he knew would
-be glad tidings to his countrymen. But here the Governor stayed
-him; and sending for him to the fort, there gave the guard charge of
-him as their prisoner; where he told him he must be contented to
-remain till the return of Captain Standish from the Massachusets.
-So he was locked in a chain to a staple in the court of guard, and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_46"></a>[46]</span>
-there kept. Thus was our fort hanselled,<a id="FNanchor_89" href="#Footnote_89" class="fnanchor">[89]</a> this being the
-first day, as I take it, that ever any watch was there kept.</p>
-
-<p>The Captain, being now come to the Massachusets, went
-first to the ship; but found neither man, or so much as a dog therein.
-Upon the discharge of a musket, the master and some others of
-the plantation showed themselves, who were on the shore gathering
-ground-nuts, and getting other food. After salutation,
-Captain Standish asked them how they durst so leave the ship,
-and live in such security; who answered, like men senseless of
-their own misery, they feared not the Indians, but lived and suffered
-them to lodge with them, not having sword or gun, or needing
-the same. To which the Captain answered, if there were no
-cause, he was the gladder. But, upon further inquiry, understanding
-that those in whom John Sanders had reposed most special
-confidence, and left in his stead to govern the rest, were at the
-plantation, thither he went; and, to be brief, made known the
-Indians’ purpose, and the end of his own coming, as also, (which
-formerly I omitted,) that if afterward they durst not there stay, it
-was the intendment of the governors and people of Plymouth
-there to receive them, till they could be better provided; but if
-they conceived of any other course, that might be more likely for
-their good, that himself should further them therein to the uttermost
-of his power. These men, comparing other circumstances
-with that they now heard, answered, they could expect no better;
-and it was God’s mercy that they were not killed before his coming;
-desiring therefore that he would neglect no opportunity to
-proceed. Hereupon he advised them to secrecy, yet withal to send
-special command to one third of their company, that were farthest
-off, to come home, and there enjoin them on pain of death to
-keep the town, himself allowing them a pint of Indian corn to a
-man for a day, though that store he had was spared out of our seed.
-The weather proving very wet and stormy, it was the longer before
-he could do any thing.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_47"></a>[47]</span></p>
-
-<p>In the mean time an Indian came to him, and brought
-some furs, but rather to gather what he could from the
-Captain, than coming then for trade; and though the
-Captain carried things as smoothly as possibly he could, yet at his
-return he reported he saw by his eyes that he was angry in his heart;
-and therefore began to suspect themselves discovered. This caused
-one Pecksuot, who was a <em>pniese</em>,<a id="FNanchor_90" href="#Footnote_90" class="fnanchor">[90]</a> being a man of a notable spirit, to
-come to Hobbamock, who was then with them, and told him, he
-understood that the Captain was come to kill himself and the rest of
-the salvages there. “Tell him,” said he, “we know it, but fear him not,
-neither will we shun him; but let him begin when he dare, he shall
-not take us at unawares.” Many times after, divers of them severally,
-or few together, came to the plantation to him; where they would
-whet and sharpen the points of their knives before his face, and use
-many other insulting gestures and speeches. Amongst the rest
-Wituwamat bragged of the excellency of his knife. On the end of the
-handle there was pictured a woman’s face; “but,” said he, “I have
-another at home, wherewith I have killed both French and English,
-and that hath a man’s face on it; and by and by these two must
-marry.” Further he said of that knife he there had, <em>Hinnaim namen,
-hinnaim michen, matta cuts</em>; that is to say, By and by it should see, and
-by and by it should eat, but not speak. Also Pecksuot, being a man
-of greater stature than the Captain,<a id="FNanchor_91" href="#Footnote_91" class="fnanchor">[91]</a> told him, though he were a
-great captain, yet he was but a little man; and, said he, though I be
-no sachim, yet I am a man of great strength and courage. These
-things the Captain observed, yet bare with patience for the present.</p>
-
-<p>On the next day, seeing he could not get many of them together
-at once, and this Pecksuot and Wituwamat both together, with
-another man, and a youth of some eighteen years of age, which was
-brother to Wituwamat, and, villain-like, trod in his steps, daily
-putting many tricks upon the weaker sort of men, and having about
-as many of his own company in a room with them, gave the word to
-his men, and the door being fast shut, began himself with Pecksuot,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_48"></a>[48]</span>
-and snatching his own knife from his neck, though with
-much struggling, killed him therewith, the point whereof
-he had made as sharp as a needle, and ground the back also
-to an edge. Wituwamat and the other man the rest killed, and took
-the youth, whom the Captain caused to be hanged. But it is incredible
-how many wounds these two pineses received before they died,
-not making any fearful noise, but catching at their weapons and
-striving to the last. Hobbamock stood by all this time as a spectator,
-and meddled not, observing how our men demeaned themselves in
-this action. All being here ended, smiling, he brake forth into these
-speeches to the Captain: “Yesterday Pecksuot, bragging of his own
-strength and stature, said, though you were a great captain, yet you
-were but a little man; but to-day I see you are big enough to lay him
-on the ground.” But to proceed; there being some women at the
-same time, Captain Standish left them in the custody of Mr.
-Weston’s people at the town, and sent word to another company,
-that had intelligence of things, to kill those Indian men that were
-amongst them. These killed two more. Himself also with some of his
-own men went to another place, where they killed another; and
-through the negligence of one man, an Indian escaped, who discovered
-and crossed their proceedings.<a id="FNanchor_92" href="#Footnote_92" class="fnanchor">[92]</a></p>
-
-<p>Not long before this execution, three of Mr. Weston’s men,
-which more regarded their bellies than any command or commander,
-having formerly fared well with the Indians for making them
-canoes, went again to the sachim to offer their service, and had
-entertainment. The first night they came thither, within night, late
-came a messenger with all speed, and delivered a sad and short message.
-Whereupon all the men gathered together, put on their boots
-and breeches, trussed up themselves, and took their bows and arrows
-and went forth, telling them they went a hunting, and that at their
-return they should have venison enough. Being now gone, one
-being more ancient and wise than the rest, calling former things to
-mind, especially the Captain’s presence, and the strait charge that<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_49"></a>[49]</span>
-on pain of death none should go a musket shot from the
-plantation, and comparing this sudden departure of theirs
-therewith, began to dislike and wish himself at home again,
-which was further off than divers other dwelt. Hereupon he moved
-his fellows to return, but could not persuade them. So there being
-none but women left, and the other that was turned salvage, about
-midnight came away, forsaking the paths, lest he should be pursued;
-and by this means saved his life.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Standish took the one half of his men, and one or two
-of Mr. Weston’s, and Hobbamock, still seeking to make spoil of
-them and theirs. At length they espied a file of Indians, which
-made towards them amain; and there being a small advantage in
-the ground, by reason of a hill near them, both companies strove for
-it. Captain Standish got it; whereupon they retreated, and took
-each man his tree, letting fly their arrows amain, especially at himself
-and Hobbamock. Whereupon Hobbamock cast off his coat,
-and being a known pinese, (theirs being now killed,) chased them
-so fast, as our people were not able to hold way with him; insomuch
-as our men could have but one certain mark, and then but the arm
-and half face of a notable villain, as he drew<a id="FNanchor_93" href="#Footnote_93" class="fnanchor">[93]</a> at Captain Standish;
-who together with another both discharged at once at him, and
-brake his arm; whereupon they fled into a swamp. When they were
-in the thicket, they parleyed, but to small purpose, getting nothing
-but foul language. So our Captain dared the sachim to come out and
-fight like a man, showing how base and woman-like he was in
-tonguing it as he did; but he refused, and fled. So the Captain
-returned to the plantation; where he released the women, and
-would not take their beaver coats from them, nor suffer the least discourtesy
-to be offered them.</p>
-
-<p>Now were Mr. Weston’s people resolved to leave their plantation,
-and go for Munhiggen, hoping to get passage and return<a id="FNanchor_94" href="#Footnote_94" class="fnanchor">[94]</a>
-with the fishing ships. The Captain told them, that for his own
-part he durst there live with fewer men than they were; yet since<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_50"></a>[50]</span>
-they were otherways minded, according to his order from
-the governors and people of Plymouth, he would help
-them with corn competent for their provision by the way;
-which he did, scarce leaving himself more than brought them
-home. Some of them disliked the choice of the body to go to
-Munhiggen, and therefore desiring to go with him to Plymouth, he
-took them into the shallop; and seeing them set sail, and clear of
-the Massachuset bay,<a id="FNanchor_95" href="#Footnote_95" class="fnanchor">[95]</a> he took leave and returned to Plymouth;
-whither he came in safety, blessed be God! and brought the head
-of Wituwamat with him.</p>
-
-<p>Among the rest, there was an Indian youth, that was ever of a
-courteous and loving disposition towards us. He, notwithstanding
-the death of his countrymen, came to the Captain without fear, saying,
-his good conscience and love towards us imboldened him so to
-do. This youth confessed, that the Indians intended to kill Mr.
-Weston’s people, and not to delay any longer than till they had two
-more canoes or boats, which Mr. Weston’s men would have finished
-by this time, having made them three already, had not the Captain
-prevented them; and the end of stay for those boats was to take their
-ship therewith.</p>
-
-<p>Now was the Captain returned and received with joy, the head
-being brought to the fort, and there set up.<a id="FNanchor_96" href="#Footnote_96" class="fnanchor">[96]</a> The governors and captains
-with divers others went up the same further, to examine the
-prisoner, who looked piteously on the head. Being asked whether he
-knew it, he answered, Yea. Then he confessed the plot, and that all
-the people provoked Obtakiest, their sachim, thereunto, being
-drawn to it by their importunity. Five there were, he said, that prosecuted
-it with more eagerness than the rest. The two principal were
-killed, being Pecksuot and Wituwamat, whose head was there; the
-other three were powahs, being yet living, and known unto us,
-though one of them was wounded, as aforesaid. For himself, he
-would not acknowledge that he had any hand therein, begging
-earnestly for his life, saying he was not a Massachuset man, but as a<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_51"></a>[51]</span>
-stranger lived with them. Hobbamock also gave a good
-report of him, and besought for him; but was bribed so to
-do. Nevertheless, that we might show mercy as well as
-extremity, the Governor released him, and the rather, because we
-desired he might carry a message to Obtakiest, his master. No sooner
-were the irons from his legs, but he would have been gone; but the
-Governor bid him stay, and fear not, for he should receive no hurt;
-and by Hobbamock commanded him to deliver this message to his
-master: That for our parts it never entered into our hearts to take
-such a course with them, till their own treachery enforced us thereunto,
-and therefore they might thank themselves for their own
-overthrow; yet since he had begun, if again by any the like courses
-he did provoke him, his country should not hold him; for he would
-never suffer him or his to rest in peace, till he had utterly consumed
-them; and therefore should take this as a warning; further, that he
-should send to Patuxet the three Englishmen he had, and not kill
-them; also that he should not spoil the pale and houses at
-Wichaguscusset; and that this messenger should either bring the
-English, or an answer, or both; promising his safe return.</p>
-
-<p>This message was delivered, and the party would have returned
-with [an] answer, but was at first dissuaded by them, whom afterwards
-they would, but could not persuade to come to us. At length,
-though long, a woman came and told us that Obtakiest was sorry
-that the English were killed, before he heard from the Governor;
-otherwise he would have sent them. Also she said, he would fain
-make his peace again with us, but none of his men durst come to
-treat about it, having forsaken his dwelling, and daily removed
-from place to place, expecting when we would take further
-vengeance on him.</p>
-
-<p>Concerning those other people, that intended to join the
-Massacheuseuks against us, though we never went against any of
-them; yet this sudden and unexpected execution, together with the
-just judgment of God upon their guilty consciences, hath so terrified<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_52"></a>[52]</span>
-and amazed them, as in like manner they forsook their
-houses, running to and fro like men distracted, living in
-swamps and other desert places, and so brought manifold
-diseases amongst themselves, whereof very many are dead; as
-Canacum, the sachim of Manomet, Aspinet, the sachim of Nauset,
-and Ianough, sachim of Mattachiest. This sachim in his life, in the
-midst of these distractions, said the God of the English was offended
-with them, and would destroy them in his anger; and certainly it is
-strange to hear how many of late have, and still daily die amongst
-them. Neither is there any likelihood it will easily cease; because
-through fear they set little or no corn, which is the staff of life, and
-without which they cannot long preserve health and strength. From
-one of these places a boat was sent with presents to the Governor,
-hoping thereby to work their peace; but the boat was cast away, and
-three of the persons drowned, not far from our Plantation. Only one
-escaped, who durst not come to us, but returned; so as none of them
-dare come amongst us.</p>
-
-<p>I fear I have been too tedious both in this and other things. Yet
-when I considered how necessary a thing it is that the truth and
-grounds of this action especially should be made known, and the
-several dispositions of that dissolved colony, whose reports undoubtedly
-will be as various, I could not but enlarge myself where I
-thought to be most brief. Neither durst I be too brief, lest I should
-eclipse and rob God of that honor, glory, and praise, which
-belongeth to him for preserving us from falling when we were at the
-pit’s brim, and yet feared nor knew not that we were in danger.</p>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_53"></a>[53]</span><br /></p>
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak" id="Chapter_6"><em>Chapter 6</em><br />
-<br />
-OF THE FIRST ALLOTMENT OF LANDS,
-AND THE DISTRESSED STATE
-OF THE COLONY.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>April.
-<span class="u">1623</span></em></div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">The month of April being now come, on all hands
-we began to prepare for corn. And because there
-was no corn left before this time, save that was preserved
-for seed, being also hopeless of relief by supply, we thought
-best to leave off all other works, and prosecute that as most necessary.
-And because there was no<a id="FNanchor_97" href="#Footnote_97" class="fnanchor">[97]</a> small hope of doing good, in that
-common course of labor that formerly we were in; for that the governors,
-that followed men to their labors, had nothing to give men
-for their necessities, and therefore could not so well exercise that
-command over them therein, as formerly they had done; especially
-considering that self-love wherewith every man, in a measure
-more or less, loveth and preferreth his own good before his neighbour’s,
-and also the base disposition of some drones, that, as at
-other times, so now especially would be most burdenous to the rest;
-it was therefore thought best that every man should use the best
-diligence he could for his own preservation, both in respect of the
-time present, and to prepare his own corn for the year following;
-and bring in a competent portion for the maintenance of public
-officers, fishermen, &amp;c., which could not be freed from their calling
-without greater inconveniences. This course was to continue
-till harvest, and then the governors to gather in the appointed portion,
-for the maintenance of themselves and such others as necessity
-constrained to exempt from this condition. Only if occasion
-served, upon any special service they might employ such as they
-thought most fit to execute the same, during this appointed time,
-and at the end thereof all men to be employed by them in such service
-as they thought most necessary for the general good. And
-because there is great difference in the ground, that therefore a set<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_54"></a>[54]</span>
-quantity should be set down for a person, and each man to
-have his fall by lot,<a id="FNanchor_98" href="#Footnote_98" class="fnanchor">[98]</a> as being most just and equal, and
-against which no man could except.</p>
-
-<p>At a general meeting of the company, many courses were propounded,
-but this approved and followed, as being the most likely
-for the present and future good of the company; and therefore before
-this month began to prepare our ground against seed-time.</p>
-
-<div class="sidenote"><em>July.
-<span class="u">1623</span></em></div>
-
-<p class="noindent">In the midst of April we began to set, the weather being then
-seasonable, which much encouraged us, giving us good hopes of
-after plenty. The setting season is good till the latter end of May. But
-it pleased God, for our further chastisement, to send a great drought,
-insomuch as in six weeks after the latter setting there scarce fell any
-rain; so that the stalk of that was first set began to send
-forth the ear, before it came to half growth, and that which
-was later not like to yield any at all, both blade and stalk
-hanging the head, and changing the color in such manner, as we
-judged it utterly dead. Our beans also ran not up according to their
-wonted manner, but stood at a stay, many being parched away, as
-though they had been scorched before the fire. Now were our hopes
-overthrown, and we discouraged, our joy being turned into mourning.<a id="FNanchor_99" href="#Footnote_99" class="fnanchor">[99]</a></p>
-
-<p>To add also to this sorrowful estate in which we were, we heard of
-a supply that was sent unto us many months since, which having two
-repulses before, was a third time in company of another ship three
-hundred leagues at sea, and now in three months time heard no further
-of her; only the signs of a wreck were seen on the coast, which
-could not be judged to be any other than the same.<a id="FNanchor_100" href="#Footnote_100" class="fnanchor">[100]</a> So that at once
-God seemed to deprive us of all future hopes. The most courageous
-were now discouraged, because God, which hitherto had been our
-only shield and supporter, now seemed in his anger to arm himself
-against us. And who can withstand the fierceness of his wrath?</p>
-
-<p>These and the like considerations moved not only every good
-man privately to enter into examination with his own estate<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_55"></a>[55]</span>
-between God and his conscience, and so to humiliation
-before him, but also more solemnly to humble ourselves
-together before the Lord by fasting and prayer. To that end
-a day was appointed by public authority, and set apart from all other
-employments; hoping that the same God, which had stirred us up
-hereunto, would be moved hereby in mercy to look down upon us,
-and grant the request of our dejected souls, if our continuance there
-might any way stand with his glory and our good. But Oh the mercy
-of our God! who was as ready to hear, as we to ask; for though in the
-morning, when we assembled together, the heavens were as clear,
-and the drought as like to continue as ever it was, yet, (our exercise
-continuing some eight or nine hours,) before our departure, the
-weather was overcast, the clouds gathered together on all sides, and
-on the next morning distilled such soft, sweet, and moderate showers
-of rain, continuing some fourteen days, and mixed with such seasonable
-weather, as it was hard to say whether our withered corn or
-drooping affections were most quickened or revived; such was the
-bounty and goodness of our God. Of this the Indians, by means of
-Hobbamock,<a id="FNanchor_101" href="#Footnote_101" class="fnanchor">[101]</a> took notice; who being then in the town, and this
-exercise in the midst of the week, said, It was but three days since
-Sunday; and therefore demanded of a boy, what was the reason
-thereof. Which when he knew, and saw what effects followed thereupon,
-he and all of them admired the goodness of our God towards
-us, that wrought so great a change in so short a time; showing the
-difference between their conjuration, and our invocation on the
-name of God for rain; theirs being mixed with such storms and tempests,
-as sometimes, instead of doing them good, it layeth the corn
-flat on the ground, to their prejudice; but ours in so gentle and seasonable
-a manner, as they never observed the like.</p>
-
-<p>At the same time Captain Standish, being formerly employed by
-the Governor to buy provisions for the refreshing of the Colony,
-returned with the same, accompanied with one Mr. David Tomson,<a id="FNanchor_102" href="#Footnote_102" class="fnanchor">[102]</a>
-a Scotchman, who also that spring began a plantation twenty-five<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_56"></a>[56]</span>
-leagues northeast from us, near Smith’s isles,<a id="FNanchor_103" href="#Footnote_103" class="fnanchor">[103]</a> at a place
-called Pascatoquack, where he liketh well. Now also heard
-we of the third repulse that our supply had,<a id="FNanchor_104" href="#Footnote_104" class="fnanchor">[104]</a> of their safe,
-though dangerous, return into England, and of their preparation to
-come to us. So that having these many signs of God’s favor and
-acceptation, we thought it would be great ingratitude, if secretly we
-should smother up the same, or content ourselves with private
-thanksgiving for that, which by private prayer could not be
-obtained. And therefore another solemn day was set apart and
-appointed for that end; wherein we returned glory, honor, and
-praise, with all thankfulness, to our good God, which dealt so graciously
-with us; whose name for these and all other his mercies
-towards his church, and chosen ones, by them be blessed and
-praised, now and evermore. Amen.</p>
-
-<p>In the latter end of July, and the beginning of August, came two
-ships with supply unto us; who brought all their passengers,<a id="FNanchor_105" href="#Footnote_105" class="fnanchor">[105]</a> except
-one, in health, who recovered in short time; who, also, notwithstanding
-all our wants and hardship, blessed be God! found not any
-one sick person amongst us at the Plantation. The bigger ship, called
-the Anne,<a id="FNanchor_106" href="#Footnote_106" class="fnanchor">[106]</a> was hired, and there again freighted back;<a id="FNanchor_107" href="#Footnote_107" class="fnanchor">[107]</a> from
-whence we set sail the 10th of September. The lesser, called the
-<span class="smcap">Little James</span>,<a id="FNanchor_108" href="#Footnote_108" class="fnanchor">[108]</a> was built for the company at their charge.<a id="FNanchor_109" href="#Footnote_109" class="fnanchor">[109]</a> She was
-now also fitted for trade and discovery to the southward of Cape
-Cod, and almost ready to set sail; whom I pray God to bless in her
-good and lawful proceedings.</p>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_57"></a>[57]</span><br /></p>
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak" id="Chapter_7"><em>Chapter 7</em><br />
-<br />
-OF THE MANNERS, CUSTOMS, RELIGIOUS
-OPINIONS AND CEREMONIES OF THE INDIANS.</h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<div class="sidenote">&mdash;&mdash;
-<em>1623</em>
-&mdash;&mdash;</div>
-
-<p class="drop-cap">Thus have I made a true and full narration of the
-state of our Plantation, and such things as were
-most remarkable therein since December, 1621. If I
-have omitted any thing, it is either through weakness of memory, or
-because I judged it not material. I confess my style rude, and unskilfulness
-in the task I undertook; being urged thereunto by opportunity,
-which I knew to be wanting in others, and but for which I
-would not have undertaken the same. Yet as it is rude, so it is plain,
-and therefore the easier to be understood; wherein others may see
-that which we are bound to acknowledge, viz. that if ever any people
-in these later ages were upheld by the providence of God after a
-more special manner than others, then we; and therefore are the
-more bound to celebrate the memory of His goodness with everlasting
-thankfulness. For in these forenamed straits, such was our state,
-as in the morning we had often our food to seek for the day, and yet
-performed the duties of our callings, I mean other daily labors, to
-provide for after time; and though at some times in some seasons at
-noon I have seen men stagger by reason of faintness for want of food,
-yet ere night, by the good providence and blessing of God, we have
-enjoyed such plenty as though the windows of heaven had been
-opened unto us. How few, weak, and raw were we at our first beginning,
-and there settling, and in the midst of barbarous enemies! Yet
-God wrought our peace for us. How often have we been at the pit’s
-brim, and in danger to be swallowed up, yea, not knowing till afterward
-that we were in peril! And yet God preserved us; yea, and from
-how many that we yet know not of, He that knoweth all things can
-best tell. So that when I seriously consider of things, I cannot but
-think that God hath a purpose to give that land as an inheritance to
-our nation, and great pity it were that it should long lie in so desolate<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_58"></a>[58]</span>
-a state, considering it agreeth so well with the constitution
-of our bodies, being both fertile, and so temperate
-for heat and cold, as in that respect one can scarce distinguish
-New England from Old.</p>
-
-<p>A few things I thought meet to add hereunto, which I have
-observed amongst the Indians, both touching their religion and
-sundry other customs amongst them. And first, whereas myself and
-others, in former letters, (which came to the press against my will
-and knowledge,) wrote that the Indians about us are a people without
-any religion, or knowledge of any God, therein I erred, though
-we could then gather no better; for as they conceive of many divine
-powers, so of one, whom they call <em>Kiehtan</em>,<a id="FNanchor_110" href="#Footnote_110" class="fnanchor">[110]</a> to be the principal and
-maker of all the rest, and to be made by none. He, they say, created
-the heavens, earth, sea and all creatures contained therein; also
-that he made one man and one woman, of whom they and we and
-all mankind came;<a id="FNanchor_111" href="#Footnote_111" class="fnanchor">[111]</a> but how they became so far dispersed, that
-know they not. At first, they say, there was no sachim or king, but
-Kiehtan, who dwelleth above in the heavens, whither all good
-men go when they die, to see their friends, and have their fill of all
-things. This his habitation lieth far westward in the heavens, they
-say; thither the bad men go also, and knock at his door, but he bids
-them <em>quatchet</em>, that is to say, walk abroad, for there is no place for
-such; so that they wander in restless want and penury.<a id="FNanchor_112" href="#Footnote_112" class="fnanchor">[112]</a> Never man
-saw this Kiehtan; only old men tell of him, and bid them tell their
-children, yea to charge them to teach their posterities the same,
-and lay the like charge upon them. This power they acknowledge
-to be good; and when they would obtain any great matter, meet
-together and cry unto him; and so likewise for plenty, victory, &amp;c.
-sing, dance, feast, give thanks, and hang up garlands and other
-things in memory of the same.</p>
-
-<p>Another power they worship, whom they call <em>Hobbamock</em>, and
-to the northward of us, <em>Hobbamoqui</em>;<a id="FNanchor_113" href="#Footnote_113" class="fnanchor">[113]</a> this, as far as we can conceive,
-is the devil. Him they call upon to cure their wounds and diseases.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_59"></a>[59]</span>
-When they are curable, he persuades them he sends the
-same for some conceived anger against them; but upon
-their calling upon him, can and doth help them; but when
-they are mortal and not curable in nature, then he persuades them
-Kiehtan is angry, and sends them, whom none can cure; insomuch
-as in that respect only they somewhat doubt whether he be simply
-good, and therefore in sickness never call upon him. This
-Hobbamock appears in sundry forms unto them, as in the shape of a
-man, a deer, a fawn, an eagle, &amp;c. but most ordinarily a snake. He
-appears not to all, but the chiefest and most judicious amongst
-them; though all of them strive to attain to that hellish height of
-honor. He appeareth most ordinary and is most conversant with
-three sorts of people. One, I confess I neither know by name nor
-office directly; of these they have few, but esteem highly of them,
-and think that no weapon can kill them; another they call by the
-name of <em>powah</em>; and the third <em>pniese</em>.</p>
-
-<p>The office and duty of the powah is to be exercised principally in
-calling upon the devil, and curing diseases of the sick or wounded.
-The common people join with him in the exercise of invocation,
-but do but only assent, or as we term it, say Amen to that he saith;
-yet sometime break out into a short musical note with him. The
-powah is eager and free in speech, fierce in countenance, and
-joineth many antic and laborious gestures with the same, over the
-party diseased.<a id="FNanchor_114" href="#Footnote_114" class="fnanchor">[114]</a> If the party be wounded, he will also seem to suck
-the wound; but if they be curable, (as they say,) he toucheth it not,
-but <em>askooke</em>, that is, the snake, or <em>wobsacuck</em>, that is, the eagle, sitteth
-on his shoulder, and licks the same. This none see but the powah,
-who tells them he doth it himself. If the party be otherwise diseased,
-it is accounted sufficient if in any shape he but come into the house,
-taking it for an undoubted sign of recovery.</p>
-
-<p>And as in former ages Apollo had his temple at Delphos, and
-Diana at Ephesus, so have I heard them call upon some as if they had
-their residence in some certain places, or because they appeared in<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_60"></a>[60]</span>
-those forms in the same. In the powah’s speech, he
-promiseth to sacrifice many skins of beasts, kettles, hatchets,
-beads, knives, and other the best things they have to
-the fiend, if he will come to help the party diseased; but whether
-they perform it, I know not. The other practices I have seen, being
-necessarily called sometimes to be with their sick, and have used the
-best arguments I could to make them understand against the same.
-They have told me I should see the devil at those times come to the
-party; but I assured myself and them of the contrary, which so
-proved; yea, themselves have confessed they never saw him when
-any of us were present. In desperate and extraordinary hard travail
-in child-birth, when the party cannot be delivered by the ordinary
-means, they send for this powah; though ordinarily their travail is
-not so extreme as in our parts of the world, they being of a more
-hardy nature; for on the third day after child-birth, I have seen the
-mother with the infant, upon a small occasion, in cold weather, in a
-boat upon the sea.</p>
-
-<p>Many sacrifices the Indians use, and in some cases kill children.
-It seemeth they are various in their religious worship in a little distance,
-and grow more and more cold in their worship to Kiehtan;
-saying, in their memory he was much more called upon. The
-Nanohiggansets exceed in their blind devotion, and have a great
-spacious house, wherein only some few (that are, as we may term
-them, priests) come. Thither, at certain known times, resort all their
-people, and offer almost all the riches they have to their gods, as kettles,
-skins, hatchets, beads, knives, &amp;c., all which are cast by the
-priests into a great fire that they make in the midst of the house, and
-there consumed to ashes. To this offering every man bringeth freely;
-and the more he is known to bring, hath the better esteem of all
-men. This the other Indians about us approve of as good, and wish
-their sachims would appoint the like; and because the plague hath
-not reigned at Nanohigganset as at other places about them, they
-attribute to this custom there used.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_61"></a>[61]</span></p>
-
-<p>The pnieses are men of great courage and wisdom, and to
-those also the devil appeareth more familiarly than to others,
-and as we conceive, maketh covenant with them to
-preserve them from death by wounds with arrows, knives, hatchets,
-&amp;c. or at least both themselves and especially the people think
-themselves to be freed from the same. And though, against their
-battles, all of them by painting disfigure themselves, yet they are
-known by their courage and boldness, by reason whereof one of
-them will chase almost an hundred men; for they account it death
-for whomsoever stand in their way. These are highly esteemed of all
-sorts of people, and are of the sachim’s council, without whom they
-will not war, or undertake any weighty business.<a id="FNanchor_115" href="#Footnote_115" class="fnanchor">[115]</a> In war their
-sachims, for their more safety, go in the midst of them. They are
-commonly men of the greatest stature and strength, and such as will
-endure most hardness, and yet are more discreet, courteous and
-humane in their carriages than any amongst them, scorning theft,
-lying, and the like base dealings, and stand as much upon their reputation
-as any men. And to the end they may have store of these,
-they train up the most forward and likeliest boys, from their childhood,
-in great hardness, and make them abstain from dainty meat,
-observing divers orders prescribed, to the end that when they are of
-age, the devil may appear to them; causing to drink the juice of sentry<a id="FNanchor_116" href="#Footnote_116" class="fnanchor">[116]</a>
-and other bitter herbs, till they cast, which they must disgorge
-into the platter, and drink again and again, till at length through
-extraordinary oppressing of nature, it will seem to be all blood; and
-this the boys will do with eagerness at the first, and so continue till
-by reason of faintness, they can scarce stand on their legs, and then
-must go forth into the cold. Also they beat their shins with sticks,
-and cause them to run through bushes, stumps and brambles, to
-make them hardy and acceptable to the devil, that in time he may
-appear unto them.</p>
-
-<p>Their sachims cannot be all called kings, but only some few of
-them, to whom the rest resort for protection, and pay homage unto<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_62"></a>[62]</span>
-them;<a id="FNanchor_117" href="#Footnote_117" class="fnanchor">[117]</a> neither may they war without their knowledge and
-approbation; yet to be commanded by the greater, as occasion
-serveth. Of this sort is Massassowat, our friend, and
-Conanacus, of Nanohigganset, our supposed enemy. Every sachim
-taketh care for the widow and fatherless, also for such as are aged
-and any way maimed, if their friends be dead, or not able to provide
-for them. A sachim will not take any to wife, but such an one as is
-equal to him in birth; otherwise, they say, their seed would in time
-become ignoble; and though they have many other wives, yet are
-they no other than concubines or servants, and yield a kind of obedience
-to the principal, who ordereth the family and them in it. The
-like their men observe also, and will adhere to the first during their
-lives; but put away the other at their pleasure. This government is
-successive, and not by choice. If the father die before the son or
-daughter be of age, then the child is committed to the protection
-and tuition of some one amongst them, who ruleth in his stead till
-he be of age; but when that is, I know not.</p>
-
-<p>Every sachim knoweth how far the bounds and limits of his own
-country extendeth; and that is his own proper inheritance. Out of
-that, if any of his men desire land to set their corn, he giveth them
-as much as they can use, and sets them their bounds. In this circuit
-whosoever hunteth, if they kill any venison, bring him his fee;
-which is the fore parts of the same, if it be killed on the land, but if
-in the water, then the skin thereof. The great sachims or kings
-know their own bounds or limits of land, as well as the rest. All
-travellers or strangers for the most part lodge at the sachim’s. When
-they come, they tell them how long they will stay, and to what
-place they go; during which time they receive entertainment,
-according to their persons, but want not. Once a year the pnieses
-use to provoke the people to bestow much corn on the sachim. To
-that end, they appoint a certain time and place, near the sachim’s
-dwelling, where the people bring many baskets of corn, and make
-a great stack thereof. There the pnieses stand ready to give thanks<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_63"></a>[63]</span>
-to the people, on the sachim’s behalf; and after acquaint
-the sachim therewith, who fetcheth the same, and is no
-less thankful, bestowing many gifts on them.</p>
-
-<p>When any are visited with sickness, their friends resort unto
-them for their comfort, and continue with them ofttimes till their
-death or recovery.<a id="FNanchor_118" href="#Footnote_118" class="fnanchor">[118]</a> If they die, they stay a certain time to mourn for
-them. Night and morning they perform this duty, many days after
-the burial, in a most doleful manner, insomuch as though it be
-ordinary and the note musical, which they take one from another
-and all together, yet it will draw tears from their eyes, and almost
-from ours also.<a id="FNanchor_119" href="#Footnote_119" class="fnanchor">[119]</a> But if they recover, then because their sickness
-was chargeable, they send corn and other gifts unto them, at a certain
-appointed time, whereat they feast and dance, which they call
-<em>commoco</em>. When they bury the dead, they sow up the corpse in a
-mat, and so put it in the earth. If the party be a sachim, they cover
-him with many curious mats, and bury all his riches with him, and
-enclose the grave with a pale. If it be a child, the father will also
-put his own most special jewels and ornaments in the earth with it;
-also will cut his hair, and disfigure himself very much, in token of
-sorrow. If it be the man or woman of the house, they will pull down
-the mats, and leave the frame standing, and bury them in or near
-the same, and either remove their dwelling or give over housekeeping.</p>
-
-<p>The men employ themselves wholly in hunting, and other
-exercises of the bow, except at some times they take some pains in
-fishing. The women live a most slavish life; they carry all their burdens,<a id="FNanchor_120" href="#Footnote_120" class="fnanchor">[120]</a>
-set and dress their corn, gather it in, seek out for much of
-their food, beat and make ready the corn to eat, and have all
-household care lying upon them.</p>
-
-<p>The younger sort reverence the elder, and do all mean offices,
-whilst they are together, although they be strangers. Boys and girls
-may not wear their hair like men and women, but are distinguished
-thereby.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_64"></a>[64]</span></p>
-
-<p>A man is not accounted a man till he do some notable act,
-or show forth such courage and resolution as becometh his
-place. The men take much tobacco; but for boys so to do,
-they account it odious.</p>
-
-<p>All their names are significant and variable; for when they come
-to the state of men and women, they alter them according to their
-deeds or dispositions.</p>
-
-<p>When a maid is taken in marriage, she first cutteth her hair,
-and after weareth a covering on her head, till her hair be grown
-out. Their women are diversely disposed; some as modest, as they
-will scarce talk one with another in the company of men, being
-very chaste also; yet other some light, lascivious and wanton. If a
-woman have a bad husband, or cannot affect him, and there be
-war or opposition between that and any other people, she will run
-away from him to the contrary party, and there live; where they
-never come unwelcome, for where are most women, there is greatest
-plenty.</p>
-
-<p>When a woman hath her monthly terms, she separateth herself
-from all other company, and liveth certain days in a house alone;
-after which, she washeth herself, and all that she hath touched or
-used, and is again received to her husband’s bed or family. For adultery,
-the husband will beat his wife and put her away, if he please.
-Some common strumpets there are, as well as in other places; but
-they are such as either never married, or widows, or put away for
-adultery; for no man will keep such an one to wife.</p>
-
-<p>In matters of unjust and dishonest dealing, the sachim examineth
-and punisheth the same. In case of thefts, for the first
-offence, he is disgracefully rebuked; for the second, beaten by the
-sachim with a cudgel on the naked back; for the third, he is beaten
-with many strokes, and hath his nose slit upwards, that thereby
-all men may both know and shun him. If any man kill another, he
-must likewise die for the same. The sachim not only passes the
-sentence upon malefactors,<a id="FNanchor_121" href="#Footnote_121" class="fnanchor">[121]</a> but executeth the same with his own<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_65"></a>[65]</span>
-hands, if the party be then present; if not, sendeth his
-own knife, in case of death, in the hands of others to perform
-the same.<a id="FNanchor_122" href="#Footnote_122" class="fnanchor">[122]</a> But if the offender be to receive other
-punishment, he will not receive the same but from the sachim
-himself; before whom, being naked, he kneeleth, and will not offer
-to run away, though he beat him never so much, it being a greater
-disparagement <ins class="corr" id="tn-65" title="Transcriber’s Note&mdash;Original text: 'for a many to cry'">
-for a man to cry</ins> during the time of his correction,
-than is his offence and punishment.</p>
-
-<p>As for their apparel, they wear breeches and stockings in one,
-like some Irish, which is made of deer skins, and have shoes of the
-same leather. They wear also a deer’s skin loose about them, like a
-cloak, which they will turn to the weather side. In this habit they
-travel; but when they are at home, or come to their journey’s end,
-presently they pull off their breeches, stockings and shoes, wring out
-the water, if they be wet, and dry them, and rub or chafe the same.
-Though these be off, yet have they another small garment that covereth
-their secrets. The men wear also, when they go abroad in cold
-weather, an otter or fox skin on their right arm, but only their bracer
-on the left. Women, and all of that sex, wear strings about their
-legs, which the men never do.</p>
-
-<p>The people are very ingenious and observative; they keep
-account of time by the moon, and winters or summers; they know
-divers of the stars by name; in particular they know the north star,
-and call it <em>maske</em>, which is to say, the bear;<a id="FNanchor_123" href="#Footnote_123" class="fnanchor">[123]</a> also they have many
-names for the winds. They will guess very well at the wind and
-weather beforehand, by observations in the heavens. They report
-also, that some of them can cause the wind to blow in what part
-they list&mdash;can raise storms and tempests,<a id="FNanchor_124" href="#Footnote_124" class="fnanchor">[124]</a> which they usually do
-when they intend the death or destruction of other people, that by
-reason of the unseasonable weather, they may take advantage of
-their enemies in their houses. At such times they perform their
-greatest exploits, and in such seasons, when they are at enmity with
-any, they keep more careful watch than at other times.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_66"></a>[66]</span></p>
-
-<p>As for the language, it is very copious, large, and difficult.
-As yet we cannot attain to any great measure thereof; but
-can understand them, and explain ourselves to their
-understanding, by the help of those that daily converse with us.
-And though there be difference in a hundred miles’ distance of
-place, both in language and manners, yet not so much but that
-they very well understand each other.<a id="FNanchor_125" href="#Footnote_125" class="fnanchor">[125]</a> And thus much of their
-lives and manners.</p>
-
-<p>Instead of records and chronicles, they take this course. Where
-any remarkable act is done, in memory of it, either in the place, or
-by some pathway near adjoining, they make a round hole in the
-ground, about a foot deep, and as much over; which when others
-passing by behold, they inquire the cause and occasion of the same,
-which being once known, they are careful to acquaint all men, as
-occasion serveth, therewith; and lest such holes should be filled or
-grown up by any accident, as men pass by, they will oft renew the
-same; by which means many things of great antiquity are fresh in
-memory. So that as a man travelleth, if he can understand his guide,
-his journey will be the less tedious, by reason of the many historical
-discourses [which] will be related unto him.</p>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_67"></a>[67]</span><br /></p>
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak" id="Chapter_8"><em>Chapter 8</em><br />
-<br />
-OF THE SITUATION, CLIMATE, SOIL, AND
-PRODUCTIONS OF NEW ENGLAND.</h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<div class="sidenote">&mdash;&mdash;
-<em>1623</em>
-&mdash;&mdash;</div>
-
-<p class="drop-cap">In all this, it may be said, I have neither praised nor dispraised
-the country; and since I lived so long therein,
-my judgment thereof will give no less satisfaction to
-them that know me, than the relation of our proceedings. To which
-I answer, that as in one, so of the other, I will speak as sparingly as I
-can, yet will make known what I conceive thereof.</p>
-
-<p>And first for that continent, on which we are, called New
-England, although it hath ever been conceived by the English to be
-a part of the main land adjoining the Virginia, yet by relation of the
-Indians it should appear to be otherwise; for they affirm confidently
-that it is an island, and that either the Dutch or French pass
-through from sea to sea between us and Virginia, and drive a great
-trade in the same. The name of the inlet of the sea they call
-Mohegon, which I take to be the same which we call Hudson’s
-river, up which Master Hudson went many leagues, and for want of
-means (as I hear) left it undiscovered.<a id="FNanchor_126" href="#Footnote_126" class="fnanchor">[126]</a> For confirmation of this their
-opinion, is thus much; though Virginia be not above a hundred and
-fifty leagues from us, yet they never heard of Powhatan, or knew that
-any English were planted in his country, save only by us and
-Tisquantum, who went in an English ship thither; and therefore it is
-the more probable, because the water is not passable for them, who
-are very adventurous in their boats.</p>
-
-<p>Then for the temperature of the air, in almost three years’ experience
-I can scarce distinguish New England from Old England, in
-respect of heat and cold, frost, snow, rain, winds, &amp;c. Some object,
-because our Plantation lieth in the latitude of 42°, it must needs be
-much hotter. I confess I cannot give the reason of the contrary; only
-experience teacheth us, that if it do exceed England, it is so little as
-must require better judgments to discern it. And for the winter, I<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_68"></a>[68]</span>
-rather think (if there be difference) it is both sharper and
-longer in New England than Old; and yet the want of those
-comforts in the one, which I have enjoyed in the other,
-may deceive my judgment also. But in my best observation, comparing
-our own condition with the Relations of other parts of
-America, I cannot conceive of any to agree better with the constitution
-of the English, not being oppressed with extremity of heat,
-nor nipped by biting cold; by which means, blessed be God, we
-enjoy our health, notwithstanding those difficulties we have undergone,
-in such a measure as would have been admired if we had lived
-in England with the like means. The day is two hours longer than
-here, when it is at the shortest, and as much shorter there, when it
-is at the longest.</p>
-
-<p>The soil is variable, in some places mould, in some clay, others, a
-mixed sand, &amp;c. The chiefest grain is the Indian mays, or Guinea
-wheat. The seed time beginneth in [the] midst of April, and continueth
-good till the midst of May. Our harvest beginneth with
-September. This corn increaseth in great measure, but is inferior in
-quantity to the same in Virginia; the reason I conceive is because
-Virginia is far hotter than it is with us, it requiring great heat to ripen.
-But whereas it is objected against New England, that corn will not
-grow there except the ground be manured with fish, I answer, that
-where men set with fish, (as with us,) it is more easy so to do than to
-clear ground, and set without some five or six years, and so begin
-anew, as in Virginia and elsewhere. Not but that in some places,
-where they cannot be taken with ease in such abundance, the
-Indians set four years together without, and have as good corn or better
-than we have that set with them; though indeed I think if we had
-cattle to till the ground, it would be more profitable and better agreeable
-to the soil to sow wheat, rye, barley, pease and oats, than to set
-mays, which our Indians call <em>ewachim</em>; for we have had experience
-that they like and thrive well; and the other will not be procured
-without good labor and diligence, especially at seed-time, when it<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_69"></a>[69]</span>
-must also be watched by night, to keep the wolves from the
-fish, till it be rotten, which will be in fourteen days. Yet men
-agreeing together, and taking their turns, it is not much.</p>
-
-<p>Much might be spoken of the benefit that may come to such as
-shall here plant, by trade with the Indians for furs, if men take a right
-course for obtaining the same; for I dare presume, upon that small
-experience I have had, to affirm that the English, Dutch and French
-return yearly many thousand pounds profit by trade only from that
-island on which we are seated.</p>
-
-<p>Tobacco may be there planted, but not with that profit as in
-some other places; neither were it profitable there to follow it,
-though the increase were equal, because fish is a better and richer
-commodity, and more necessary, which may be and are there had in
-as great abundance as in any other part of the world; witness the
-west-country merchants of England, which return incredible gains
-yearly from thence. And if they can so do, which here buy their salt
-at a great charge, and transport more company to make their voyage
-than will sail their ships, what may the planters expect when once
-they are seated, and make the most of their salt there, and employ
-themselves at least eight months in fishing; whereas the other fish
-but four, and have their ship lie dead in the harbour all the time,
-whereas such shipping as belong to plantations may take freight of
-passengers or cattle thither, and have their lading provided against
-they come? I confess we have come so far short of the means to raise
-such returns, as with great difficulty we have preserved our lives;
-insomuch as when I look back upon our condition, and weak means
-to preserve the same, I rather admire at God’s mercy and providence
-in our preservation, than that no greater things have been effected
-by us. But though our beginning have been thus raw, small and difficult,
-as thou hast seen, yet the same God that hath hitherto led us
-through the former, I hope will raise means to accomplish the latter.
-Not that we altogether, or principally, propound profit to be the
-main end of that we have undertaken, but the glory of God, and the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_70"></a>[70]</span>
-honor of our country, in the enlarging of his Majesty’s
-dominions. Yet wanting outward means to set things in
-that forwardness we desire, and to further the latter by the
-former, I thought meet to offer both to consideration, hoping that
-where religion and profit jump together (which is rare) in so honorable
-an action, it will encourage every honest man, either in person
-or purse, to set forward the same, or at leastwise to commend the
-welfare thereof in his daily prayers to the blessing of the blessed God.</p>
-
-<p>I will not again speak of the abundance of fowl, store of venison,
-and variety of fish, in their seasons, which might encourage many to
-go in their persons. Only I advise all such beforehand to consider,
-that as they hear of countries that abound with the good creatures
-of God, so means must be used for the taking of every one in his
-kind, and therefore not only to content themselves that there is sufficient,
-but to foresee how they shall be able to obtain the same.
-Otherwise, as he that walketh London streets, though he be in the
-midst of plenty, yet if he want means, is not the better, but hath
-rather his sorrow increased by the sight of that he wanteth, and cannot
-enjoy it, so also there, if thou want art and other necessaries
-thereunto belonging, thou mayest see that thou wantest and thy
-heart desireth, and yet be never the better for the same. Therefore,
-if thou see thine own insufficiency of thyself, then join to some others,
-where thou mayest in some measure enjoy the same; otherwise,
-assure thyself thou art better where thou art. Some there be that
-thinking altogether of their present wants they enjoy here, and not
-dreaming of any there, through indiscretion plunge themselves into
-a deeper sea of misery. As for example, it may be here, rent and firing
-are so chargeable, as without great difficulty a man cannot
-accomplish the same; never considering, that as he shall have no
-rent to pay, so he must build his house before he have it, and peradventure
-may with more ease pay for his fuel here, than cut and fetch
-it home, if he have not cattle to draw it there; though there is no
-scarcity, but rather too great plenty.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_71"></a>[71]</span></p>
-
-<p>I write not these things to dissuade any that shall seriously,
-upon due examination, set themselves to further the glory
-of God, and the honor of our country, in so worthy an
-enterprise, but rather to discourage such as with too great lightness
-undertake such courses; who peradventure strain themselves and
-their friends for their passage thither, and are no sooner there, than
-seeing their foolish imagination made void, are at their wits’ end,
-and would give ten times so much for their return, if they could procure
-it; and out of such discontented passions and humors, spare not
-to lay that imputation upon the country, and others, which themselves
-deserve.</p>
-
-<p>As, for example, I have heard some complain of others for their
-large reports of New England, and yet because they must drink water
-and want many delicates they here enjoyed, could presently return
-with their mouths full of clamors. And can any be so simple as to
-conceive that the fountains should stream forth wine or beer, or the
-woods and rivers be like butchers’ shops, or fishmongers’ stalls,
-where they might have things taken to their hands? If thou canst
-not live without such things, and hast no means to procure the one,
-and wilt not take pains for the other, nor hast ability to employ others
-for thee, rest where thou art; for as a proud heart, a dainty tooth,
-a beggar’s purse, and an idle hand, be here intolerable, so that person
-that hath these qualities there, is much more abominable. If
-therefore God hath given thee a heart to undertake such courses,
-upon such grounds as bear thee out in all difficulties, viz. his glory as
-a principal, and all other outward good things but as accessaries,
-which peradventure thou shalt enjoy, and it may be not, then thou
-wilt with true comfort and thankfulness receive the least of his mercies;
-whereas on the contrary, men deprive themselves of much happiness,
-being senseless of greater blessings, and through prejudice
-smother up the love and bounty of God; whose name be ever glorified
-in us, and by us, now and evermore. Amen.</p>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_72"></a>[72]</span><br /></p>
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak" id="POSTSCRIPT">A POSTSCRIPT.</h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">If any man desire a more ample relation of the state of this country,
-before such time as this present Relation taketh place, I refer
-them to the two former printed books; the one published by the
-President and Council for New England, and the other gathered by
-the inhabitants of this present Plantation at Plymouth in New
-England.<a id="FNanchor_127" href="#Footnote_127" class="fnanchor">[127]</a></p>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_73"></a>[73]</span><br /></p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnotes">
-
-<h2 class="p2 nobreak fs135" id="FOOTNOTES">FOOTNOTES</h2>
-
-
-<p class="center"><em><a href="#DEDICATION">Dedication</a></em> (<em>pp. 3-5</em>)</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_1" href="#FNanchor_1" class="label">[1]</a> The merchant adventurers.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_2" href="#FNanchor_2" class="label">[2]</a> This sentiment shows how little
-obnoxious the first settlers of New
-England were to the charge of fanaticism,
-which has often been alleged
-against them by persons alike ignorant
-of their spirit and their history.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_3" href="#FNanchor_3" class="label">[3]</a> <span class="smcap">Edward Winslow</span> was, according
-to Hutchinson, “of a very reputable
-family and of a very active
-genius”&mdash;“a gentleman of the best
-family of any of the Plymouth
-planters, his father, Edward Winslow,
-Esq., being a person of some figure at
-Droitwich, in Worcestershire,” a town
-seven miles from Worcester, celebrated
-for its salt springs. Edward was the
-eldest of eight children, and was born
-at Droitwich Oct. 19, 1595, as appears
-from the following extract from the
-records of St. Peter’s church in that
-place: “1595, Oct. 20, baptized
-Edward, son of Edward Winslow, born
-the previous Friday,” which was the
-19th. His mother’s name was
-Magdalen; her surname is unknown;
-she was married Nov. 3, 1594. He was
-not one of the original band of
-Pilgrims who escaped to Holland in
-1608, but being on his travels, fell in
-with them at Leyden, in 1617, as we
-learn from his Brief Narration, where
-he speaks of “living three years under
-Mr. Robinson’s ministry before we
-began the work of plantation in New
-England.” His name stands the third
-among the signers of the Compact on
-board the Mayflower; and his family
-consisted at that time of his wife,
-Elizabeth, George Soule, and two others,
-perhaps his children, Edward and
-John, who died young. As has already
-been seen, and will hereafter appear,
-he was one of the most energetic and
-trusted men in the Colony. He went
-to England in 1623, 1624, 1635 and
-1646, as agent of the Plymouth or
-Massachusetts colonies; and in 1633
-he was chosen governor, to which
-office he was reëlected in 1636 and
-1644. He did not return to New
-England after 1646. In 1655 he was
-sent by Cromwell as one of three commissioners
-to superintend the expedition
-against the Spanish possessions in
-the West Indies, and died at sea, near
-Hispaniola, on the 8th of May of that
-year, in his 60th year. An interesting
-letter, written by him at Barbadoes,
-March 16, and addressed to Secretary
-Thurloe, is preserved in Thurloe’s
-State Papers, iii. 250. Three letters of
-his to Gov. Winthrop, one to the
-Commissioners of the United
-Colonies, and another to Thurloe
-from Barbadoes, March 30, are contained
-in Hutchinson’s Collection of
-Papers, pp. 60, 110, 153, 228, 268.</p>
-
-<p>In 1637 he obtained a grant of a
-valuable tract of land at Green’s harbour,
-now Marshfield, to which he
-gave the name of Careswell. This
-estate continued in the family till a few
-years since, when it came into possession
-of Daniel Webster, the late
-Secretary of State.</p>
-
-<p>Edward Winslow’s son, (2)
-Josiah, born at Plymouth in 1628, was
-governor of the Colony, from 1673 to
-his death in 1680, and commanded the
-New-England forces in Philip’s war.
-(3) Isaac, his only surviving son, sustained<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_74"></a>[74]</span>
-the chief civil and military
-offices in the county of Plymouth after
-its incorporation with Massachusetts,
-and was President of the Provincial
-Council. He died in 1738, aged 68. (4)
-John, his son, was a captain in the
-expedition against Cuba in 1740, a
-colonel at Louisburgh in 1744, and
-afterwards a major-general in the
-British service. He died in 1774, aged
-71. His son, (5) Isaac, was a physician
-in Marshfield, and died in 1819, aged
-80. His only son, (6) John, was an
-attorney, and died in 1822, aged 48.
-His only surviving son, (7) Isaac, and
-the last surviving male descendant of
-Gov. Edward, of the name of Winslow,
-born in 1813, resides in Boston, and
-possesses original portraits of these his
-illustrious ancestors. See Mass. Hist.
-Coll. xxvii. 286.</p>
-
-<p>Edward Winslow had four brothers,
-all of whom came over to New
-England. Their names were, John,
-born in April, 1597; Kenelm, born,
-April 29, 1599; Gilbert, born in Oct.
-1600; and Josiah, born in Feb. 1605.&mdash;John
-came in the Fortune in 1621,
-married Mary Chilton, who came in
-the Mayflower, and removed to
-Boston, in 1655, where he died in
-1674, aged 77. He left a numerous posterity,
-one of whom is Isaac Winslow,
-Esq., of Roxbury, formerly a merchant
-in Boston.&mdash;Gilbert came in the
-Mayflower, and soon left the Colony,
-and it is thought went to Portsmouth,
-N. H. and died before 1660.&mdash;Kenelm
-and Josiah arrived at Plymouth before
-1632, and both settled at Marshfield.
-The former died whilst on a visit at
-Salem in 1672, aged 73, and the latter
-in 1674, aged 69.&mdash;Edward Winslow’s
-sisters were Eleanor, born in April,
-1598, Elizabeth, born in March, 1601,
-and Magdalen, born Dec. 26, 1604.
-Elizabeth died in Jan. 1604, and neither
-of the other two ever came to
-New England.</p>
-
-<p>For the copy of the record of St.
-Peter’s Church, Droitwich, containing
-the births and baptisms of Edward
-Winslow and his sisters and brothers,
-excepting Josiah, I am indebted to
-Isaac Winslow, Esq., of Roxbury,
-whose son, Isaac, of New York, visited
-that place for this purpose in Aug.
-1839. I am also indebted to Mr. Isaac
-Winslow, of Boston, for the loan of
-the family bible of the Winslows, containing
-on one of its covers an ancient
-register, corresponding nearly with
-the Droitwich records, with the addition
-of the birth and baptism of
-Josiah, the youngest child. See
-Hutchinson’s Mass. i. 187, ii. 457-460;
-Belknap’s Am. Biog. ii. 281-309;
-Mitchell’s Bridgewater, p. 387-390;
-Deane’s Scituate, p. 388-390;
-Thatcher’s Plymouth, p. 90-103; 139-144;
-Morton’s Memorial, pp. 178,
-235, 259-261, 382, 415; Hazard’s
-Hist. Coll. i. 326.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="center"><em><a href="#TO_THE_READER">To the Reader</a></em> (<em>p. 6</em>)</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_4" href="#FNanchor_4" class="label">[4]</a> At Wessagusset, or Weymouth, of
-which an ample account will be found
-in the ensuing Narrative.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_5" href="#FNanchor_5" class="label">[5]</a> Thomas Weston.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_6" href="#FNanchor_6" class="label">[6]</a> Winslow returned in the ship
-Charity, in March, 1624. He had been
-absent six months, having sailed from
-Plymouth in the Anne, on the 10th of
-Sept. previous. See Bradford, in
-Prince, p. 221, 225.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_75"></a>[75]</span></p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_7" href="#FNanchor_7" class="label">[7]</a> This serves to confirm the statement
-of numerous typographical errors
-in the previous Narrative.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="center"><em><a href="#Chapter_1">Chapter 1</a></em> (<em>p. 7</em>)</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_8" href="#FNanchor_8" class="label">[8]</a> West had a commission as admiral
-of New England, to restrain such
-ships as came to fish and trade without
-license from the New England
-Council; but finding the fishermen
-stubborn fellows, and too strong for
-him, he sails for Virginia; and their
-owners complaining to Parliament,
-procured an order that fishing should
-be free. Bradford, in Prince, p. 218,
-and in Morton, p. 97.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_9" href="#FNanchor_9" class="label">[9]</a> The Damariscove islands, five or
-six in number, lying west by north from
-Monhegan, were early resorted to and
-occupied as fishing-stages. See
-Williamson’s Maine, i. 56.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_10" href="#FNanchor_10" class="label">[10]</a> On the 22d of March, 1622, at
-mid-day, the Indians, by a preconcerted
-plan, fell upon the English settlements
-in Virginia, and massacred 347
-persons. A war of extermination
-immediately ensued. See Smith’s
-Virginia, ii. 64-79, and Stith, p. 208-213.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_11" href="#FNanchor_11" class="label">[11]</a> Opechancanough, as the name
-is commonly spelt.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="center"><em><a href="#Chapter_2">Chapter 2</a></em> (<em>pp. 8-18</em>)</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_12" href="#FNanchor_12" class="label">[12]</a> The Narragansetts were a
-numerous and powerful tribe that
-occupied nearly the whole of the present
-territory of the State of Rhode
-Island, including the islands in
-Narragansett Bay. They had escaped
-the pestilence which had depopulated
-other parts of New England, and their
-population at this time was estimated
-at thirty thousand, of whom five thousand
-were warriors. Roger Williams
-says they were so populous that a traveller
-would meet with a dozen Indian
-towns in twenty miles. They were a
-martial and formidable race, and were
-frequently at war with the Pokanokets
-on the east, the Pequots on the west,
-and the Massachusetts on the north.
-See Gookin in Mass. Hist. Coll. i. 147;
-Callender in R. I. Hist. Coll. iv. 123;
-Potter’s Early History of Narragansett,
-ibid. iii. 1, and Hutchinson’s Mass. i.
-457.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_13" href="#FNanchor_13" class="label">[13]</a> “Since the death of so many
-Indians, they thought to lord it over
-the rest, conceive we are a bar in their
-way, and see Massasoit already take
-shelter under our wings.” Bradford’s
-Hist. quoted by Prince, p. 200.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_14" href="#FNanchor_14" class="label">[14]</a> Canonicus, the great sachem of
-the Narragansetts, though hostile to
-the Plymouth colonists, probably on
-account of their league with his
-enemy, Massasoit, showed himself
-friendly to the first settlers of Rhode
-Island, who planted themselves within
-his territory. Roger Williams says that
-“when the hearts of my countrymen
-and friends failed me, the Most High
-stirred up the barbarous heart of
-Connonicus to love me as his son to
-the last gasp. Were it not for the favor
-that God gave me with him, none of
-these parts, no, not Rhode Island had
-been purchased or obtained; for I
-never gat any thing of Connonicus but
-by gift.” In 1636 the Massachusetts
-Colony sent to him “a solemn embassage,”
-who “observed in the sachem
-much state, great command over his
-men, and marvellous wisdom in his<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_76"></a>[76]</span>
-answers.” Edward Johnson, who probably
-accompanied the ambassadors,
-has given in his “Wonderworking
-Providence,” b. ii. ch. vi. a very minute
-account of their reception and entertainment.
-He says that “Canonicus
-was very discreet in his answers.” He
-died June 4th, 1647, according to
-Winthrop, “a very old man.” See his
-Life in Thatcher’s Indian Biography, i.
-177-209, and in Drake’s Book of the
-Indians, b. ii. 54-57.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_15" href="#FNanchor_15" class="label">[15]</a> Probably Stephen Hopkins.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_16" href="#FNanchor_16" class="label">[16]</a> Isaac Allerton.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_17" href="#FNanchor_17" class="label">[17]</a> “There is a remarkable coincidence
-in the form of this challenge
-with that of the challenge given by the
-Scythian prince to Darius. Five arrows
-made a part of the present sent by his
-herald to the Persian king. The manner
-of declaring war by the Aracaunian
-Indians of South America, was by
-sending from town to town an arrow
-clenched in a dead man’s hand.”
-Holmes, Annals, i. 177. See Rollin,
-Anc. Hist. b. vi. s. 4; and Mass. Hist.
-Coll. xv. 69.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_18" href="#FNanchor_18" class="label">[18]</a> Bradford adds, “Which are
-locked every night; a watch and ward
-kept in the day.” Prince, p. 200.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_19" href="#FNanchor_19" class="label">[19]</a> This was the first general muster
-in New England, and the embryo of
-our present militia system.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_20" href="#FNanchor_20" class="label">[20]</a> This indicates that the writer
-himself, Winslow, was one of the party.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_21" href="#FNanchor_21" class="label">[21]</a> So early was the name of
-Gurnet given to this remarkable feature
-of Plymouth harbour. It is a
-peninsula or promontory, connected
-with Marshfield by a beach about six
-miles long, called Salthouse beach. It
-contains about twenty-seven acres of
-excellent soil. On its southern
-extremity, or nose, are two light-houses.
-It probably received its name from
-some headland known to the Pilgrims
-in the mother country. The late
-Samuel Davis, of Plymouth, the accurate
-topographer, and faithful chronicler
-of the Old Colony, says, “Gurnet
-is the name of several places on the
-coast of England; in the Channel we
-believe there are at least two.”
-Connected with the Gurnet by a narrow
-neck, and contiguous to Clark’s
-island, is another headland, called
-Saquish, containing ten or fourteen
-acres. See note 2 on page 164, Mass.
-Hist. Coll. xiii. 182, 204, and
-<ins class="corr" id="tn-76" title="Transcriber’s Note&mdash;Original text: 'Thacher’s Plymouth'">
-Thatcher’s Plymouth</ins>, p. 330.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_22" href="#FNanchor_22" class="label">[22]</a> The sachem of the
-Wampanoags.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_23" href="#FNanchor_23" class="label">[23]</a> The same as Coubatant or
-Corbitant.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_24" href="#FNanchor_24" class="label">[24]</a> What is now called a <em>brave</em>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_25" href="#FNanchor_25" class="label">[25]</a> We should like to have known
-more about this second voyage to
-Boston harbour.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_26" href="#FNanchor_26" class="label">[26]</a> On the part of.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_27" href="#FNanchor_27" class="label">[27]</a> This headland is Hither
-Manomet Point, forming the southern
-boundary of Plymouth bay. Manomet
-is the most prominent landmark in
-Barnstable bay, being visible from all
-points of its circling shore, from
-Sandwich to Provincetown.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_28" href="#FNanchor_28" class="label">[28]</a> Brabbles, clamors.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_29" href="#FNanchor_29" class="label">[29]</a> The passengers in the Fortune.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_30" href="#FNanchor_30" class="label">[30]</a> Winslow himself had sent home
-too flattering an account of their condition.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_31" href="#FNanchor_31" class="label">[31]</a> “She brings a letter to Mr.
-Carver from Mr. Weston, of Jan. 17.
-By his letter we find he has quite
-deserted us, and is going to settle a
-plantation of his own. The boat<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_77"></a>[77]</span>
-brings us a kind letter from Mr. John
-Huddleston, a captain of a ship fishing
-at the eastward, whose name we
-never heard before, to inform us of a
-massacre of 400 English by the
-Indians in Virginia, whence he came.
-By this boat the Governor returns a
-grateful answer, and with them sends
-Mr. Winslow in a boat of ours to get
-provisions of the fishing ships; whom
-Captain Huddleston receives kindly,
-and not only spares what he can, but
-writes to others to do the like; by
-which means he gets as much bread
-as amounts to a quarter of a pound a
-person per day till harvest; the
-Governor causing their portion to be
-daily given them, or some had
-starved. And by this voyage we not
-only got a present supply, but also
-learn the way to those parts for our
-future benefit.” Bradford, in Prince, p.
-202. Huddleston’s letter, (or
-Hudston’s, as Morton calls him,) may
-be found in New England’s Memorial,
-p. 80. See <a href="#Footnote_10">note [10]</a> on <a href="#Page_7">page 7</a>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_32" href="#FNanchor_32" class="label">[32]</a> See <a href="#Footnote_9">note [9]</a> on <a href="#Page_7">page 7</a>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_33" href="#FNanchor_33" class="label">[33]</a> The burying-hill. The intelligence
-of the massacre in Virginia
-reached Plymouth in May, and was the
-immediate incitement to the erection
-of this fort. See <a href="#Page_7">page 7</a>.</p>
-
-<p>“Some traces of the fort are still
-visible on the eminence called the
-burying-hill, directly above the meeting-house
-of the first church in
-Plymouth. After the fort was used as a
-place of worship, it is probable they
-began to bury their dead around it.
-Before that time the burial-place was
-on the bank, above the rock on which
-the landing was made.” Judge Davis’s
-note in Morton’s Memorial, p. 82.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="center"><em><a href="#Chapter_3">Chapter 3</a></em> (<em>pp. 19-30</em>)</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_34" href="#FNanchor_34" class="label">[34]</a> “By Mr. Weston’s ship comes a
-letter from Mr. John Pierce, in whose
-name the Plymouth patent is taken,
-signifying that whom the governor
-admits into the association, he will
-approve.” Bradford, in Prince, p. 204.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_35" href="#FNanchor_35" class="label">[35]</a> They came upon no religious
-design, as did the planters of Plymouth;
-so they were far from being Puritans.
-Mr. Weston in a letter owns that many
-of them are rude and profane fellows.
-Mr. Cushman in another writes, “They
-are no men for us, and I fear they will
-hardly deal so well with the savages as
-they should. I pray you therefore signify
-to Squanto that they are a distinct
-body from us, and we have nothing to
-do with them, nor must be blamed for
-their faults, much less can warrant
-their fidelity.” And Mr. John Pierce in
-another writes, “As for Mr. Weston’s
-company they are so base in condition
-for the most part, as in all appearance
-not fit for an honest man’s company. I
-wish they prove otherwise.” Bradford,
-in Prince, p. 203.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_36" href="#FNanchor_36" class="label">[36]</a> Boston harbour.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_37" href="#FNanchor_37" class="label">[37]</a> Or Wessagusset, now called
-Weymouth.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_38" href="#FNanchor_38" class="label">[38]</a> Dr. Fuller.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_39" href="#FNanchor_39" class="label">[39]</a> That is, the same Indians.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_40" href="#FNanchor_40" class="label">[40]</a> This is supposed to be the same
-Jones who was captain of the
-Mayflower.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_41" href="#FNanchor_41" class="label">[41]</a> Prince says, p. 205, that “Mr.
-Winslow seems to mistake in thinking
-Captain Jones was now bound for
-Virginia;” and Bradford states that “she
-was on her way from Virginia homeward,
-being sent out by some merchants
-to discover the shoals about<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_78"></a>[78]</span>
-Cape Cod, and harbours between this
-and Virginia.”</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_42" href="#FNanchor_42" class="label">[42]</a> “Of her we buy knives and beads,
-which is now good trade, though at
-cent. per cent. or more, and yet pay
-away coat beaver at 3s. a pound,
-(which a few years after yields 20s.); by
-which means we are fitted to trade
-both for corn and beaver.” Bradford, in
-Prince, p. 205, and in Morton’s
-Memorial, p. 83.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_43" href="#FNanchor_43" class="label">[43]</a> Isaac Allerton.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_44" href="#FNanchor_44" class="label">[44]</a> Chatham.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_45" href="#FNanchor_45" class="label">[45]</a> His disorder was a fever, accompanied
-with “a bleeding at the nose,
-which the Indians reckon a fatal symptom.”
-Before his death “he desired the
-Governor (Bradford) to pray that he
-might go to the Englishman’s God in
-heaven, bequeathing divers of his
-things to sundry of his English friends,
-as remembrances of his love; of whom
-we had great loss.” Bradford, in Prince,
-p. 206, and in Morton, p. 85. Judge
-Davis adds in his note, that “Governor
-Bradford’s pen was worthily employed
-in the tender notice taken of the death
-of this child of nature. With some aberrations,
-his conduct was generally irreproachable,
-and his useful services to
-the infant settlement entitle him to
-grateful remembrance.”</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_46" href="#FNanchor_46" class="label">[46]</a> Aspinet.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_47" href="#FNanchor_47" class="label">[47]</a> The country between Barnstable
-and Yarmouth harbours.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_48" href="#FNanchor_48" class="label">[48]</a> The distance from Eastham to
-Plymouth by land is about fifty miles.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_49" href="#FNanchor_49" class="label">[49]</a> With galled feet.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_50" href="#FNanchor_50" class="label">[50]</a> The Swan. See <a href="#Page_20">page 20</a>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_51" href="#FNanchor_51" class="label">[51]</a> Nauset, or Eastham, abounds
-with creeks. See Mass. Hist. Coll. viii.
-155, 188.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_52" href="#FNanchor_52" class="label">[52]</a> In the original, <em>saluting</em>; probably
-a typographical error.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_53" href="#FNanchor_53" class="label">[53]</a> The part of Sandwich, which
-lies on Manomet river.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_54" href="#FNanchor_54" class="label">[54]</a> “It is almost incredible”, says
-Roger Williams, “what burthens the
-poor women carry of corn, of fish, of
-beans, of mats, and a child besides.”
-Gookin says, “In their removals from
-place to place, for their fishing and
-hunting, the women carry the greatest
-burthen.” And Wood says, “In the
-summer they trudge home two or three
-miles with a hundred weight of lobsters
-at their backs; in winter they are their
-husbands’ porters to lug home their
-venison.” See Mass. Hist. Coll. i. 149,
-iii. 212, and Wood’s New England’s
-Prospect, part ii. ch. 20.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_55" href="#FNanchor_55" class="label">[55]</a> This is called Manomet or
-Buzzard’s bay, though Winslow seems
-to mistake it for Narragansett bay,
-which is near twenty leagues to the
-westward. Prince, p. 208.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_56" href="#FNanchor_56" class="label">[56]</a> “This creek runs out easterly into
-Cape Cod bay at Scussett harbour; and
-this river runs out westerly into
-Manomet bay. The distance overland
-from bay to bay is but six miles. The
-creek and river nearly meet in a low
-ground; and this is the place, through
-which there has been a talk of making a
-canal, this forty years; which would be a
-vast advantage to all these countries, by
-saving the long and dangerous navigation
-round the Cape, and through the
-shoals adjoining.” Prince, p. 208, (A.D.
-1736.) Mass. Hist. Coll. viii. 122.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_57" href="#FNanchor_57" class="label">[57]</a> Oysters are still found in great
-excellence and plenty in Sandwich, on
-the shores of Buzzard’s bay. See Mass.
-Hist. Coll. viii. 122.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_58" href="#FNanchor_58" class="label">[58]</a> The common clam, (<i>mya arenaria</i>,)
-or perhaps the quahaug,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_79"></a>[79]</span>
-(<i>venus mercenaria</i>). The English call the former
-the sand-gaper, the word <em>clam</em> not
-being in use among them, and not to
-be found in their dictionaries. And yet
-it is mentioned by Captain Smith, in
-his Description of New England, printed
-in 1616. Johnson, whose
-Wonderworking Providence was published
-in 1654, speaks of “<em>clambanks</em>, a
-fish as big as horse-muscles.” Morton
-too, in his New English Canaan,
-(1637) mentions them, and Josselyn,
-(1672) in his Rarities, p. 96, speaks of
-“clam, or clamp, a kind of shell-fish, a
-white muscle.” Wood says, ch. ix.
-“clams or clamps is a shellfish not
-much unlike a cockle; it lieth under
-the sand. These fishes be in great plenty.
-In some places of the country there
-be clams as big as a penny white-loaf.”
-See Mass. Hist. Col. iii. 224, viii. 193,
-xiii. 125, xxvi. 121, and Dr. Gould’s
-Report on the Mollusca of Mass. pp.
-40-42, and 85,86.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_59" href="#FNanchor_59" class="label">[59]</a> The razor-shell, (<em>solen</em>,) which
-very much resembles a bean pod, or the
-haft of a razor, both in size and shape.
-See Mass. Hist. Coll. viii. 192. Josselyn
-calls them “<em>sheath fish</em>, which are very
-plentiful, a delicate fish, as good as a
-prawn, covered with a thin shell like
-the sheath of a knife, and of the color
-of a muscle.” And Morton says, “<em>razor
-fishes</em> there are.”</p>
-
-<p>“The animal is cylindrical, and is
-often used as an article of food under
-the name of long-clam, razor-fish,
-knife-handle, &amp;c.” See Dr. Gould’s
-Report on the Mollusca of
-Massachusetts, p. 29.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_60" href="#FNanchor_60" class="label">[60]</a> In Manomet river, as well as in
-Buzzard’s and Buttermilk bays, are
-found fish of various kinds, such as
-bass, sheep’s head, tautaug, scuppaug,
-&amp;c. See Mass. Hist. Coll. viii. 122.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_61" href="#FNanchor_61" class="label">[61]</a> He was the same as
-Cawnacome.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_62" href="#FNanchor_62" class="label">[62]</a> “In their gamings,” says Roger
-Williams, “they will sometimes stake
-and lose their money, clothes, house,
-corn, and themselves, if single persons.”
-Gookin says, “They are addicted
-to gaming, and will, in that vein,
-play away all they have.” And Wood
-adds, “They are so bewitched with
-these two games, that they will lose
-sometimes all they have, beaver,
-moose skins, kettles, wampompeage,
-mowhackies, hatchets, knives, all is
-confiscate by these two games.” See
-Mass. Hist. Coll. i. 153, iii. 234, and
-Wood’s New England’s Prospect, part
-ii. ch. 14.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_63" href="#FNanchor_63" class="label">[63]</a> Powow, a priest and medicine
-man.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_64" href="#FNanchor_64" class="label">[64]</a> It seems as if the Captain went
-into Scussett harbour, which goes up
-westward towards Manomet. Prince, p.
-210.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_65" href="#FNanchor_65" class="label">[65]</a> In the Indian dialects.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_66" href="#FNanchor_66" class="label">[66]</a> Or Iyanough.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_67" href="#FNanchor_67" class="label">[67]</a> See <a href="#Footnote_54">note [54]</a> on <a href="#Page_78">page 78</a>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_68" href="#FNanchor_68" class="label">[68]</a> Or Pamet, now called Truro.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="center"><em><a href="#Chapter_4">Chapter 4</a></em> (<em>pp. 31-39</em>)</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_69" href="#FNanchor_69" class="label">[69]</a> “All their refreshing in their
-sickness is the visit of friends and
-neighbours, a poor empty visit and
-presence; and yet indeed this is very
-solemn, unless it be in infectious diseases,
-and then all forsake them and
-fly.” Roger Williams, in Mass. Hist.
-Coll. iii. 236.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_70" href="#FNanchor_70" class="label">[70]</a> It was conjectured by Belknap,
-Am. Biog. ii. 229, and has since been<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_80"></a>[80]</span>
-repeatedly asserted as a fact by other
-writers, that this person was the celebrated
-English patriot of the same
-name. But this is highly improbable.
-Hampden, who was born in 1594, and
-married in 1619, was a member of the
-parliament which assembled in
-January, 1621, and was dissolved by
-James in 1622, under circumstances
-and in a juncture of affairs which rendered
-it certain that a new parliament
-must soon be called. It is not at all likely
-that a person in Hampden’s circumstances,
-a man of family, wealth and
-consideration, would, merely for the
-sake of gratifying his curiosity, have
-left England at this critical period, on
-a long voyage to another hemisphere,
-and run the risk of not being at home
-at the issuing of the writs for a new parliament.
-For the passage to America
-was at that time precarious; the vessels
-were few, and the voyage a long one;
-so that a person who undertook it
-could not reasonably calculate upon
-getting back in much less than a year.
-Winslow’s companion, whoever he
-was, must have come in the Charity,
-which brought Weston’s colony,
-unless we adopt the improbable supposition
-that this “gentleman of
-London” embarked in one of the fishing
-vessels that visited the Grand
-Bank, and took his chance of getting
-to Plymouth as he could. Now the
-Charity left London the last of April,
-1622, and arrived at Plymouth the last
-of June. The <ins class="corr" id="tn-80" title="Transcriber’s Note&mdash;Original text: 'visit to Massassoit'">
-visit to Massasoit</ins> took
-place in March, 1623, and after this no
-vessel sailed for England till the Anne,
-September 10, in which Winslow
-went home. Of course this “gentleman
-of London,” must have been absent at
-least eighteen months, which it is
-altogether improbable that Hampden
-would have done, running the risk of
-not being at home to stand for the
-next parliament, to which he
-undoubtedly expected to be returned,
-as we know he actually was.</p>
-
-<p>Besides, had this companion of
-Winslow been the great English patriot,
-the silence of the early Plymouth
-writers on the point is unaccountable.
-On publishing his “Good News from
-New England” immediately on his
-arrival in London, in 1624, one object
-of which was to recommend the new
-colony, how gladly would Winslow
-have appealed for the correctness of his
-statements to this member of parliament
-who had passed more than a year
-in their Plantation. How natural too
-would it have been for him to have
-mentioned the fact in his “Brief
-Narration,” published in 1646, only
-three years after the death of the illustrious
-patriot. Bradford, also, whose
-sympathies were all with the popular
-party in England, in writing an elaborate
-history of the Colony, would not
-have failed to record the long residence
-among them of one who, at the
-time he wrote, had become so distinguished
-as the leader of that party in
-the House of Commons. That his lost
-history contained no such passage we
-may be certain; for had it been there, it
-must have been quoted either by
-Prince or Morton, who make so free
-use of it, both of whom too mention
-this visit to Massasoit, and who would
-not have omitted a circumstance so
-honorable to the Colony.</p>
-
-<p>Again, Winslow’s companion
-was “a gentleman of <em>London</em>.” Now<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_81"></a>[81]</span>
-although John Hampden happened to
-be born in London, when his father
-was in parliament in 1594, he was
-properly of Buckinghamshire.
-Winslow, who was himself of
-Worcestershire, if he knew who
-Hampden was, would not have called
-him “a gentleman of <em>London</em>;” and we
-cannot suppose that this English gentleman
-would have spent so many
-months in the Colony without making
-himself known to its two leading men,
-Winslow and Bradford.</p>
-
-<p>Equally unfounded is the statement
-that has gained so wide a currency
-and become incorporated with the
-history of those times, and is repeated
-in Lord Nugent’s Life of Hampden,
-that John Hampden, in company with
-Cromwell, Pym, and Hazelrig, had
-actually embarked for America on
-board a fleet in the Thames, in 1638,
-but were detained by an order from the
-Privy Council. Miss Aikin, in her
-Memoirs of Charles I., ch. xiii., was the
-first to detect and expose this error of
-the historians.&mdash;For some of the views
-in this note I am indebted to the MS.
-suggestions of the learned editor of
-Governor Winthrop’s History of New
-England.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_71" href="#FNanchor_71" class="label">[71]</a> Probably the same which is now
-called Slade’s Ferry, in Swanzey.
-Belknap’s Am. Biog. ii. 292.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_72" href="#FNanchor_72" class="label">[72]</a> Conbatant or Corbitant, was the
-sachem of Pocasset, and was subject to
-Massasoit. See Baylies’ Plymouth, ii.
-232.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_73" href="#FNanchor_73" class="label">[73]</a> A neck of land in the township
-of Swanzey, commonly pronounced
-Mattapoiset, now Gardner’s neck, situated
-between the Shawomet and
-Toweset necks. See Belknap’s Am.
-Biog. ii. 292, and Baylies’ Plymouth, ii.
-232, 234.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_74" href="#FNanchor_74" class="label">[74]</a> “<em>Sachimmaacommock</em>, a prince’s
-house, which, according to their condition,
-is far different from the other
-house, both in capacity or receipt, and
-also the fineness and quality of their
-mats.” Roger Williams’s Key, ch. xxii.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_75" href="#FNanchor_75" class="label">[75]</a> <em>Wetu</em>, or <em>wigwam</em>. See Gallatin’s
-Indian Vocabularies, in Am. Antiq.
-Soc. Coll. ii. 322.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_76" href="#FNanchor_76" class="label">[76]</a> “There are among them certain
-men and women, whom they call
-<em>powows</em>. These are partly wizards and
-witches, holding familiarity with
-Satan, that evil one; and partly are
-physicians, and make use, at least in
-show, of herbs and roots for curing the
-sick and diseased. These are sent for by
-the sick and wounded; and by their
-diabolical spells, mutterings, exorcisms,
-they seem to do wonders. They
-use extraordinary strange motions of
-their bodies, insomuch that they will
-sweat until they foam; and thus continue
-for some hours together, stroking
-and hovering over the sick.” Gookin,
-in Mass. Hist. Coll. i. 154.</p>
-
-<p>“<em>Powaws</em>, priests. These do begin
-and order their service and invocation
-of their gods, and all the people follow,
-and join interchangeably in a laborious
-bodily service, unto sweating, especially
-of the priest, who spends himself in
-strange antic gestures and actions,
-even unto fainting. In sickness the
-priest comes close to the sick person,
-and performs many strange actions
-about him, and threatens and conjures
-out the sickness. The poor people commonly
-die under their hands; for, alas,
-they administer nothing, but howl and
-roar and hollow over them, and begin<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_82"></a>[82]</span>
-the song to the rest of the people, who
-all join like a choir in prayer to their
-gods for them.” Roger Williams, in
-Mass. Hist. Coll. iii. 227, 237.</p>
-
-<p>“The manner of their action in
-their conjuration is thus. The parties
-that are sick are brought before them;
-the powow sitting down, the rest of the
-Indians give attentive audience to his
-imprecations and invocations, and
-after the violent expression of many a
-hideous bellowing and groaning, he
-makes a stop, and then all the auditors
-with one voice utter a short canto.
-Which done, the powow still proceeds
-in his invocations, sometimes roaring
-like a bear, other times groaning like a
-dying horse, foaming at the mouth like
-a chafed boar, smiting on his naked
-breast and thighs with such violence as
-if he were mad. Thus will he continue
-sometimes half a day.” Wood’s New
-England’s Prospect, part ii. ch. 12. See
-also Hutchinson’s Mass. i. 474.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_77" href="#FNanchor_77" class="label">[77]</a> Wood says, ch. 18, “They pronounce
-<em>l</em> and <em>r</em> in our English tongue,
-with much difficulty, calling a lobster a
-nobstan.” Yet Roger Williams states,
-that “although some pronounce not <em>l</em>
-or <em>r</em>, yet it is the most proper dialect of
-other places, contrary to many
-reports;” and Eliot, in his Indian
-Grammar, says, “These consonants, <em>l</em>,
-<em>n</em>, <em>r</em>, have such a natural coincidence,
-that it is an eminent variation of their
-dialects. We Massachusetts pronounce
-the <em>n</em>; the Nipmuk Indians pronounce
-<em>l</em>; and the Northern Indians pronounce
-<em>r</em>. As instance:</p>
-
-<p class="pad3">
-We say &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <em>Anum</em>}<br />
-Nipmuck, &nbsp; <em>Alum</em>} A Dog.”<br />
-Northern, &nbsp; <em>Arum</em>}<br />
-</p>
-
-<p>See Mass. Hist. Coll. iii. 223, xix. 248.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_78" href="#FNanchor_78" class="label">[78]</a> “When they are sick, their misery
-appears, that they have not, but
-what sometimes they get from the
-English, a raisin or currant, or any
-physic, fruit, or spice, or any comfort
-more than their corn and water, &amp;c. In
-which bleeding case, wanting all
-means of recovery or present refreshing,
-I have been constrained, to and
-beyond my power, to refresh them, and
-to save many of them from death, who
-I am confident perish many millions of
-them, in that mighty continent, for
-want of means.” Roger Williams, in
-Mass. Hist. Coll. iii. 236.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_79" href="#FNanchor_79" class="label">[79]</a> The same as <em>pinse</em>. See <a href="#Page_13">page 13</a>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_80" href="#FNanchor_80" class="label">[80]</a> Sokones, or Succonusset, now
-called Falmouth.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_81" href="#FNanchor_81" class="label">[81]</a> Or Agawam, part of Wareham.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_82" href="#FNanchor_82" class="label">[82]</a> Martha’s Vineyard.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_83" href="#FNanchor_83" class="label">[83]</a> “<em>Maskit</em>, give me some physic.”
-Roger Williams’s Key, in R. I. Hist.
-Coll. i. 159.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_84" href="#FNanchor_84" class="label">[84]</a> “<em>Ketan</em> is their good God, to
-whom they sacrifice after their garners
-be full with a good crop. Upon this
-God likewise they invocate for fair
-weather, for rain in time of drought,
-and for the recovery of their sick.”
-Wood’s New England’s Prospect, part
-ii. ch. 12.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="center"><em><a href="#Chapter_5">Chapter 5</a></em> (<em>pp. 40-52</em>)</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_85" href="#FNanchor_85" class="label">[85]</a> Morton says, in his New English
-Canaan, ch. vii. “There are great store
-of oysters in the entrance of all rivers.
-They are not round, as those of
-England, but excellent fat and all
-good. I have seen an oyster bank a
-mile in length. Muscles there are infinite
-store. I have often gone to
-Wessaguseus, where were excellent<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_83"></a>[83]</span>
-muscles to eat, (for variety,) the fish is
-so fat and large.”</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_86" href="#FNanchor_86" class="label">[86]</a> The word <em>inclined</em> or <em>disposed</em>
-seems to have been accidentally omitted.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_87" href="#FNanchor_87" class="label">[87]</a> Morton says, “this man’s name
-was Phinehas Prat, who has penned
-the particulars of his perilous journey,
-and some other things relating to this
-tragedy.” Hubbard states that he was
-living in 1677, at the time he was writing
-his History of New England. In
-1662 the General Court of
-Massachusetts, in answer to a petition
-of Phinehas Prat, then of Charlestown,
-which was accompanied “with a narrative
-of the straits and hardships that
-the first planters of this Colony underwent
-in their endeavours to plant
-themselves at Plymouth, and since,
-whereof he was one, the Court judgeth
-it meet to grant him 300 acres of land,
-where it is to be had, not hindering a
-plantation.” At the Court held May 3,
-1665, it was ordered that land be laid
-out for Prat, “in the wilderness on the
-east of the Merrimack river, near the
-upper end of Nacook [Pennacook?]
-brook, on the southeast of it.” Prat
-married in 1630, at Plymouth, a
-daughter of Cuthbert Cuthbertson.
-His heirs had grants of land in
-Abington subsequent to 1672. Drake
-says that after long search he has not
-been able to discover Prat’s narrative.
-It was probably never printed. See
-Morton’s Memorial, p. 90; Drake’s
-Book of the Indians, b. ii. 35; Mass.
-Hist. Coll. xv. 78, xvii. 122.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_88" href="#FNanchor_88" class="label">[88]</a> The notorious Thomas
-Morton, of Merry Mount, in his New
-English Canaan, b. iii. ch. 4, which
-was published in 1637, is the first
-writer who mentions a ludicrous fable
-connected with this execution,
-which has been made the occasion of
-some reproach on the first planters of
-New England. After relating the settlement
-of Weston’s colony at
-Weymouth, he mentions that one of
-them stole the corn of an Indian, and
-upon his complaint was brought
-before “a parliament of all the people”
-to consult what punishment should
-be inflicted on him. It was decided
-that this offence, which might have
-been settled by the gift of a knife or a
-string of beads, “was felony, and by
-the laws of England, punished with
-death; and this must be put in execution,
-for an example, and likewise to
-appease the salvage. When straightways
-one arose, moved as it were with
-some compassion, and said he could
-not well gainsay the former sentence,
-yet he had conceived within the compass
-of his brain an embryon, that was
-of special consequence to be delivered
-and cherished. He said that it
-would most aptly serve to pacify the
-salvage’s complaint, and save the life
-of one that might, if need should be,
-stand them in good stead, being
-young and strong, fit for resistance
-against an enemy, which might come
-unexpected, for any thing they knew.
-The oration made was like of every
-one, and he entreated to proceed to
-show the means how this may be performed.
-Says he, ‘You all agree that
-one must die; and one shall die. This
-young man’s clothes we will take off,
-and put upon one that is old and
-impotent, a sickly person that cannot
-escape death; such is the disease on
-him confirmed, that die he must. Put<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_84"></a>[84]</span>
-the young man’s clothes on this man,
-and let the sick person be hanged in
-the other’s stead.’ ‘Amen,’ says one,
-and so say many more. And this had
-liked to have proved their final sentence;
-but that one, with a ravenous
-voice, begun to croak and bellow for
-revenge, and put by that conclusive
-motion, alleging such deceits might
-be a means hereafter to exasperate
-the minds of the complaining salvages,
-and that by his death the salvages
-should see their zeal to justice;
-and therefore he should die. This was
-concluded;” and they “hanged him up
-hard by.”</p>
-
-<p>This story of the unscrupulous
-Morton furnished Butler with the
-materials out of which he constructed
-the following fable in his Hudibras,
-part. ii. canto ii. line 409.</p>
-
-<div class="poetry-container">
-<div class="poetry">
- <div class="verse indentq">“Our brethren of New England use</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Choice malefactors to excuse,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">And hang the guiltless in their stead,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Of whom the churches have less need;</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">As lately happened. In a town,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">There lived a cobbler and but one,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">That out of doctrine could cut use,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">And mend men’s lives as well as shoes.</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">This precious brother having slain,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">In times of peace, an Indian,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">(Not out of malice, but mere zeal,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Because he was an infidel,)</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">The mighty Tottipotymoy</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Sent to our elders an envoy,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Complaining sorely of the breach</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Of league, held forth, by brother Patch,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Against the articles in force</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Between both churches, his and ours;</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">For which he craved the saints to render</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Into his hands, or hang the offender.</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">But they, maturely having weighed,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">They had no more but him of the trade,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">A man that served them in a double</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Capacity, to teach and cobble,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Resolved to spare him; yet to do</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">The Indian Hoghgan Moghgan, too,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Impartial justice, in his stead did</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Hang an old weaver, that was bed-rid.”</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p>It will be observed that Morton
-mentions this substitution merely as
-the suggestion of an individual, which
-was rejected by the company. Even had
-it been adopted by them, and carried
-into execution, it would not have
-implicated the Plymouth people at all,
-nor cast the least slur on their characters
-or principles. For Weston’s colony
-was entirely distinct from theirs, and
-composed of a very different set of
-men. Their character, as portrayed by
-Weston himself, and by Cushman and
-Pierce, before they came over, may be
-seen in note [35] on page 77, to which the
-reader is particularly requested to refer.
-Morton himself calls “many of them
-lazy persons, that would use no
-endeavour to take the benefit of the
-country.” As Belknap says, “they were
-a set of needy adventurers, intent only
-on gaining a subsistence.” They did
-not come over from any religious scruples,
-or with any religious purpose.
-There is no evidence that they had any
-church at all; they certainly were not
-Puritans. Neal says, in his Hist. of New
-England, i. 102, that Weston obtained
-a patent under pretence of propagating
-the discipline of the Church of
-England in America.</p>
-
-<p>Grahame, i. 198, falls into an
-error in attributing this execution to
-Gorges’s colony, which settled at the
-same place in the autumn of the same<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_85"></a>[85]</span>
-year; and Drake, b. ii. 34, errs in saying
-that Morton was one of Weston’s company.
-Morton did not come over till
-March, 1625, in company with
-Wollaston, and settled with him not at
-Weymouth, but in Quincy. See Prince,
-pp. 221, 231. The accurate
-Hutchinson, i. 6, should not have
-made a fact out of the careless
-Hubbard’s supposition, which the latter
-mentions as barely “possible.” See
-Mass. Hist. Coll. xv. 77.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_89" href="#FNanchor_89" class="label">[89]</a> Hansel, to use for the first time.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_90" href="#FNanchor_90" class="label">[90]</a> The same as <em>pinse</em>, on <a href="#Page_13">page 13</a>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_91" href="#FNanchor_91" class="label">[91]</a> Standish is said to have been a
-man of short stature. See Mass. Hist.
-Coll. xv. 111, and xviii, 121.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_92" href="#FNanchor_92" class="label">[92]</a> When the news of the first
-Indians being killed by Standish at
-Weymouth reached Mr. Robinson,
-their pastor, at Leyden, he wrote to the
-church at Plymouth, December 19,
-1623, “to consider the disposition of
-their Captain, who was of a warm temper.
-He hoped the Lord had sent him
-among them for good, if they used him
-right; but he doubted where there was
-not wanting that tenderness of the life
-of man, made after God’s image,
-which was meet;” and he concludes
-with saying, “O how happy a thing
-had it been that you had converted
-some before you killed any!” Prince
-adds, “It is to be hoped that Squanto
-was converted.” It seems Standish was
-not of their church at first, and
-Hubbard says he had more of his education
-in the school of Mars than in
-the school of Christ. Judge Davis
-remarks, “These sentiments are honorable
-to Mr. Robinson; they indicate
-a generous philanthropy, which must
-always gain our affection, and should
-ever be cherished. Still the transactions
-of which the strictures relate, are
-defensible. As to Standish, Belknap
-places his defence on the rules of duty
-imposed by his character, as the military
-servant of the Colony. The government,
-it is presumed, will be considered
-as acting under severe necessity,
-and will require no apology if the
-reality of the conspiracy be admitted,
-of which there can be little doubt. It is
-certain that they were fully persuaded
-of its existence, and with the terrible
-example of the Virginia massacre in
-fresh remembrance, they had solemn
-duties to discharge. The existence of
-the whole settlement was at hazard.”
-See Prince, p. 226; Hutchinson’s
-Mass. ii. 461; Belknap’s Am. Biog. ii.
-330; Morton’s Memorial, p. 91.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_93" href="#FNanchor_93" class="label">[93]</a> His bow.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_94" href="#FNanchor_94" class="label">[94]</a> To England.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_95" href="#FNanchor_95" class="label">[95]</a> “Thus this plantation is broken
-up in a year; and this is the end of those
-who being all able men, had boasted of
-their strength and what they would
-bring to pass, in comparison of the people
-at Plymouth, who had many
-women, children, and weak ones with
-them; and said at their first arrival,
-when they saw the wants at Plymouth,
-that they would take another course,
-and not fall into such a condition as
-this simple people were come to.”
-Bradford, in Prince, p. 214, and in
-Morton, p. 92.</p>
-
-<p>“Shortly after Mr. Weston’s people
-went to the eastward, he comes
-there himself with some of the fishermen,
-under another name and disguise
-of a blacksmith; where he hears
-the ruin of his plantation; and getting
-a shallop with a man or two comes on<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_86"></a>[86]</span>
-to see how things are; but in a storm is
-cast away in the bottom of the bay
-between Pascataquak and Merrimak
-river, and hardly escapes with his life.
-Afterwards he falls into the hands of
-the Indians, who pillage him of all he
-saved from the sea, and strip him of all
-his clothes to his shirt. At length he
-gets to Pascataquak, borrows a suit of
-clothes, finds means to come to
-Plymouth, and desires to borrow some
-beaver of us. Notwithstanding our
-straits, yet in consideration of his
-necessity, we let him have one hundred
-and seventy odd pounds of
-beaver, with which he goes to the eastward,
-stays his small ship and some of
-his men, buys provisions and fits himself,
-which is the foundation of his
-future courses; and yet never repaid us
-any thing save reproaches, and
-becomes our enemy on all occasions.”
-Bradford, in Prince, p. 216.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_96" href="#FNanchor_96" class="label">[96]</a> “This may excite in some minds
-an objection to the humanity of our
-forefathers. The reason assigned for it
-was that it might prove a terror to others.
-In matters of war and public justice,
-they observed the customs and
-laws of the English nation. As late as
-the year 1747, the heads of the lords
-who were concerned in the Scots
-rebellion were set up over Temple Bar,
-the most frequented passage between
-London and Westminster.” Belknap’s
-Am. Biog. ii. 326.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="center"><em><a href="#Chapter_6">Chapter 6</a></em> (<em>pp. 53-56</em>)</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_97" href="#FNanchor_97" class="label">[97]</a> The word <em>no</em> appears to be an
-error of the press.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_98" href="#FNanchor_98" class="label">[98]</a> This allotment was only for one
-year. In the spring of the next year,
-1624, “the people requesting the
-Governor to have some land for continuance,
-and not by yearly lot, as
-before, he gives every person an acre of
-land.” Bradford, in Prince, pp. 215 and
-226. See this latter allotment in
-Hazard, i. 100, and in Morton, p. 376.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_99" href="#FNanchor_99" class="label">[99]</a> “But by the time our corn is
-planted, our victuals are spent, not
-knowing at night where to have a bit
-in the morning, and have neither
-bread nor corn for <ins class="corr" id="tn-86" title="Transcriber’s Note&mdash;Original text: 'three our four'">
-three or four</ins> months together, yet bear our wants
-with cheerfulness and rest on
-Providence. Having but one boat left,
-we divide the men into several companies,
-six or seven in each; who take
-their turns to go out with a net and fish,
-and return not till they get some,
-though they be five or six days out;
-knowing there is nothing at home, and
-to return empty would be a great discouragement.
-When they stay long or
-get but little, the rest go a digging shellfish;
-and thus we live the summer; only
-sending one or two to range the woods
-for deer, they now and then get one,
-which we divide among the company;
-and in the winter are helped with fowl
-and ground-nuts.” Bradford, in Prince,
-p. 216.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_100" href="#FNanchor_100" class="label">[100]</a> “At length we receive letters
-from the adventurers in England of
-December 22 and April 9 last, wherein
-they say, ‘It rejoiceth us much to hear
-those good reports that divers have
-brought home of you;’ and give an
-account, that last fall, a ship, the
-Paragon, sailed from London with passengers,
-for New Plymouth; being fitted
-out by Mr. John Pierce, in whose
-name our first patent was taken, his
-name being only used in trust; but<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_87"></a>[87]</span>
-when he saw we were here hopefully
-seated, and by the success God gave us,
-had obtained favor with the Council
-for New England, he gets another
-patent of a larger extent, meaning to
-keep it to himself, allow us only what
-he pleased, hold us as his tenants and
-sue to his courts as chief lord. But
-meeting with tempestuous storms in
-the Downs, the ship is so bruised and
-leaky that in fourteen days she
-returned to London, was forced to be
-put into the dock, £100 laid out to
-mend her, and lay six or seven weeks to
-December 22, before she sailed a second
-time; but being half way over, met
-with extreme tempestuous weather
-about the middle of February which
-held fourteen days, beat off the round
-house with all her upper works, obliged
-them to cut her mast and return to
-Portsmouth, having 109 souls aboard,
-with Mr. Pierce himself. Upon which
-great and repeated loss and disappointment,
-he is prevailed upon for £500 to
-resign his patent to the Company,
-which cost him but £50; and the goods
-with charge of passengers in this ship
-cost the Company £640, for which
-they were forced to hire another ship,
-namely, the Anne, of 140 tons, to
-transport them, namely 60 passengers
-with 60 tons of goods, hoping to sail by
-the end of April.” Bradford, in Prince,
-pp. 217, 218.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_101" href="#FNanchor_101" class="label">[101]</a> This is the last time that
-Hobbamock’s name occurs in the history
-of the Colony. His services to the
-infant settlement had been very
-important, and in the allotment of the
-land in 1624, mention is made of
-“Hobbamock’s ground.” In New
-England’s First Fruits, published in
-London in 1643, he is described as follows:
-“As he increased in knowledge,
-so in affection, and also in his practice,
-reforming and conforming himself
-accordingly; and though he was much
-tempted by enticements, scoffs, and
-scorns from the Indians, yet could he
-never be gotten from the English, nor
-from seeking after their God, but died
-amongst them, leaving some good
-hopes in their hearts that his soul went
-to rest.”</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_102" href="#FNanchor_102" class="label">[102]</a> David Thomson was sent over
-by Gorges and Mason in the spring of
-1623, and commenced a settlement at
-a place called Little Harbour, on the
-west side of Piscataqua river, near its
-mouth. Christopher Levett says he
-stayed a month at Thomsons plantation
-in 1623. Afterwards, in 1626, or
-later, out of dislike of the place or his
-employers, Thomson removed to
-Boston harbour, and took possession of
-“a fruitful island and very desirable
-neck of land,” which were afterwards
-confirmed to him or his heirs by the
-government of Massachusetts. This
-neck of land was Squantum, in
-Quincy, and the island which is very
-near it, has ever since been called by
-his name. It is now the seat of the Farm
-School. Compare Savage’s Winthrop,
-i. 44, with Hubbard, in Mass. Hist.
-Coll. xv. 105; and see Adams’s Annals
-of Portsmouth, p. 10, and Levett’s voyage
-into New-England, in Mass. Hist.
-Coll. xxviii. 164.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_103" href="#FNanchor_103" class="label">[103]</a> So called after himself, by
-Captain John Smith, who discovered
-them in 1614. He thus describes them:
-“Smyth’s Isles are a heap together,
-none near them, against Accominticus.”
-They are eight in number, and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_88"></a>[88]</span>
-are now called the Isles of Shoals. See a
-description and historical account of
-them in Mass. Hist. Coll. vii. 242-262;
-xxvi. 120.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_104" href="#FNanchor_104" class="label">[104]</a> “Governor Bradford gives no
-hint of this third repulse.” Prince, p.
-219.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_105" href="#FNanchor_105" class="label">[105]</a> The following is an alphabetical
-list of those who came over in the
-Anne and Little James.</p>
-
-<p class="pad2">
-Anthony Annable,<br />
-Edward Bangs,<br />
-Robert Bartlett,<br />
-Fear Brewster,<br />
-Patience Brewster,<br />
-Mary Bucket,<br />
-Edward Butcher,<br />
-Thomas Clark,<br />
-Christopher Conant,<br />
-Cuthbert Cuthbertson,<br />
-Anthony Dix,<br />
-John Faunce,<br />
-Manasseh Faunce,<br />
-Goodwife Flavell,<br />
-Edmund Flood,<br />
-Bridget Fuller,<br />
-Timothy Hatherly,<br />
-William Heard,<br />
-Margaret Hickes, and her children,<br />
-William Hilton’s wife and two children,<br />
-Edward Holman,<br />
-John Jenny,<br />
-Robert Long,<br />
-Experience Mitchell,<br />
-George Morton,<br />
-Thomas Morton, jr.<br />
-Ellen Newton,<br />
-John Oldham,<br />
-Frances Palmer,<br />
-Christian Penn,<br />
-Mr. Perce’s two servants,<br />
-Joshua Pratt,<br />
-James Rand,<br />
-Robert Rattliffe,<br />
-Nicholas Snow,<br />
-Alice Southworth,<br />
-Francis Sprague,<br />
-Barbara Standish,<br />
-Thomas Tilden,<br />
-Stephen Tracy,<br />
-Ralph Wallen.<br />
-</p>
-
-<p>This list, as well as that of the
-passengers in the Fortune, is obtained
-from the record of the allotment of
-lands, in 1624, which may be found in
-Hazard’s State Papers, i. 101-103,
-and in the Appendix to Morton’s
-Memorial, pp. 377-380. In that list,
-however, Francis Cooke’s and Richard
-Warren’s names are repeated,
-although they came in the Mayflower;
-probably because their wives and children
-came in the Anne, and therefore
-an additional grant of land was made
-to them. Many others brought their
-families in this ship; and Bradford says
-that “some were the wives and children
-of such who came before.”</p>
-
-<p>Fear and Patience Brewster were
-daughters of Elder Brewster. John
-Faunce married Patience, daughter of
-George Morton, and was father of the
-venerable Elder Faunce. Thomas
-Clark’s gravestone is one of the oldest
-on the Burial hill in Plymouth.
-Francis Cooke’s wife, Hester, was a
-Walloon, and Cuthbert Cuthbertson
-was a Dutchman, as we learn from
-Winslow’s Brief Narration. Anthony
-Dix is mentioned in Winthrop, i.
-287. Goodwife Flavell was probably
-the wife of Thomas, who came in the
-Fortune, and Bridget Fuller was the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_89"></a>[89]</span>
-wife of Samuel, the physician.
-Timothy Hatherly went to England
-the next winter, and did not return
-till 1632; he settled in Scituate.
-Margaret Hicks, was the wife of
-Robert, who came in the Fortune.
-William Hilton had sent for his wife
-and children. George Morton
-brought his son, Nathaniel, the secretary,
-and four other children. Thomas
-Morton, jr. was probably the son of
-Thomas, who came in the Fortune.
-John Oldham afterwards became
-notorious in the history of the
-Colony. Frances Palmer was the wife
-of William, who came in the Fortune.
-Phinehas Pratt had a lot of land
-assigned him among those who came
-in the Anne; but he was undoubtedly
-one of Weston’s colony, as appears
-from page 44. Barbara Standish was
-the Captain’s second wife, whom he
-married after the arrival of the Anne.
-Her maiden name is unknown.</p>
-
-<p>Annable afterwards settled in
-Scituate, Mitchell in Duxbury and
-Bridgewater, Bangs and Snow in
-Eastham, and Sprague in Duxbury.
-John Jenny was a brewer, and in 1636
-had “liberty to erect a mill for grinding
-and beating of corn upon the brook of
-Plymouth.”</p>
-
-<p>Those who came in the first
-three ships, the Mayflower, the
-Fortune, and the Anne, are distinctively
-called the <em>old comers</em>, or the <em>forefathers</em>.
-For further particulars concerning
-them, see Farmer’s
-Genealogical Register, Mitchell’s
-Bridgewater, and Deane’s Scituate.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_106" href="#FNanchor_106" class="label">[106]</a> “Of 140 tons, Mr. William
-Pierce, master.” Bradford, in Prince,
-pp. 218 and 220.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_107" href="#FNanchor_107" class="label">[107]</a> “Being laden with clapboards,
-and all the beaver and other furs we
-have; with whom we send Mr.
-Winslow, to inform how things are
-and procure what we want.” Bradford,
-in Prince, p. 221.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_108" href="#FNanchor_108" class="label">[108]</a> “A fine new vessel of 44 tons
-Mr. Bridges, master.” Bradford, in
-Prince, p. 220.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_109" href="#FNanchor_109" class="label">[109]</a> “They bring about 60 persons,
-some being very useful and become
-good members of the body; of whom
-the principal are Mr. Timothy
-Hatherly and Mr. George Morton,
-who came in the Anne, and Mr. John
-Jenny, who came in the James. Some
-were the wives and children of such
-who came before; and some others are
-so bad we are forced to be at the
-charge to send them home next year.</p>
-
-<p>“By this ship R. C. [i.e. doubtless
-Mr. Cushman, their agent,] writes,
-‘Some few of your old friends are come;
-they come dropping to you, and by
-degrees I hope ere long you shall enjoy
-them all, &amp;c.’</p>
-
-<p>“From the general, [that is, the
-joint concern, the company] subscribed
-by thirteen, we have also a letter
-wherein they say, ‘Let it not be
-grievous to you, that you have been
-instruments to break the ice for others
-who come after with less difficulty;
-the honor shall be yours to the world’s
-end. We bear you always in our
-breasts, and our hearty affection is
-towards you all, as are the hearts of
-hundreds more which never saw your
-faces, who doubtless pray your safety
-as their own.’</p>
-
-<p>“When these passengers see our
-poor and low condition ashore, they
-are much dismayed and full of sadness;<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_90"></a>[90]</span>
-only our old friends rejoice to see us,
-and that it is no worse, and now hope
-we shall enjoy better days together.
-The best dish we could present them
-with, is a lobster, or piece of fish, without
-bread, or any thing else but a cup
-of fair spring water; and the long continuance
-of this diet, with our labors
-abroad, has somewhat abated the
-freshness of our complexion; but God
-gives us health, &amp;c.</p>
-
-<p>“August 11. The fourth marriage
-is of Governor Bradford to Mrs. Alice
-Southworth, widow.” Bradford, in
-Prince, pp. 220, 221. Her maiden
-name was Carpenter, as appears from
-the following entry in the records of
-the Plymouth Church: “1667. Mary
-Carpenter, (sister of Mrs. Alice
-Bradford, the wife of Governor
-Bradford,) a member of the church at
-Duxbury, died in Plymouth, March
-19-20, being newly entered into the
-91st year of her age. She was a godly
-old maid, never married.”</p>
-
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="center"><em><a href="#Chapter_7">Chapter 7</a></em> (<em>pp. 57-66</em>)</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_110" href="#FNanchor_110" class="label">[110]</a> The meaning of the word
-Kiehtan, I think, hath reference to
-antiquity; for <em>Chise</em> is an old man, and
-<em>Kichchise</em> a man that exceedeth in age.&mdash;<cite>Winslow’s
-Note.</cite></p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_111" href="#FNanchor_111" class="label">[111]</a> “They relate how they have it
-from their fathers, that Kautantowwit
-made one man and woman of a stone,
-which disliking he broke them in
-pieces, and made another man and
-woman of a tree, which were the fountains
-of all mankind.” Roger
-Williams’s Key, ch. xxi.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_112" href="#FNanchor_112" class="label">[112]</a> “<em>Kautantowwit</em>, the great southwest
-God, to whose house all souls go,
-and from whom came their corn and
-beans, as they say. They believe that
-the souls of men and women go to the
-southwest; their great and good men
-and women to Kautantowwit’s house,
-where they have hopes, as the Turks
-have, of carnal joys; murtherers,
-thieves and liars, their souls, say they,
-wander restless abroad.” Williams’s
-Key, ch. xxi.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_113" href="#FNanchor_113" class="label">[113]</a> Wood, in his New England’s
-Prospect, ch. xix. spells this word
-<em>Abamacho</em>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_114" href="#FNanchor_114" class="label">[114]</a> See <a href="#Page_33">page 33</a>, <a href="#Footnote_76">note [76]</a>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_115" href="#FNanchor_115" class="label">[115]</a> See <a href="#Page_13">pages 13</a> and <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_116" href="#FNanchor_116" class="label">[116]</a> Or centaury&mdash;probably the <i>sabbatia
-chloroides</i>, a plant conspicuous for
-its beauty, which is found in great
-abundance on the margin of the
-ponds in Plymouth. It belongs to the
-natural order of Gentians, one characteristic
-of which is an intense bitterness,
-residing both in the stems and
-roots. The <i>gentiana crinita</i>, or fringed
-gentian, also grows in this region. See
-Bigelows Plants of Boston, pp. 79 and
-111.</p>
-
-<p>“The greater centaury is that
-famous herb wherewith Chiron the
-<em>centaur</em> (as the report goeth) was
-cured at what time as having entertained
-Hercules in his cabin, he would
-needs be handling and tampering
-with the weapons of his said guest so
-long until one of the arrows light upon
-his foot and wounded him dangerously.”
-Hollands Pliny, b. xxv. ch. 6.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_117" href="#FNanchor_117" class="label">[117]</a> “Their government is generally
-monarchical, their chief sagamore or
-sachem’s will being their law; but yet
-the sachem hath some chief men that
-he consults with as his special counsellors.
-Among some of the Indians<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_91"></a>[91]</span>
-their government is mixed, partly
-monarchical and partly aristocratical;
-their sagamore doing not any weighty
-matter without the consent of his
-great men or petty sagamores. Their
-sachems have not their men in such
-subjection but that very frequently
-their men will leave them upon distaste
-or harsh dealing, and go and live
-under other sachems that can protect
-them; so that their princes endeavour
-to carry it obligingly and lovingly
-unto their people, lest they should
-desert them, and thereby their
-strength, power and tribute would be
-diminished.” Gookin in Mass. Hist.
-Coll. i. 154.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_118" href="#FNanchor_118" class="label">[118]</a> See <a href="#Page_31">page 31</a>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_119" href="#FNanchor_119" class="label">[119]</a> “Upon the death of the sick,
-the father, or husband, and all his
-neighbours wear black faces, and lay
-on soot very thick, which I have often
-seen clotted with their tears. This
-blacking and lamenting they observe
-in most doleful manner divers weeks
-and months, yea a year, if the person
-be great and public.&mdash;When they
-come to the grave, they lay the dead
-by the grave’s mouth, and then all sit
-down, and lament, that I have seen
-tears run down the cheeks of stoutest
-captains in abundance; and after the
-dead is laid in the grave, they have
-then a second lamentation.” Roger
-Williams’s Key, ch. xxxii.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_120" href="#FNanchor_120" class="label">[120]</a> See <a href="#Footnote_54">note [54]</a> on <a href="#Page_25">page 25</a>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_121" href="#FNanchor_121" class="label">[121]</a> See <a href="#Page_26">page 26</a>.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_122" href="#FNanchor_122" class="label">[122]</a> “The most usual custom
-amongst them in executing punishments,
-is for the sachim either to beat
-or whip or put to death with his own
-hand, to which the common sort most
-quietly submit; though sometimes the
-sachim sends a secret executioner, one
-of his chiefest warriors, to fetch off a
-head by some sudden, unexpected
-blow of a hatchet, when they have
-feared mutiny by public execution.”
-Roger Williamss Key, ch. xxii. See
-also <a href="#Page_15">page 15</a> previous.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_123" href="#FNanchor_123" class="label">[123]</a> “<em>Mosk</em> or <em>paukunawaw</em>, the
-Great Bear, or Charles’s Wain; which
-words mosk or paukunawaw signifies a
-bear; which is so much the more
-observable, because in most languages
-that sign or constellation is called the
-Bear.” Roger Williams’s Key, ch. xii.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_124" href="#FNanchor_124" class="label">[124]</a> “Their powows, by their exorcisms,
-and necromantic charms, bring
-to pass strange things, if we may
-believe the Indians; who report of one
-Passaconaway, a great sagamore upon
-Merrimack river, and the most celebrated
-powow in the country, that he
-can make the water burn, the rocks
-move, the trees dance, and metamorphize
-himself into a flaming man. In
-winter, when there are no green
-leaves to be got, he will burn an old
-one to ashes, and putting these into
-the water, produce a new green leaf,
-which you shall not only see, but substantially
-handle and carry away; and
-make a dead snake’s skin a living
-snake, both to be seen, felt, and
-heard.” Wood’s New England’s
-Prospect, part ii. ch. 12; Hutchinson’s
-Mass. i. 474; Morton’s New English
-Canaan, book i. ch. 9.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_125" href="#FNanchor_125" class="label">[125]</a> “There is a mixture of this language
-north and south, from the place
-of my abode, about 600 miles; yet
-within the 200 miles aforementioned,
-their dialects do exceedingly differ;
-yet not so but, within that compass, a
-man may converse with thousands of<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_92"></a>[92]</span>
-natives all over the country.” Roger
-Williams’s Key, Pref.</p>
-
-<p>“The Indians of the parts of New
-England, especially upon the sea-coasts,
-use the same sort of speech and
-language, only with some difference
-in the expressions, as they differ in
-several counties in England, yet so as
-they can well understand one another.”
-Gookin, in Mass. Hist. Coll. i.
-149.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="center"><em><a href="#Chapter_8">Chapter 8</a></em> (<em>pp. 67-71</em>)</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_126" href="#FNanchor_126" class="label">[126]</a> In September 1609, Hudson
-ascended the “great river of the
-mountains,” now called by his name,
-in a small vessel called the Half-Moon,
-above the city of Hudson, and
-sent up a boat beyond Albany.
-Josselyn says, that Hudson “discovered
-<em>Mohegan</em> river, in New England.”
-See Robert Juet’s Journal of Hudson’s
-third voyage, in Purchas, iii. 593, and
-in N. Y. Hist. Coll. i. 139, 140, and 2d
-series, i. 317-332; Moulton’s Hist. of
-New York, 213, 244-249; Mass. Hist.
-Coll. xxiii. 372; Belknap’s Am. Biog.
-i. 400.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="center"><em><a href="#POSTSCRIPT">Postscript</a></em> (<em>p. 72</em>)</p>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_127" href="#FNanchor_127" class="label">[127]</a> The former of the works here
-referred to is reprinted in the Mass.
-Hist. Coll. xix. 1-25; the latter has
-been reprinted by Applewood Books
-as <cite>Mourt’s Relation: A Journal of the
-Pilgrims at Plymouth</cite>.</p>
-
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-<div class="chapter"></div>
-
-<div class="transnote">
-<a name="TN" id="TN"></a>
-<p><strong>TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE</strong></p>
-
-<p>The term ‘salvage’ is used many times, almost as often as ‘savage’;
-this archaic spelling has been left unchanged.</p>
-
-<p>Obvious typographical errors and punctuation errors have been
-corrected after careful comparison with other occurrences within
-the text and consultation of external sources.</p>
-
-<p>Except for those changes noted below, all misspellings in the text,
-and inconsistent or archaic usage, have been retained.</p>
-
-<p>
-<a href="#tn-fm">Frontmatter</a>: Iohn Bellamie’ replaced by ‘John Bellamie’.<br />
-<a href="#tn-8">Pg 8</a>: ‘not kowing what’ replaced by ‘not knowing what’.<br />
-<a href="#tn-13">Pg 13</a>: ‘no to undertake’ replaced by ‘not to undertake’.<br />
-<a href="#tn-65">Pg 65</a>: ‘for a many to cry’ replaced by ‘for a man to cry’.<br />
-<br />
-Footnotes<br />
-<a href="#tn-76">Pg 76 Fn [21]</a>: ‘Thacher’s Plymouth’ replaced by ‘Thatcher’s Plymouth’.<br />
-<a href="#tn-80">Pg 80 Fn [70]</a>: ‘visit to Massassoit’ replaced by ‘visit to Massasoit’.<br />
-<a href="#tn-86">Pg 86 Fn [99]</a>: ‘three our four’ replaced by ‘three or four’.<br />
-</p>
-</div>
-
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GOOD NEWES FROM NEW ENGLAND ***</div>
-<div style='text-align:left'>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
-be renamed.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br />
-<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br />
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
-or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
-Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
-on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
-phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-</div>
-
-<blockquote>
- <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
- other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
- whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
- of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
- at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
- </div>
-</blockquote>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; License.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
-other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
-Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-provided that:
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- works.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
-of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/66332-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/66332-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index bf3c694..0000000
--- a/old/66332-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/66332-h/images/orig_page.jpg b/old/66332-h/images/orig_page.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b78646..0000000
--- a/old/66332-h/images/orig_page.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/66332-h/images/plimap.jpg b/old/66332-h/images/plimap.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a638e2b..0000000
--- a/old/66332-h/images/plimap.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ